Company Profile leap Profile Company We believe in delivering quality content and also in leveraging on the on leveraging in also and quality delivering in content believe We Passion for Excellence – we challenge ourselves to excel in all aspects of excel to challenge ourselves – we Excellence for Passion doing. are we in what enjoy we publishing and most importantly, superior products provide to committed are – we Oriented Customer and services of quality and professionalism. the highest level at of a culture actively encourage – we Technology & Innovation and of new technologies the development which facilitates innovation, a high quality product. ensures of in the power believe – our marketPartnership is global and we partnership meet our common and suppliers to with our customers objectives. • • • • Our Values Our Mission of the best distribution and refinement the creation, reinvent constantly To content. Ed-Tech Press is an independent international publisher of science, publisher of science, international is an independent Press Ed-Tech of a group by founded was company The and medicine. technology publish the best in various to dedicated who are publishing professionals worldwide. communities the scholarly and professional for areas topical quality products deliver and services to the publishing technology for latest experience, publishing of decades With partners. business our of benefit and book librarians the needs of authors, understand and anticipate we provide to ourselves challenge distributionpartners, continuously we and of products and services.the highest level

Contents Contents Agricultural Sciences 1 Agricultural Sciences Animal Science Biological Sciences Plant Science Genetic Livestock Management Soil Science Chemistry 6 Engineering Chemistry Inorganic Chemistry Organic Chemistry Physical Chemistry Communication Studies 9 Communication Studies Computer & Information Technology 10 Computer Science Information Technology Economics 13 Macro Economics Micro Economics

Education 15 Education Electronics 20 Electronics Engineering & Technology 22 Chemical Engineering Mechanical Engineering Environmental Sciences 24 Climatology Disaster Management Forestry Geography Pollution and Waste Management Water Resource Management Fisheries 27 Aquaculture Ecology Contents

Food Science, Health & Nutrition 29 Nanotechnology 66 Food Science Nano Science Health Science Nanotechnology Nutrition Science Philosophy 68 History 33 Religion Ancient History World History Physical Education & Sports 69 Physical Education Hotel Management 35 Sports Education Hotel Management Physics 73 Journalism 36 Mathematical Physics Journalism Physics Broadcasting Print Media Political Science 75 Global Governance Language & Literature 38 International Relations English Language Political Science Global English World Politics Translational Studies Psychology 78 Library Science 41 Child Library Science Educational Environmental Life Sciences 42 Organisational Anatomy & Physiology Biochemistry Research Science 82 Biotechnology Business Botany Historical Cytology Media Evolution Genetics Social Science 83 Microbiology Social Science Zoology Sociology 84 Management 57 Sociology Advertising Management Hospitality Management Travel & Tourism Management 87 Hotel Management Leadership Management Travel & Tourism Management Marketing Management Strategic Management Mathematics 60 Mathematics Statistics Agricultural Sciences

Animal Transgenesis and Cloning Keywon Frazier ISBN Transgenic methodologies continue to evolve and have dramatically influenced a cross section of 978-1-78882-131-5 disciplines. They are recognized as instrumental in expanding our understanding of gene expression, regulation and function. This book covers the aspects of gene transfer in animals-from molecular methods £ 135.00 to whole animal considerations across a host of species. The book starts with an introduction of what are transgenic animals. Chapter 1 methods and applications related to transgenic application. Chapter 2 Pub Year: 2018 describes the Use of Transgenic Animals in Biotechnology as Prospects and Problems. Chapter 3 study about Transgenic Animals in Agriculture. Chapter 4 depicts about the Gene Replacement and Transgenic Book Size: 7”×10” Animals. This chapter give insight on Specific Sites in Cloned Genes Can Be Altered in Vitro and DNA Hardback that can be transferred into Eukaryotic Cells in Various Ways. Chapter 5 discuss about basics of cloning. Chapter 6 tells about the Reproductive Cloning. Chapter 7 tells about the Cloning of Domestic Animals. Chapter 8 depicts about the Surface Epigenetic Reprogramming. Chapters 9 devoted to Animal Health Risks. Chapter 10 describes the development of the Risk Assessment Methodology required for cloning. Agricultural Sciences

Bret White Biological Control of Insects Pests ISBN The Book “Biological Control of Insects Pests” illustrates how to control biologically the insect’s pests. 978-1-78882-145-2 It is important to know when numbers are great enough to justify artificial control and to evaluate the £ 135.00 effectiveness of control. The text has been organized very systematically to meet the long-felt needs of increasingly large number of readers. Biological control is the use of living organisms to maintain Pub Year: 2018 pest populations below damaging levels. Natural enemies of arthropods fall into three major categories: predators, parasitoids, and pathogens. Predators catch and eat their prey. Some common predatory Book Size: 7”×10” arthropods include ladybird beetles, carabid (ground) beetles, staphylinid (rove) beetles, syrphid (hover) flies, lacewings, minute pirate bugs, nabid bugs, big-eyed bugs, and spiders. Biological control is the Hardback beneficial action of parasites, pathogens and predators in managing pests and their damage. Biocontrol provided by these living organisms, collectively known as natural enemies. It is especially important for reducing the number of pest insects and mites. Biological control is the beneficial action of parasites, Agricultural Sciences pathogens, and predators in managing pests and their damage. Biocontrol provided by these living organisms, collectively called “natural enemies,” is especially important for reducing the numbers of pest insects and mites. Use of natural enemies for biological control of rangeland and wildland weeds is also effective. Plant pathogens, nematodes, and vertebrates also have many natural enemies, but this biological control is often harder to recognize, less well understood, and/or more difficult to manage. Conservation, augmentation, and classical biological control are tactics for harnessing natural enemies’ benefits. The book will be highly useful for general entomologists, students of agricultural entomology, teachers and research scholars of zoology, especially entomology.

Biotechnology and Insect Pest Management Daxton Ware ISBN Biotechnology has contribute much to the field of insect pest management so far, from side toside 978-1-78882-150-6 development of transgenic plants and other novel ecofriendly products to manage insects. Recognition of the importance and relevance of biotechnological applications in insect control is gaining momentum. £ 135.00 Techniques have been developed for production by genetic means of new strains of Bt with new combinations of toxin genes. Crop varieties resistant to insects are far less common than disease-resistant Pub Year: 2018 varieties, because plant breeders have traditionally focused more on disease resistance. However, if they are available, resistant varieties can be an effective defense against insect pests. But even when Book Size: 7”×10” insect-resistant cultivars are not available, some varieties may be less attractive to pest species or may Hardback tolerate more damage than others. Plant size, shape, coloration, leaf hair, cuticle thickness, and natural chemicals (attractants and repellents) can all affect pest susceptibility. Farmers can do their own breeding by collecting non-hybrid seed from healthy plants in the field. Plants well adapted to local conditions will be more likely to resist pests. This book throws new light on alternative technologies to control insect Agricultural Sciences pests. Scientists from different institutions from all over world have provided various biotechnology based techniques and other means to manage insect pests.

Emerson Benjamin Biotechnology for Fruit Crop Improvement ISBN The present book is a comprehensive, easy-to-use illustrated reference that provides essential facts on 978-1-78882-152-0 the world’s top fruit crops. It attempts to describe the significant features of many of them including £ 135.00 listing important cultivars and plant material together with principal growing concerns. Biotechnology is generally a technique that is used to modify the products of living organisms with the help of cell and Pub Year: 2018 tissue culture, molecular biology, to generate unique organisms with new traits. An overview of advances in biotechnology for fruit crop improvement is presented. Biotechnologies include: in vitro regeneration, Book Size: 7”×10” embryo rescue, somaclonal variation, haploid, protoplast fusion, non-morphological markers, in vitro conservation of germplasm and recombinant DNA technology or genetic engineering. Novel strategies Hardback emanating from these new technologies offer tremendous potential to overcome some of the limitations of sexual hybridization. The present study gives us a wonderful panorama about the knowledge of biotechnology being used for the benefit of mankind, not only in India but also the world over, in one Agricultural Sciences way or the other. The feature of this study lies in the balanced coverage of all the advancement of biotechnology. Keeping this in mind the present book has been shaped on various aspects of canopy management of biotechnology and fruit crops. This book covers all important fruits of temperate, tropical and sub-tropical. www.edtechpress.co.uk 1 Agricultural Sciences

Biotechnology of Horticultural Crops Donovan Stevens Daxton Ware Horticultural crops are high value crops ensuring maximum returns to the growers with multiple scopes for value addition. Market driven agriculture prescribes quality in every stage of production and total ISBN quality management is a challenge to the horticulturist. Present volume on ‘Biotechnology of horticultural 978-1-78882-153-7 crops’ elaborates the scientific crop management of horticultural crops starting from selection of soil £ 135.00 and activities related to production and handling of fresh produces in the field. Scope of value addition, organic farming, protected cultivation, export potential and economic analysis of production are included. Pub Year: 2018 The average per capita availability of fruits and vegetables in India is inadequate to meet requirements for nutritional and protective diet of the population. Of the total horticulture production, only 67 % is Book Size: 7”×10” used for local consumption while 30 % is subjected to post harvest losses, 2 % for export and 0.8 % for processing. There is immense scope for developing horticultural produce market. Changing food habits, Hardback life styles and health consciousness and purchasing power have created an unprecedented opportunity for farmers and horticultural entrepreneur. Horticultural research and development which placed India Agricultural Sciences as the second largest producer of fruits and vegetables, largest producer and consumer of cashew nut, tea spices, third largest producer of coconut, forth largest producer and consumer of rubber and sixth largest producer of coffee in the world. Today, as a result synergy between focused research, technological and policy initiatives, high efficiency inputs, horticulture in India, has become a sustainable and viable venture for the small and marginal farmers. Besides, the sector has also started attracting entrepreneurs for taking up horticulture as a commercial venture. Therefore, there is a great scope for the horticulture industry to grow and flourish.

Pablo Steele Crop Diseases and Their Control Marley Gibbs The control of diseases in crops is still to a great extent ruled by the utilization of fungicides, however ISBN with the expanding occurrence of fungicide protection, in addition to mounting worry for the earth coming 978-1-78882-159-9 about because of exorbitant agrochemical utilize, the scan for elective, solid strategies for disease control £ 135.00 is picking up force. The motivation behind this essential book is to look at the advancement and misuse (or potential for abuse) of a scope of non-substance ways to deal with disease control, with an attention Pub Year: 2018 on the requirement for a more noteworthy comprehension of product biology as the reason for powerful disease control in the field. Sections in the book, composed by worldwide specialists in the branch Book Size: 7”×10” of knowledge, incorporate scope of: organic control strategies; have plant protection; the misuse of resistance; also, the utilization of bacteriophages. Hardback

Agricultural Sciences

Experiments in Soil Biology and Biochemistry Fran Russell Danni Gilmore Soil science is the study of soil as a natural resource on the surface of the Earth including soil formation, classification and mapping; physical, chemical, biological, and fertility properties of soils; andthese ISBN properties in relation to the use and management of soils. Soil biology is the study of microbial and 978-1-78882-171-1 faunal activity and ecology in soil. Soil life, soil biota and soil fauna are collective terms that encompasses £ 135.00 all organisms that spend a significant portion of their life cycle within a soil profile, or at the soil-litter interface. Soils are rich ecosystems, composed of both living and non-living matter with a multitude Pub Year: 2018 of interaction between them. Soils play an important role in all of our natural ecological cycles. They also provide benefits through their contribution in a number of additional processes, called ecosystem Book Size: 7”×10” services. These services range from waste decomposition to acting as a water filtration system to degrading environmental contaminants. Soil biochemistry is one of the branches of soil science dealing Hardback with the formation and decomposition of soil organic matter, biochemical reactions of carbon, nitrogen, phosphorus, sulfur, metals and xenobiotic in soils, and biochemistry of the plant-root rhizosphere. The Agricultural Sciences book will suit to the needs of students, teachers, scholars and general readers.

Gabe Carr Fruit Production and Processing Technology ISBN Fruit Production and Processing Technology is the exciting subject developed in the field and makes 978-1-78882-187-2 accessible to the reader a comprehensive and coherent coverage of the basic needs of orchard £ 135.00 management with the principles and techniques of plant regeneration, care, preservation of fruit. A large variety of fruits can be used to obtain by the appropriate technological process different kinds Pub Year: 2018 of semi – finished product starting from fresh fruits just harvested from field or stored in controlled atmosphere warehouses. The ripeness degree, the freshness and the cleanness of the raw materials are Book Size: 7”×10” very important to obtain a high quality juice. Fruit is sometimes defined as the product of growth from an angiosperm, or flowering plant.From a purely botanical point of view, the fruit may be only the fleshy Hardback growth that arises from the ovary of a flower and may not necessarily include any other structures. From the consumer’s or food processor’s point of view, however, fruit is generally characterized as the edible product of a plant or tree that includes the seed and its envelope and can typically be described as juicy, Agricultural Sciences sweet, and pulpy. Present book has been designed to provide overall information of principles of fruit production and processing technology.

2 www.edtechpress.co.uk Agricultural Sciences

Genetically Modified Crops in Agriculture Danny Watson ISBN Genetically modified crops are plants used in agriculture, the DNA of which has been modified using 978-1-78882-197-1 genetic engineering methods. In most cases, the aim is to introduce a new trait to the plant which does not occur naturally in the species. Examples in food crops include resistance to certain pests, diseases, £ 135.00 or environmental conditions, reduction of spoilage, or resistance to chemical treatments, or improving the nutrient profile of the crop. Recently rapid advances in the development and commercialization Pub Year: 2018 of transgenic crops across the world have been witnessed both in terms increased crop coverage and economic benefits. Genetically modified foods are foods derived from genetically modified organisms Book Size: 7”×10” have had specific changes introduced into their DNA by genetic engineering techniques. The main aim Hardback of genetically modified crops is to produce a food that is able to survive even if any harmful chemicals or pesticides or herbicides are sprayed. Other benefit of genetically modified crops is to make food stay fresh for a long time. Some of genetically modified crops and food are corn, tomato, beets, potatoes, sprouts and alfalfa. It involves the insertion or deletion of genes. Examples in non-food crops include production Agricultural Sciences of pharmaceutical agents, biofuels, and other industrially useful goods, as well as for bioremediation. This book covers those facets, from the source of the gene, compositions of a gene construct, method of gene delivery, and result of gene integration and expression, to effects of the transgene on plants and the ecology.

Roderick Wiley Genetics and Plant Breeding Aiden Deleon Plant breeding concerned with the improvement of crops through techniques involving creation of ISBN genetic variation and subsequent selection of the desirable genotype is crucial to the continual growth 978-1-78882-202-2 of agriculture especially if the introduction of such crops with characters like high yield superior £ 135.00 quality early maturity resistance to disease and pests etc. is to be done. Genetically modified plants are created by the process of genetic engineering, which allows scientists to move genetic material Pub Year: 2018 between organisms with the aim of changing their characteristics. All organisms are composed of cells that contain the DNA molecule. Molecules of DNA form units of genetic information, known as Book Size: 7”×10” genes. Modern techniques of genetic engineering an: essentially a refinement of the kinds of genetic modifications that have long been used to enhance plants, microorganisms and animals forfood. Hardback Advancements in molecular and cell biology have led to the development of a range of techniques for manipulating genomes, collectively termed as biotechnology. Today, biotechnology is being used as a Agricultural Sciences tool to give plants new traits that benefit agricultural production, the environment and human nutrition and health. This book aims at providing the basic background on all aspects related to cell, genetics and plant breeding.

Genetics of Plant Diseases Jess Bush Kiran Bradley Plant diseases are usually caused by fungi, bacteria and viruses. Also there are other diseases which are caused by adverse environmental conditions. Plant disease resistance protects plants from pathogens in ISBN two ways: by pre-formed structures and chemicals, and by infection-induced responses of the immune 978-1-78882-204-6 system. Relative to a susceptible plant, disease resistance is the reduction of pathogen growth on or in £ 135.00 the plant, while the term disease tolerance describes plants that exhibit little disease damage despite substantial pathogen levels. Disease outcome is determined by the three-way interaction of the pathogen, Pub Year: 2018 the plant and the environmental conditions. Some of the earliest and most prominent uses of genetic modification technology in crops have related to disease management. The insertion of aBacillus Book Size: 7”×10” thuringiensis gene into crops such as corn resulted in protection against damage caused by certain insects, eliminating the need for pesticides against those particular pests is one example. Another example, the Hardback ability of crops to thrive despite the application of glyphosate, was brought about by modifying crops so that the pathway affected by the chemical to cause plant death is cycled more regularly, helping the crop Agricultural Sciences to survive. The book provides thorough information about bacteria and bacterial plant diseases. It covers history, structure, classification, special DNA characteristics and special activities of bacteria. The book fulfil not only the need of the students to find literature on the diseases and other pathological conditions difficult to obtain and access, but also provide complete systematic treatment of the subject from their point of view.

Reagan Knox Medicinal Plant Biotechnology ISBN Plant-based medicines assume a critical part in all societies, and have been fundamental in keeping up 978-1-78882-218-3 wellbeing and battling infections. The distinguishing proof of dynamic standards and their sub-atomic £ 135.00 focuses from customary prescription gives a huge chance to sedate advancement. Utilizing present day biotechnology, plants with particular synthetic syntheses can be mass spread and hereditarily enhanced Pub Year: 2018 for the extraction of mass dynamic pharmaceuticals. In spite of the fact that there has been noteworthy advance in the utilization of biotechnology, utilizing tissue societies and hereditary change to research and Book Size: 7”×10” modify pathways for the biosynthesis of target metabolites, there are many difficulties associated with bringing plants from the lab to effective plug development. This book shows the most recent advances in Hardback the improvement of restorative medications, including points, for example, plant tissue societies, optional metabolite generation, metabolomics, metabolic building, bioinformatics and future biotechnological bearings. This special review of plants and transgenic systems of extraordinary logical, therapeutic and Agricultural Sciences financial incentive for both industry and the scholarly community covers the entire range from cell culture methods, by means of hereditary designing and auxiliary item digestion up to the utilization of transgenic plants for the generation of bioactive mixes. www.edtechpress.co.uk 3 Agricultural Sciences

Plant Cytogenetics, Breeding and Evolution Bentlee Salinas ISBN There are about 300–315 thousand species of plants, of which the great majority, some 260–290 978-1-78882-241-1 thousand, are seed plants. Green plants provide a substantial proportion of the world’s molecular oxygen and are the basis of most of Earth’s Ecologies, especially on land. Plants that produce grains, fruits and £ 135.00 vegetables form humankind’s basic foodstuffs, and have been domesticated for millennia. Plants play many roles in culture. They are used as ornaments and, until recently and in great variety, they have Pub Year: 2018 served as the source of most medicines and drugs. The scientific study of plants is known as botany, a branch of biology. Plant Cytogenetics, Breeding and Evolution Plant Cytogenetics comprises a topic of Book Size: 7”×10” broad interest and increasing importance in plant science. In keeping with the exciting advances in plant Hardback genetics and genomics, we believe that a comprehensive and up-to-date reference on Plant Cytogenetics would be of great interest and value for researchers, instructors, and students with interests in genetics, plant biology, and plant genomics. Agricultural Sciences

Marley Gibbs Post Harvest Technology of Horticultural Crops Pablo Steele The book post harvest technology accepts incredible consideration amid late years since preservation of ISBN agricultural create is an essential need to maintain agricultural generation. It includes estimation of deliver, 978-1-78882-249-7 in this manner having incredible breadth for work age at the creation catchments. In this book, the writers £ 135.00 have endeavored to solidify distinctive techniques for post harvest technology of products of the soil concentrating on late advances. This book will profit both honing sustenance technologist/post harvest Pub Year: 2018 technologist who are scanning for answers to basic specialized inquiries of post harvest technology. Further, it will be valuable to agricultural specialists, nourishment processors, sustenance researcher, Book Size: 7”×10” analysts and dynamic ranchers and tom the individuals who are working in applicable fields. it is planned to fill a hole in directly accessible post harvest technology writing”. A definitive objective of yield creation Hardback is to give quality deliver to shoppers at sensible rates. Most new create is profoundly perishable, and postharvest misfortunes are critical under the present techniques for administration in numerous nations. Agricultural Sciences Be that as it may, noteworthy accomplishments have been made amid the most recent couple of years to reduce postharvest misfortunes in crisp deliver and to guarantee sustenance security and wellbeing also. These incorporate progressions in rearing green products for quality change; postharvest physiology; postharvest pathology and entomology; postharvest administration of natural products, vegetables, and blossoms; nondestructive advances to survey deliver quality; insignificant preparing of leafy foods; and additionally developments in bundling and capacity technology of new create.

Principles of Animal Nutrition Robin Moore ISBN Principles of Animal Nutrition deals with classification and function of nutrients, deficiency symptoms, 978-1-78882-160-5 digestive processes, characterization of feedstuffs and formulation of diets for domestic animals. Animal nutrition entails the study of the composition and characteristics of the material consumed by the animal, £ 135.00 the manner in which this material is metabolized (converted, utilized, and excreted) in the digestive tract and body cells of mono gastric animals (pigs, broilers, layers), ruminants (sheep, cattle, goats), and lower Pub Year: 2018 digestive tract fermenters (horses, ostriches). The nutrient requirements of different species animals for various production functions are also addressed. Nutrition is important for a variety of reasons. Animals Book Size: 7”×10” need the proper nutrition for growth and maintenance, and to provide energy for work and vital functions. Hardback Maintenance is the nutrition required for an animal to maintain its current weight. Energy is the ability of the body to perform functions. Proper nutrition is also needed to maintain body temperature, produce milk, reproduce, and develop proper bone structures. Without proper nutrition, animals can develop health problems, which could result in treatment costs or even fatality. Good nutrition is essential for all of Agricultural Sciences the systems of an animal to function and work together properly. This book contains the fundamental and basic information of subject and the selection of contents makes it an appropriate book for the students as well as for scholars.

Skylar Barr Technology of Cereals, Pulses and Oilseeds Mason Sutton The book presents techniques in the make and supply of grains, natural products, vegetables, and ISBN flavors. It points of interest the physiology, structure, organization, and attributes of grains and products. 978-1-78882-263-3 The content spreads postharvest technology through preparing, taking care of, drying and processing to £ 135.00 capacity, bundling, and appropriation. Moreover, it analyzes cooling and preservation procedures used to keep up the quality and the abatement deterioration and shrinking of agricultural items. This book Pub Year: 2018 tends to factors that are associated with keeping up the nature of grains, beats, oilseeds, foods grown from the ground after harvest. This book consolidates data on postharvest administration, standards Book Size: 7”×10” associated with readiness of different items and also strategy engaged with home scale and additionally mechanical handling of oats, beats, oilseeds, products of the soil. General phrasings utilized as a part of Hardback the sustenance science and technology are additionally incorporated into this book. This will build the per capita accessibility of products of the soil. One object of this book is to compose the scatted data and Agricultural Sciences to manage the current advancement of postharvest administration and preparing advances, for example, forms, operations, outlines different angles, for example, drying, parboiling, processing, by-items usage and inventive item improvement from agricultural crude material.

4 www.edtechpress.co.uk Agricultural Sciences

Technology of Fruits and Vegetable Processing Kai Peters Caleb Ramirez Fruits and vegetables are both real nourishment items in their own particular right and key fixings in many handled foods. There has been developing examination on their significance to wellbeing ISBN and procedures to protect the healthful and tangible qualities wanted by buyers. This real gathering 978-1-78882-264-0 outlines a portion of the key topics in this current research. Adopting a multidisciplinary strategy, £ 135.00 this work examines the fundamentals and late developments in fresh-cut foods grown from the ground handling. It tends to logical advance in the fresh-cut range and talks about the business and Pub Year: 2018 the market for these products. They likewise inspect advancements in making sound and alluring items. Utilization of inventive bundling innovation that could enhance item quality and timeframe Book Size: 7”×10” of realistic usability, new natural product blends with more assortment, consolidation of flavors, or the utilization of steamer sacks for vegetables are only a couple of contemplations that could Hardback grow the business sectors of fresh-cut items. With its attention on science, including biochemical, physiological, microbiological, and quality angles, and in addition heath contemplations and customer Agricultural Sciences science, this book gives an account of front line propels and the down to earth utilizations of wthese advances.

www.edtechpress.co.uk 5 Chemistry

Engineering Chemistry Nicky Rutledge ISBN Engineering Chemistry presents the subject with the aim of providing clear and sufficient understanding 978-1-78882-043-1 of chemistry to the students of engineering, as the same is imperative for any successful engineer. Some chapters in the book deal with the basic principles of chemistry while others are focused on its applied £ 130.00 aspects, providing the correct interphase between the principles of chemistry and engineering. Besides, subjects-matter of important topics of the Engineering Chemistry have been adequately discussed and Pub Year: 2018 amply covered. It has been endeavour of author to present to the Engineering graduate students, as well as their relevant technical applications, in a crisp and easy to understand way. It is the fervent hope of Book Size: 7”×10” author that this book would serve a useful purpose. Comments for further improvement of this book will Hardback be gratefully acknowledged.

Chemistry

Noel Harris Green Chemistry ISBN Green Chemistry concerned with chemical research and engineering that encourages the design of 978-1-78882-051-6 products and processes that minimize the use and generation of hazardous substances. It is effective £ 130.00 in controlling the impact of chemicals on human health and the environment. Chemists and chemical engineers applying green chemistry look at the entire life cycle of a product or process, from the origins Pub Year: 2018 of the materials used for manufacturing to the ultimate fate of the materials after they have finished their useful life. This book is written especially for researchers at various levels e.g. in industry, R&D Book Size: 7”×10” Laboratories, University and College laboratories etc. It describes a large number of organic reactions under green conditions. The conditions used are aqueous phase, using PTC catalyst, sonication and Hardback microwave technologies.

Chemistry

Heterocyclic Chemistry Alvin Pugh ISBN A heterocyclic compound or ring structure is a cyclic compound that has atoms of at least two different 978-1-78882-053-0 elements as members of its ring(s). Heterocyclic chemistry is the branch of organic chemistry dealing with the synthesis, properties, and applications of these heterocycles. This text is a concise book that £ 130.00 gives details of heterocyclic compounds. This book will also be useful to the students preparing for various competitive examinations. Much emphasis has been placed on chemical reactions and mechanisms Pub Year: 2018 of heterocyclic compounds. Each compound had been described in a clear and systematic manner. The subject-matter presented in each book, though concise, has adequate coverage of this subject; Book Size: 7”×10” the important points wherever necessary have been highlighted; complex portion of the content has Hardback been interpreted in an easy to grasp manner; and long sequences of references of reactions have been summarized in short run flowcharts.

Chemistry

Dexter Harvey Industrial Chemistry Nicky Rutledge Industrial Chemistry is a branch of chemistry in modern science. In industrial chemistry in modern science, ISBN we study about compounds or elements, their properties, and applications; which are used in industries. 978-1-78882-055-4 Since the time of Industrial Revolution, human intellect throughout the civilized world has been driving this £ 130.00 Chemical Revolution. The book Industrial Chemistry is an excellent source of technological and economic information on the most important precursors and intermediates used in the chemical industry. It should Pub Year: 2018 be in the hand of every higher-graduate student, especially if chemical technology is not part of the study, like in many college universities. This book on industrial chemistry provides an overview of the new trends Book Size: 7”×10” and hot topics by describing the challenge of designing industrial chemical processes that are up-to-date, sustainable, and economically feasible. The text in this book is throughout supplemented with diagrams Hardback and tables. The treatment of all topics is in a cogent, lucid style aimed at enabling the reader to grasp the information quickly and easily. This useful book is specifically intended for practicing chemical engineers, Chemistry industrial chemists and research students.

6 www.edtechpress.co.uk Chemistry

Inorganic Chemistry Rory Reid ISBN Inorganic chemistry deals with the synthesis and behavior of inorganic and organometallic compounds. 978-1-78882-056-1 This field covers all chemical compounds except the myriad organic compounds which are the subjects of organic chemistry. The distinction between the two disciplines is far from absolute, as there is much £ 130.00 overlap in the subdiscipline of organometallic chemistry. Today our understanding of chemical bonding, molecular reactivities, and various other fundamental chemical problems rests heavily on our knowledge Pub Year: 2018 of the detailed behaviour of electrons in atoms and molecules. This book describes in detail some of the basic principles, methods and results of quantum chemistry that lead to our understanding of electron Book Size: 7”×10” behaviour. The basic aspects of inorganic chemistry are presented significantly in this book. Many Hardback applications and practical problems are described. The order of the techniques included is conventional and would be liked by students. The chapters have been arranged in a conventional way, as it may be easy for students to pass from one to another chapter with continuity. Chemistry

Erin Johnson Medicinal Chemistry ISBN Medicinal chemistry is the chemistry discipline concerned with the design, development and synthesis of 978-1-78882-069-1 pharmaceutical drugs. The discipline combines expertise from chemistry and pharmacology to identify, £ 130.00 develop and synthesize chemical agents that have a therapeutic use and to evaluate the properties of existing drugs. Medicinal Chemistry is a comprehensive and well illustrated presentation of the major Pub Year: 2018 areas of pharmaceutical drug research. It will be extremely useful as a textbook for pharmacy students and as an overview for research scientists entering the pharmaceutical industry. The book integrates Book Size: 7”×10” the chemical and pharmacological aspects of drugs, and links the sciences of organic chemistry, biochemistry, and biology with the clinical areas of required for a thorough understanding of modern Hardback medicinal drugs. The treatment of pain and disease is one of the most important goals of humankind. Since ancient times people have been using potions, natural products and even the dust of mummies for the treatment of health problems. The healing effects of remedies were often ascribed to spirits and Chemistry mythical entities, but some of the herbal preparations did possess curative properties. In the 1800’s scientists began to investigate potions to determine what chemicals were present that could cause the observed healing. Thus, the early days of medicinal chemistry began with the study of naturally occurring materials that were effective in treating human disorders. The studies were tedious and required much sample purification and structure determination at a time when instrumental methods of analysis were unavailable. Also, screening methods for chemical efficacy against disease had to be developed so that humans were not used as trials. The book builds on the history of drug development, but does not assume much background knowledge. The focus is on building upon the understandings of the molecular function of drugs, and from there, taking a broad overview of the topical issues and most frequently used techniques.

Organic Chemistry Luke Bell Ash Copeland Organic chemistry is a discipline within chemistry that involves the scientific study of the structure, properties, composition, reactions, and preparation of carbon-based compounds, hydrocarbons, and ISBN their derivatives, these compounds may contain any number of other elements, including hydrogen, 978-1-78882-086-8 nitrogen, oxygen, the halogens as well as phosphorus, silicon and sulphur. Organic compounds are £ 130.00 structurally diverse and the range of application of organic compounds is enormous. Organic Chemistry provides an easy access to the core information in the field and makes a comprehensive approach to Pub Year: 2018 disseminate information in a clear and systematic manner. The book is presented and organized in a way to discourage students from rote learning. It covers all the topics in Organic Chemistry which are Book Size: 7”×10” normally included in the syllabi of Indian universities for undergraduate courses. Special emphasis has been given to the basic concepts viz. acids and bases, hybridization and resonance. Though, the study Hardback of Organic Chemistry may be complex, it is very important in everyday life. Although many books on the subject are available in the market, yet, there is a dearth. Hence this humble effort, will hopefully prove Chemistry to be beneficial for all concerned readers.

Ash Copeland Organic Reaction Mechanism Luke Bell Organic reactions are chemical reactions involving organic compounds. The basic organic chemistry ISBN reaction types are addition reactions, elimination reactions, substitution reactions, pericyclic reactions, 978-1-78882-087-5 rearrangement reactions and redox reactions. In organic synthesis, organic reactions are used in the £ 130.00 construction of new organic molecules. The production of many man-made chemicals such as drugs, plastics, food additives, fabrics depend on organic reactions. Organic reactions are chemical reactions Pub Year: 2018 involving organic compounds. The basic organic chemistry reaction types are addition reactions, elimination reactions, substitution reactions, pericyclic reactions, rearrangement reactions, photochemical Book Size: 7”×10” reactions and redox reactions. In organic synthesis, organic reactions are used in the construction of new organic molecules. The production of many man-made chemicals such as drugs, plastics, food additives, Hardback fabrics depend on organic reactions. The book is likely to serve as a useful textbook and reference book to the undergraduate and postgraduate students in developing an insight into the mechanistic aspects of Chemistry the organic chemistry as a whole. www.edtechpress.co.uk 7 Chemistry

Organometallic Chemistry Shay Beck ISBN Organometallic Chemistry is the study of chemical compounds containing bonds between carbon and 978-1-78882-088-2 metal. The term “Metal” is defined deliberately broadly in this context and may include elements, such as silicon or boron, which are not metallic but are considered to be metalloids. Almost all branches £ 130.00 of chemistry and material science now interface with organometallic chemistry. Organometallics find practical uses in stoichiometric and catalytic processes, especially processes involving carbon monoxide Pub Year: 2018 and alkene-derived polymers. Organometallic (OM) chemistry is the study of compounds containing, and reactions involving, metal-carbon bonds. The metal-carbon bond may be transient or temporary, but if Book Size: 7”×10” one exists during a reaction or in a compound of interest, we’re squarely in the domain of organometallic Hardback chemistry. Despite the denotational importance of the M-C bond, bonds between metals and the other common elements of organic chemistry also appear in OM chemistry: metal-nitrogen, metal-oxygen, metal-halogen, and even metal-hydrogen bonds all play a role. Metals cover a vast swath of the periodic table and include the alkali metals (group 1), alkali earth metals (group 2), transition metals (groups Chemistry 3-12), the main group metals (groups 13-15, “under the stairs”), and the lanthanides and actinides. The principal idea of this book is to offer a comprehensive coverage of unconventional and thought-provoking topics in organometallic chemistry. It also supplies practical information about reaction mechanisms, along with the descriptions of contemporary applications to organic synthesis, organized by mechanism and kinetic. It will serve as a valuable reference tool for students and professional of organic and post organic chemistry, who need to become better acquainted with the subject.

Brook Hartman Physical Chemistry ISBN Physical chemistry is the branch of chemistry that is concerned with the application of physics to chemical 978-1-78882-090-5 systems. This may involve the application of the principles of thermodynamics, quantum mechanics, £ 130.00 quantum chemistry, statistical mechanics and kinetics to the study of chemistry. Physical chemistry, in contrast to chemical physics, is predominantly (but not always) a macroscopic or supra-molecular Pub Year: 2018 science, as the majority of the principles on which physical chemistry was founded, are concepts related to the bulk rather than on molecular/atomic structure alone. Physical chemistry is the study of how Book Size: 7”×10” matter behaves on a molecular and atomic level and how chemical reactions occur. Based on their analyses, physical chemists may develop new theories, such as how complex structures are formed. Hardback Physical chemists often work closely with materials scientists to research and develop potential uses for new materials. Nuclear chemistry is the subfield of general chemistry dealing with nuclear processes, radioactivity and nuclear properties of atoms. It deals with the composition of nuclear forces, nuclear Chemistry reactions and radioactive materials. Nuclear chemistry bases the formation of artificial radioactivity. It is the chemistry of radioactive elements such as the radium, actinides and radon together with the chemistry associated with equipments such as nuclear reactors which are specially designed to perform nuclear processes. This book offers illustrations that set it apart from others of its kind. The author focuses on core topics of physical chemistry, presented within a modern framework of applications.

8 www.edtechpress.co.uk Communication Studies

Business Communication : Skills and Techniques Liam Perry Tyler Miller Communication is one of the most important aspects of the business world. Professional men and women use communication for getting ahead, resolving interpersonal conflicts and working collaboratively with ISBN others to achieve unified goals. Since communication is such a necessary business component, business 978-1-78882-289-3 people must familiarize themselves with communication techniques that will be most effective for £ 120.00 them and their professional counterparts. The importance of communication skills can be seen when good, quality communication occurs that prevents misunderstandings, miscommunication and conflict. Pub Year: 2018 It produces productive work and performance which ultimately impacts the company’s bottom line. Business Communication is any communication used to promote a product, service, or organization Book Size: 7”×10” - with the objective of making sale. In business communication, message is conveyed through various channels of communication including internet, print (publications), radio, television, outdoor, and word Hardback of mouth. There is a good chance that you may not know what kind of listener you are. After all, until the topic arises, most people do not tend to think about the issue. So now is the time to think about it. Communication There are different types of listeners out there, and learning about some of the different ways that people listen may help you use that information to improve your listening skills. This book covers all the aspects of Business Communication. It is hoped that this book will meet the requirements of teaching, training and development programme. Besides, the text will provide valuable guidance to any individual who is keen on improving his/her communication skills.

Gail Robinson Mass Communication and Journalism ISBN The study of mass communication is often associated with the practical applications of journalism (Print 978-1-78882-371-5 media), television and radio broadcasting, film, public relations, or advertising. With the diversification of £ 120.00 media options, the study of communication has extended to include social media and new media, which have stronger feedback models than traditional media sources. While the field of mass communication Pub Year: 2018 is continually evolving, the following four fields are generally considered the major areas of study within mass communication. They exist in different forms and configurations at different schools or universities, Book Size: 7”×10” but are (in some form) practiced at most institutions that study mass communication Advertising, in relation to mass communication, refers to marketing a product or service in a persuasive manner that Hardback encourages the audience to buy the product or use the service. The presented book has been written in view of tremendous changes being marked in almost each and every spheres of life in 21st century ad the role of media has also made a significant change. Its changing role and its perception are being Communication deliberately marked. The book carries out comprehensive analysis of above mentioned facts.

Mass Communication: Research and Analysis Tyler Miller ISBN Mass Communication has taken deep roots in the world. Mass communication research is a sprawling 978-1-78882-372-2 and multidisciplinary field of research approaches and theories, drawing inspiration from a range of disciplines in the humanities and the social sciences, and even from science disciplines such as £ 120.00 mathematics, computing, and engineering. It continually develops and adapts to the changing nature and application of media technologies as well as changing political and social concerns with ‘the media’. Pub Year: 2018 It influences almost all the aspects of human life viz. medical, education, culture, tradition and fashion etc. Like all other subjects mass communication also is worthy of research so that it can develop in a Book Size: 7”×10” more understandable form. This book presents an epistemological view of levels of analysis. It guides Hardback the readers to understanding the challenges of media measurement, its quantification, datafication and assessment, and helps in developing skills of media audience analysis. A comparative analysis is also made as where required. The author is hopeful that this book will be very useful to those who have a flair of learning more about the mass communication. Communication

www.edtechpress.co.uk 9 Computer & Information Technology

Cyber Crime Nash Haynes ISBN Cyber Crime is an evil having its origin in the growing dependence on computers in modern life. In a day 978-1-78882-306-7 and age when everything from microwave ovens and refrigerators to nuclear power plants is being run on computers, Cyber Crime has assumed rather sinister implications. Cyber Crime poses great challenges for £ 120.00 law enforcement and for society in general. To understand why this is true, it is necessary to understand why, and how, cybercrime differs from traditional, terrestrial crime. Net-crime refers to criminal use of Pub Year: 2018 the Internet. Cyber-crimes are essentially a combination of these two elements and can be best defined as “Offences that are committed against individuals or groups of individuals with a criminal motive to Book Size: 7”×10” intentionally harm the reputation of the victim or cause physical or mental harm to the victim directly or Hardback indirectly using modern telecommunication networks such as the Internet (Chat rooms, e-mails, notice boards and groups) and mobile phones (SMS/MMS)”. Since Cyber Crime is a newly specialized field, growing in cyber laws, there is absolutely no comprehensive law on Cyber Crime anywhere in the world. This is precisely the reason why investigating agencies are finding cyberspace to be an extremely difficult Information Technology terrain to handle. This book explores technical, legal, and social issues related to Cyber Crime. Cyber Crime is a broad term that includes offences where a computer may be the target, crimes where a computer may be a tool used in the commission of an existing offence, and crimes where a computer may play a subsidiary role such as offering evidence for the commission of an offence. Markus Mack Cyber Security ISBN Cyber security refers to the measures taken to keep electronic information private and safe from damage 978-1-78882-307-4 or theft. It is also used to make sure these devices and data are not misused. Cybersecurity applies to £ 120.00 both software and hardware, as well as information on the Internet, and can be used to protect everything from personal information to complex government systems. Cyber security is a distributed problem Pub Year: 2018 partly because of the distributed nature of the underlying infrastructure and partly because industries, government and individuals all come at it with different perspectives. Under these circumstances Book Size: 7”×10” regulation is best attempted from the bottom up, and legalisation, especially in the area of criminal law, should be sharply focused. There is the need for distributed approaches instead of the more traditional Hardback single, concentrated approach. Cybersecurity is the body of technologies, processes, and practices designed to protect networks, computers, and data from attack, damage, and unauthorized access. Cybersecurity training teaches professionals to spot vulnerabilities, fend off attacks, and immediately Information Technology respond to emergencies. The spread of modern information technologies has brought about considerable changes in the global environment, ranging from the speed of economic transactions to the nature of social interactions to the management of military operations in both peacetime and war. The development of information technology makes it possible for adversaries to attack each other in new ways and with new forms of damage, and may create new targets for attack. This book fully introduces the theory and practice of cyber security. Comprehensive in scope, it covers applied and practical elements, theory, and the reasons for the design of applications and security techniques. Digital Library and Information Developments Ray Booth ISBN The information technology explosion and its applications in every aspect of life have changed the entire 978-1-78882-310-4 scenario of the present world. The IT revolution and information explosion has led to the emergence of electronic information era. Advanced in internet technologies have made it seemingly possible and £ 120.00 easy to create digital collections, repositories, archives and libraries. However, supporting diverse information usages that facilitate interaction beyond searching and browsing is in the early stages. Pub Year: 2018 Interactive digital libraries and digital archives are still evolving. The digital preservation techniques have brought revolutionary changes in the organization and management of libraries and archives. Book Size: 7”×10” Digital Library improves the organizational efficiencies by leveraging data processing, data storage and Hardback data communication technologies. Existing network facilities can be utilized to achieve great savings in labour costs and the reduction of paper storage and handling facilities. This book has written for use in Library and Information Science professionals and students. It will be useful of all levels of Library and Information Science Professionals and Students. Information Technology Alvin Pugh E-Commerce and Mobile Commerce Technologies ISBN This book provides you with an in-depth introduction to the field of e-commerce. We focus on concepts 978-1-78882-053-0 that will help you understand and take advantage of the evolving world of opportunity offered by £ 120.00 e-commerce, which is dramatically altering the way business is conducted and driving major shifts in the global economy. Chapter 1 and 2 discuss about the basic concepts of e-commerce and e-business Pub Year: 2018 strategy. Chapter 3 describes different types of e-commerce technology. This chapter also tells us about the emerging e-commerce technology innovations. Chapter 4 depicts various types of e-business Book Size: 7”×10” models and markets. Chapter 5 discuss about the mobile electronic commerce. Chapter 6 tells about the mobile commerce, mobile enterprise solutions and ubiquitous computing. Chapter 7 tells about the Hardback security parameters used in e-commerce and fraud issues and why protection in e-commerce is required. Chapter 8 depicts payment system used in electronic commerce like smart cards, micropayments, e-checking, mobile payments etc. Chapter 9 ensures about the E-Commerce Regulatory, Ethical, and E-Commerce Social Environments. Electronic commerce and m-commerce is a business model in which transactions take place over electronic networks, mostly the Internet. It includes the process of electronically buying and selling goods, services, and information. Certain EC and m-commerce applications, such as buying and selling stocks and airline tickets online, are reaching maturity, some even exceeding non-Internet trade volumes. However, EC and m-commerce is not just about buying and selling; it also is about electronically communicating, collaborating, and discovering information. It is about e-learning, customer service, e-government, social networks, and much more.

10 www.edtechpress.co.uk Computer & Information Technology

Introduction to Logic Jess Drake ISBN Logic originally meaning “the word” or “what is spoken” is generally held to consist of the systematic 978-1-78882-358-6 study of the form of arguments. A valid argument is one where there is a specific relation of logical support between the assumptions of the argument and its conclusion. There is no universal agreement as to the £ 120.00 exact scope and subject matter of logic, but it has traditionally included the classification of arguments, the systematic exposition of the ‘logical form’ common to all valid arguments, the study of inference, including Pub Year: 2018 fallacies, and the study of semantics, including paradoxes. Historically, logic has been studied in philosophy and mathematics and recently logic has been studied in computer science, linguistics, psychology, and Book Size: 7”×10” other fields. The book is about the logic and talks about various aspects of it such as general character of Hardback the enquiry, argument from analogy, mathematical reasoning, etc. This book will prove to be very useful for the people interested in logic as well as the students of logic.

Information Technology

Jaden McLean Logic Design Carmen Hurley The book attempts to achieve a balance between theory and application. For this reason, the book does ISBN not over-emphasize the mathematics of switching theory; however it does present the theory which is 978-1-78882-061-5 necessary for understanding the fundamental concepts of logic design. Written in a student-friendly £ 130.00 style, the book provides an in-depth knowledge of logic design. Striking a balance between theory and practice, it covers topics ranging from number systems, binary codes, logic gates and Boolean algebra, Pub Year: 2018 design of combinational logic circuits, synchronous and asynchronous sequential circuits, etc. The main emphasis of this book is to highlight the theoretical concepts and systematic synthesis techniques that Book Size: 7”×10” can be applied to the design of practical digital systems. This comprehensive book is written for the graduate students of electronics and communication engineering, electrical and electronics engineering, Hardback instrumentation engineering, telecommunication engineering, computer science and engineering, and information technology. Information Technology

Operations Research: An Introduction Reed Porter ISBN Operations research encompasses a wide range of problem-solving techniques and methods applied 978-1-78882-081-3 in the pursuit of improved decision-making and efficiency. Some of the tools used by operations researchers are statistics, optimization, probability theory, queuing theory, game theory, graph theory, £ 140.00 decision analysis, mathematical modeling and simulation. An Information System is any combination of information technology and people’s activities using that technology to support operations, management, Pub Year: 2018 and decision-making. In a very broad sense, the term information system is frequently used to refer to the interaction between people, algorithmic processes, data and technology. Operations Research is Book Size: 7”×10” the scientific study of logistic networks to provide for decision support at all levels in order to optimize Hardback production and distribution of the commodity flows. Nowadays, these logistic networks have become very large and may range over several countries, while the demands for quality of service have grown similarly to ever higher standards. Generally one agrees that to maintain such large networks successfully, one needs the control of all the information flows through the network, that is, continuous information Information Technology on the status of the resources. Operations research is an interdisciplinary branch of applied mathematics and formal science that uses advanced analytical methods such as mathematical modeling, statistical analysis, and mathematical optimization to arrive at optimal or near-optimal solutions to complex decision-making problems.

Harper Duncan Principles of Mobile Computing ISBN In this book; Chapter 1 introduces about the field of Mobile Computing, presents a short history and 978-1-78882-093-6 challenges for research, and concludes with a market vision, which shows the potential of mobile technology. £ 140.00 Chapter 2 follows mobile IP, the extension of the Internet Protocol (IP) into the mobile domain. Ad-hoc networks with their requirements for specific routing protocols are also covered. The subsequent layer, the Pub Year: 2018 transport layer, is covered in Chapter 2. This chapter discusses several approaches of adapting the current transmission control protocol (TCP), which is well known from the Internet, to the special requirements of Book Size: 7”×10” mobile communication systems. Chapter 3 comprises the global system for mobile communications (GSM) as today’s most successful public mobile phone system, cordless phone technology, trunked radios, and the Hardback future development with the universal mobile telecommunications system (UMTS). Chapter 4 follows the classical layers of communication systems and explains the basics of wireless technology from a computer science point of view. Topics in this chapter are signal propagation, multiplexing, and modulation. Profound Information Technology electrical engineering knowledge is not required; however, it is necessary to comprehend the basic principles of wireless transmission to understand the design decisions of higher layer communication protocols and applications. Chapter 5 and 6 depicts that Ad hoc networks are a key to the evolution of wireless networks. They are typically composed of equal nodes that communicate over wireless links without any central control. Ad hoc wireless networks inherit the traditional problems of wireless and mobile communications, such as bandwidth optimization, power control, and transmission quality enhancement. Chapter 7 discusses handoff, which is the mechanism for transferring an ongoing call from one base station to another as a user moves through the coverage area of a cellular system. It must be fast and efficient to prevent the quality of service from degenerating to an unacceptable level. Chapter 8 reviews existing solutions to the location management problem. Chapter 9 introduces mobile number portability. We describe and analyze number portability routing mechanisms and their implementation costs. www.edtechpress.co.uk 11 Computer & Information Technology

R For Programmers Karter Tate Morgan Holland R for programmers presents valuable apparatuses and strategies for assaulting many sorts of R programming issues, helping you dodge oversights and deadlocks. With over ten years of experience ISBN programming in R, the creator delineates the tastefulness, magnificence, and adaptability at the core of 978-1-78882-099-8 R. The book builds up the fundamental aptitudes to deliver quality code that can be utilized as a part of £ 140.00 an assortment of conditions. You will learn: • The basics of R, including standard information sorts and capacities Pub Year: 2018 • Utilitarian programming as a valuable system for taking care of wide classes of issues Book Size: 7”×10” • The positives and negatives of metaprogramming • Instructions to compose quick, memory-productive code Hardback This book not just enables current R clients to wind up R developers yet in addition indicates existing software engineers what’s exceptional about R. Information Technology

Ronin Myers Using R & R Studio for Data Management, ISBN 978-1-78882-121-6 Statistical Analysis and Graphics £ 100.00 Using R for Data Management, Statistical Analysis, and Graphics displays a simple approach to figure out how to play out an expository errand in R, without navigating through the broad, particular, Pub Year: 2018 and here and there cumbersome programming documentation and tremendous number of extra bundles. Composed by short, clear spellbinding sections, the book covers numerous normal errands, Book Size: 7”×10” for example, information administration, distinct outlines, inferential techniques, regression analysis, multivariate methods, and the making of designs. Through the broad ordering, cross-referencing, and Hardback worked cases in this content, clients can straightforwardly discover and execute the material they require. The content incorporates helpful records sorted out by point and R grammar. Exhibiting the R code in real life and encouraging investigation, the creators introduce illustration examinations that Information Technology utilize a solitary informational index from the HELP think about. They additionally give a few contextual investigations of more intricate applications. Enhancing your explanatory abilities, this book clearly compresses the parts of R regularly utilized by measurable experts. New clients of R will locate the basic approach straightforward while more advanced clients will welcome the precious wellspring of errand arranged data.

12 www.edtechpress.co.uk Economics

Advanced Economic Theory Tanner Wilkerson ISBN Economics is a social science which deals with human wants and their satisfaction. It is mainly concerned 978-1-78882-278-7 with the way in which a society chooses to employ its scarce resources which have alternative uses, for the production of goods for present and future consumption. The theory of factor pricing is concerned with £ 120.00 the principles according to which the price of each factor of production is determined and distributed. The distribution of factors of production can be of two types, namely personal and functional. Personal Pub Year: 2018 distribution is concerned with the distribution of income among different individuals. Public finance deals with the economics of government. It studies mainly about the income and expenditure of government. So Book Size: 7”×10” we have to study about different aspects relating to taxation, public expenditure, public debt and so on. Hardback Oligopoly falls between two extreme market structures, perfect competition and monopoly. Oligopoly occurs when a few firms dominate the market for a good or service. This implies that when there are a small number of competing firms, their marketing decisions exhibit strong mutual interdependence. By mutual interdependence we mean that a firm’s action say of setting the price has a noticeable effect on its rival Economics firms and they are likely to react in the some way. Each firm considers the possible reaction of rivals to its price and product development decisions. In economics and particularly in industrial organization, market power is the ability of a firm to profitably raise the market price of a good or service over marginal cost. In perfectly competitive markets, market participants have no market power. A firm with total market power can raise prices without losing any customers to competitors. Market participants that have market power are therefore sometimes referred to as “price makers” or “price setters”, while those without are sometimes called “price takers”. Significant market power occurs when prices exceed marginal cost and longrun average cost, so the firm makes profit. Sean Gallagher Banking Performance and Socio Economic Development ISBN Banking Performance and Socio Economic Development is a one-stop reference book on the beginning, 978-1-78882-285-5 development, execution, and administration of the Regional Rural Banks (RRBs) in India. It is the main £ 120.00 book of its kind, which extensively analyzes the improvement of current banking in India since the old time frame to 2013 and birth, development, and execution of Regional Rural Banks from 1975 to 2014. Pub Year: 2018 It takes a gander at all the features of operations like structure, money related administration, stores, propels, NPA administration, ALM, and hazard administration hones pervasive in RRBs. It likewise Book Size: 7”×10” depicts part of IT in RRBs. The book will fill the long-felt nonattendance of a true book on the working of RRBs of India. The book is relied upon to fill in as a handbook for the newcomers and furthermore as a Hardback kind of perspective book for the senior bankers and strategy creators. The book, rich with volumes of most recent information, gives different administrative rules relating to everyday operations, administration, and control of the provincial banks. Future Bank projects ought to likewise encourage fortify country Economics foundations to help effective yield and info markets (for instance, arrive and rustic fund) while keeping up social and political soundness through better focused on security nets. Economic Development and Planning Spencer Rogers Sammy Gentry Economic development transforms a traditional dual-system society into a productive framework in which everyone contributes and from which receives benefits accordingly. Economic development occurs when ISBN all segments of the society benefit from the fruits of economic growth through economic efficiency and 978-1-78882-314-2 equity. Economic efficiency will be present with minimum negative externalities to society, including £ 120.00 agency, transaction, secondary and opportunity costs. An economic development plan is a carefully built framework that’s long-term in scope. It’s used to help communities across diverse situations. Pub Year: 2018 When planning for economic development, the goal is to create and maintain a strong, vibrant local economy. Local government economic development planning is part of a region’s overall economic Book Size: 7”×10” development strategy and involves intergovernmental coordination. The economic development plan provides a comprehensive overview of the economy, sets policy direction for economic growth, and Hardback identifies strategies, programs, and projects to improve the economy. Economic planning, the process by which key economic decisions are made or influenced by central governments. It contrasts with the Economics laissez-faire approach that, in its purest form, eschews any attempt to guide the economy, relying instead on market forces to determine the speed, direction, and nature of economic evolution. Finally, the author reminiscences on the excitement that was aroused during the initial period of development planning as well as decline in the expectations from the planning process and its importance.

Jody Gordon Economic Development in Rural Sector ISBN The history of economic development of countries show that there have been countless examples 978-1-78882-315-9 of institutional agencies that have played pivotal role in fulfilling certain developmental activities. £ 120.00 Cooperation as an institution is used in various countries as instrument of economic growth. The economic performance of rural regions around the world is lagging, despite efforts by governments and local leaders Pub Year: 2018 to address the problem. Rural economic development should focus on the unique strengths of each area, rather than concentrating on ameliorating generic weaknesses. Rural economic development should Book Size: 7”×10” address and harness the efficient spatial distribution of economic activity rather than attempt to replicate urban economies. Rural development aims at improving rural people’s livelihoods in an equitable and Hardback sustainable manner, both socially and environmentally, through better access to assets and services, and control over productive capital that enable them to improve their livelihoods on a sustainable and equitable basis. It is certain that the valuable contributions, views and suggestions of the researchers Economics will be of immense help to the future researchers, policy-makers, administrators and social thinkers in solving the problem of poverty, unemployment and to achieve economic development of the country as well as the state, especially in rural sector, renewing the existing employment generating programmes. www.edtechpress.co.uk 13 Economics

Macroeconomics Sammy Gentry Tanner Wilkerson Macroeconomics is a branch of economics dealing with the performance, structure, behavior, and decision-making of an economy as a whole. This includes national, regional, and global economies. ISBN Macroeconomics and microeconomics, a pair of terms coined by Ragnar Frisch, are the two most general 978-1-78882-369-2 fields in economics. In contrast to macroeconomics, microeconomics is the branch of economics that £ 120.00 studies the behavior of individuals and firms in making decisions and the interactions among these individuals and firms in narrowly-defined markets. Macroeconomics is the economics subfield of study Pub Year: 2018 that considers aggregate behaviour, i.e., the study of the sum of individual economic decisions. In other words, it is the study of the entire economy in terms of the total amount of goods and services produced, Book Size: 7”×10” total income earned, the level of employment of productive resources, and the general behaviour of prices. Macroeconomics can be used to analyse how best to influence government policy goals. The Hardback present book provides all primary aspects of macroeconomics, elaborately. It explains the relationships between macroeconomic variables and their implications for macroeconomic policy. It also aims to Economics develop a broad coherent framework for thinking about the fundamental problems in macroeconomics. The book has been supplemented with figures, tables and equations wherever required and presented in a lucid manner for easy understanding by the readers. The book will be found highly useful by students and teachers of economics.

Ashton Blanchard Micro Economics ISBN Micro economics is the study of individuals, households and firms’ behavior in decision making and 978-1-78882-376-0 allocation of resources. It generally applies to markets of goods and services and deals with individual £ 120.00 and economic issues. Micro economics stresses the relevance and application of microeconomic theory to decision making in both managerial and public policy. The book also provides a comprehensive Pub Year: 2018 treatment of Econometrics and Pricing Policies in Practice in its suit the needs of decision makers, whether associated with managerial decision making in the corporate world or pursuing management Book Size: 7”×10” courses in various institutions. The coverage of the book also incorporates the dramatic changes that have occurred in this field in recent years, and the lucid exposition makes the text clear and accessible Hardback as well as lively and engaging. It is a student-friendly and teacher-friendly book.

Economics

14 www.edtechpress.co.uk Education

Adult and Social Education Theo Fletcher Joshua Campbell These days various trends are in vogue in the field of education and on the books on education. But the most neglected field is of adult education and social education. As India possesses the largest number of ISBN illiterate adult persons in the world the relevance of adult education is self understood. The field of social 978-1-78882-276-3 education is also neglected and the general public is still unaware of the problems hovering over society £ 120.00 and the modern days’ paradoxes. As the globalization and industrialisation has set in the great social upheaval is in the offing. We are witnessing the technological revolution, information and communication Pub Year: 2018 revolution, the revolution in the market and at the home. This book tries to do justice with the problems in the field of adult education and social education. It is a small but compact book which covers many Book Size: 7”×10” aspects of adult education and social education. It is hoped that this book will be liked by educators, education administrators, and the researchers in the field of education. Hardback

Education

Ewan Sharp An Invitation to Qualitative Fieldwork: ISBN 978-1-78882-363-0 A Multilogical Approach £ 120.00 Social work profession has developed five specializations for education, training and practice. These five specializations cover all the fields of social work for employment and self-employment. Students are Pub Year: 2018 seen undergoing fieldwork training in their respective specialized fields without any reference of relevant literature for all these years. They are seen learning in the practical situations only with the help of oral Book Size: 7”×10” instructions of the faculty and agency supervisors. The present book would be useful to impart field work training in the specialized fields work training in the specialized fields which would assist the schools Hardback of social work to prepare the perfect trained manpower to serve the NGOs, Gos and Cos, organizations, institutions, offices and the society at large.

Education

Applied Qualitative Research Design Gene Williams ISBN This book gives a thorough structure to making, overseeing, and deciphering subjective research 978-1-78882-282-4 considers that yield legitimate and valuable data. Cases of concentrates from an extensive variety of orders represent the qualities, impediments, and uses of the essential subjective strategies: inside and £ 120.00 out meetings, center gathering dialogs, ethnography, content investigation, and contextual analysis and account look into. Following a reliable arrangement, parts demonstrate to understudies and scientists Pub Year: 2018 proper methodologies to execute every strategy inside a worldview unbiased and adaptable Total Quality Framework (TQF) containing four interrelated segments: Credibility, Analyzability, Transparency, and Book Size: 7”×10” Usefulness. The book additionally addresses utilizations of the TQF to the composition, survey, and Hardback assessment of subjective research proposition and original copies. This book indicates how the parts of configuration interface with each other, and gives a methodology to making intelligent and workable connections among these plan segments, featuring key outline issues. Education

Skye Anderson Audio Visual Aids in Education ISBN Education has now ushered in the new millennium and with it, technology has entered the discipline, in 978-1-78882-284-8 a big way. In fact, educational technology as a separate discipline contributes a lot to further development £ 120.00 and growth of education. Varying media aids are a part of this process. These devices have made the function of teaching easier, smarter and faster. This book deals with all sorts of audio-visual aids in Pub Year: 2018 detail and provides an account of other devices also. Further, it deals with utility of audio-visual aids and teaching methods etc. These specialties make the book highly useful and reader friendly. Innovation Book Size: 7”×10” has for all time adjusted and upgraded the field of education. With the help of imaginative devices, for example, media innovation, teachers can make a positive effect on understudies’ learning background. Hardback This book incorporates far reaching scope and academic bits of knowledge on the most recent patterns in innovation helped dialect learning strategies. Featuring a scope of points of view on themes, for example, intercultural fitness, understudy engagement, and web based taking in, this book is in a perfect world Education intended for all. www.edtechpress.co.uk 15 Education

Curriculum Development in Elementary Education Archie Moss ISBN The curriculum of elementary schools is a very important factor in the education of children. Students 978-1-78882-305-0 need to understand and express themselves in a language which can be the Mother Tongue only at the elementary level. Curriculum development is an important part of the education process, ensuring £ 120.00 that classes at all levels, from early childhood to post-secondary, are best designed to help students be successful in learning the material and gaining the skills needed to continue to advance. Evaluation Pub Year: 2018 essentially is the provision of information for the sake of facilitating decision making at various stages of curriculum development. This information may pertain to the program as a complete entity or only Book Size: 7”×10” to some of its components. Evaluation also implies the selection of criteria, collection and analysis of Hardback data. It includes obtaining information for use in judging the worth of a programme and procedure. It is a comprehensive term and transcends standardized tests covering all means of ascertaining the results of construction. A curriculum framework is an organized plan or set of standards or learning outcomes that defines the content to be learned in terms of clear, definable standards of what the student should Education know and be able to do. The supporters of learner-centered Curriculum give importance to individual development and they wants to organize the curriculum according to the needs and interest of learners, there are fundamental differences in this approach and the subject-centered design. The curriculum framers for elementary schools should also associate the parents and specialists while developing the curriculum for elementary education.

Ace Buck Education and Women Empowerment Riley Witt Education fills in as the conductor by which women, since quite a while ago established in the private ISBN circle, move into people in general circle and declare themselves on an equivalent premise with men. As 978-1-78882-316-6 a springboard to business and monetary freedom, advocates say, education gives the basic establishment £ 120.00 from which encourage strengthening streams. It is in this setting the present paper tries to discover the connection between imbalance in education and women strengthening. To discover the effect of disparity Pub Year: 2018 in education on different parameters, a relationship framework has been computed. To know the level of women strengthening in different parts of the world, the factors like female offer in national parliament, Book Size: 7”×10” level of female education and female work drive support rate has taken. Engaging women through education has turned into a best need of worldwide advancement endeavors. Erin Murphy-Graham draws Hardback on over a time of subjective research to look at the encounters of Juanita and eighteen other women who took part in the SAT program. Their stories propose the straightforward yet unpretentious ways education Education can start the strengthening procedure, and additionally the part of men and young men in advancing sexual orientation correspondence.

Education for Rural Development Elliot Compton ISBN The book provides an introductory knowledge about education, extension education and agricultural 978-1-78882-317-3 extension by incorporating their definition meaning concepts, objectives and principles which is basic to learners of extension education. There are many challenges faced in effective Information and £ 120.00 Communication Technology implementation for rural development. Education in rural areas takes place at many different levels, from multigrade primary schools to agricultural universities. In many countries Pub Year: 2018 social change and economic development have been organized by providing not only basic education which is acknowledged as a priority, but also specific training to improve techniques employed in the rural Book Size: 7”×10” economy. Furthermore, recent work on social capital shows that knowledge constitutes a key element for Hardback strengthening rural communities and facilitating their adaptation to change. The present book has been designed as a manual which looks into field of rural development and education with a view to enhance the reader’s understanding of the educational practices and schemes. Education

Justus Macias Education in Emerging Global Society ISBN Education has always played an important role in shaping the destinies of societies through development 978-1-78882-318-0 of the whole individual. It is the most powerful instrument for achieving goals of economic development, £ 120.00 technological progress and also for establishing social cohesion. Education is a dynamic process, changing with the prevailing socio-politico-economic conditions and fast expanding knowledge over the years. In Pub Year: 2018 the recent years the need for reconstructing education has been felt acutely. The present book is a modest effort in this direction. It makes an in depth study of emerging issues unraveling relationships between Book Size: 7”×10” education and development in Indian society. Quickly outlining the concept and nature of education, it presents in detail its approaches and dimensions, history and development. It analytically studies the Hardback trends, processes, ideals and philosophy of education against the backdrop of Indian society. It brings to light the elements, mission and aspirations of Indian society. The book is undoubtedly an authentic source for all information on education. Basic in language and lucid in style, the book is concise and Education easily comprehensible.

16 www.edtechpress.co.uk Education

Education - An Introduction Sam Morris ISBN This book gives an available and far reaching outline of the fundamental education disciplines. An 978-1-78882-320-3 Introduction urges the reader to effectively draw in with the logic of education and the painstakingly chose givers breath life into the reasoning of education for the reader. Every section concentrates on a specific £ 120.00 region of open deliberation and clarifies the fundamental ideas incorporates extricates from philosophical written work, trailed by questions that guide the reader to fundamentally and effectively draw in with the Pub Year: 2018 content guides the reader towards additionally perusing and proposes following stages and all the more difficult sources or counter-pointed contentions. This book is basic perusing for education understudies Book Size: 7”×10” and for learner instructors on undergrad and postgraduate projects. It will likewise speak to honing Hardback instructors and educationalists who wish to draw in with philosophical ways to deal with contemporary educational issues. This book gives a far reaching prologue to the arranging, conveyance and assessment of Adventure Education, with a solid accentuation on proficient practice and conveyance. Education

Billy Armstrong Educational Development and Technology ISBN This book takes a look at what entails effective education development, teaching problems, infrastructure, 978-1-78882-321-0 curriculum development, etc. It also takes into account current trends and practices in the field, fostering £ 120.00 an understanding of the issue which is more relevant. In addition, focus has also been concentrated upon incisively analysing and critiquing education development policies. An educational process aimed Pub Year: 2018 at increasing awareness and understanding of the rapidly changing, interdependent and unequal world in which we live. It is about supporting people in understanding, and in acting to transform the social, Book Size: 7”×10” cultural, political and economic structures which affect their lives and other at personal, community, national and international levels. Technology, as we all know, has several facets, all of which are powerful Hardback drivers of change. Educational technology is the use of both physical hardware and educational theoretic. It encompasses several domains, including learning theory, computer-based training, online learning, and, where mobile technologies are used, m-learning. Accordingly, there are several discrete aspects to Education describing the intellectual and technical development of educational technology. Audio visual aids are sensitive tools used in teaching and as avenues for learning. These are planned educational materials that appeal to the senses of the people and quicken learning facilities for clear understanding. The book will to help the students in understanding introduction, teaching strategy, development, guiding principles and counselling for educational technology in education subject.

Educational Techniques and Methodology Sage McKinney ISBN This book presents readers with most of the modern educational techniques prevailing worldwide. The 978-1-78882-323-4 process by which it has impact upon the global educational reforms system is also presented. This also presents readers and educationists with details of multiple uses of information and communication £ 120.00 technologies, including teacher capabilities, educational standards, educational forecasting, educational changes etc. This book also deals in detail the various global educational collaborations, partnership Pub Year: 2018 projects, with focus on further research and improvement of education at international level. In sum, this book is very useful as a reference book on the said subject. It is well supported by extensive glossary, Book Size: 7”×10” acronym of related terms and a briefly annotated bibliography, so that future research and referencing on Hardback the subject becomes relatively easy.

Education

Sebastian Kennedy Educational Technology and Curriculum ISBN This book introduces how technology is essential for teaching learning process in today’s world. Educational 978-1-78882-324-1 technology, especially computers and computer related peripherals have grown tremendously and have £ 120.00 permeated all areas of our lives. Given the vital role of technology in today’s world this critical issue will examine the value of effective technology use in classrooms curriculum. Educational technology is a field Pub Year: 2018 involved in the facilitation of human learning through systematic identification, development, organization and utilization of a full-range of learning resources and through the management of these processes. Book Size: 7”×10” Educational technology is a complex, integrated process involving people, procedures, ideas, devices and organization for analyzing problems and devising, implementing, evaluating and managing solutions Hardback to those problems involved in all aspects of human learning. Instructional technology is the theory and practice of design, development, utilization, management and evaluation of processes and resources for learning. Curriculum can be envisaged from different perspectives. What societies envisage as important Education teaching and learning constitutes the “intended” curriculum. Information and communication technology has quickly become a key part of the infrastructure of classrooms and schools. From preschool to higher education, computers, laptops, smartphones, smart boards and tablets are powerful mediums through which to get information and communicate. In the 21st century, technology plays a role in every facet of education as students, teachers and administrators turn to their computers to access information, create and express themselves, communicate and collaborate, and track the achievement of learning outcomes. www.edtechpress.co.uk 17 Education

Literacy and Education Ryker Kirk ISBN Today, as globalisation becomes the norm and the need for development and progress ever more pressing, 978-1-78882-368-5 education and literacy have become crucial, more than ever before. However, even as developed nations continue to seek new alternatives to constantly improve their educational processes and objectives, £ 120.00 developing nations have yet to tackle the problem of illiteracy. This book in the literacy and education provide a discourse on the need for literacy for every human being, with particular reference to developing Pub Year: 2018 nations. The emphasis is on delineating the interdependent relationship between literacy and education, stress also being laid on the need for literacy to settle in as the base for education. It also makes an Book Size: 7”×10” effort to delvelop deep into globally changing socio-economic-political changes and ambitions, and the Hardback changing perspectives a literacy which has emerged as a result of these changes. The book deals in details about various developments that have taken place and also highlights future plans. The author hope students of social sciences and general studies would find the book of great value to them. Education

Dandre Prince Measurement and Evaluation in Psychology and ISBN 978-1-78882-373-9 Education Measurement is the assignment of a number to a characteristic of an object or event, which can be £ 120.00 compared with other objects or events. The scope and application of a measurement is dependent on the context and discipline. Measurement is a cornerstone of trade, science, technology, and quantitative Pub Year: 2018 research in many disciplines. Historically, many measurement systems existed for the varied fields of Book Size: 7”×10” human existence to facilitate comparisons in these fields. It focuses on basic issues in measurement and provides a general overview that is not overly specialized. It describes problems in measurement, Hardback explains how these problems are approached and solved, surveys a broad range of sources, and provides guidance in how to find, evaluate, and use information about specific tests. This book opens up the broad discipline of Measurement and Evaluation in Psychology and Education with an emphasis on helping students and teachers to understand the concept and theories of the subject and making them expertise Education in both teaching and learning. The book will also serve as a valuable reference for teachers, teacher- trainees and other processionals at various levels of psychology and education.

Modern Educational Technology Jesse Bailey Sam Morris Modern educational technology is the use of technology in education to improve learning and teaching. Educational technology is also known as instructional technology or learning technology. The words ISBN educational and technology are often used in a more restrictive sense: educational referring to processes 978-1-78882-377-7 for the imparting of knowledge, skill, and judgement in children; technology referring to high technology, £ 120.00 in particular Information Technology (IT). The book of Modern Education Technology is being designed to provide the knowledge of modern educational technologies, method of teaching, teaching techniques, Pub Year: 2018 classroom management discipline and other related subject matters. This book will meet the demands of education planner’s students, teachers and others who are related to the education directly or indirectly. Book Size: 7”×10” Different chapters in the book covers the different aspects of modern technology. It is hoped that it will help the student and teacher in both ways teaching as well as learning. Hardback

Education

Anders Pruitt Principles and Practices of Education ISBN Education is the process of facilitating learning, or the acquisition of knowledge, skills, values, beliefs, 978-1-78882-386-9 and habits. Educational methods include storytelling, discussion, teaching, training, and directed £ 120.00 research. Education frequently takes place under the guidance of educators, but learners may also educate themselves. Education can take place in formal or informal settings and any experience that has Pub Year: 2018 a formative effect on the way one thinks, feels, or acts may be considered educational. The methodology of teaching is called pedagogy. Education is commonly divided formally into such stages as preschool Book Size: 7”×10” or kindergarten, primary school, secondary school and then college, university, or apprenticeship. A right to education has been recognized by some governments and the United Nations. In most regions, Hardback education is compulsory up to a certain age. This comprehensive book covers almost all aspects of education required for student of education. It covers the syllabi of various universities. The contents of the book encircle the basic understanding of education, formal-informal and non-formal education, aims Education and objectives of education, curriculums, peer education, education values, etc. This book can also be useful to the teachers and research scholars as a reference material.

18 www.edtechpress.co.uk Education

Sociology and Education Joshua Campbell ISBN Teachers, parents, students and the governmental agencies are involved in the process of education. 978-1-78882-404-0 The social levels from whom teachers and students come go to determine the quality of education. The process like the community from whom the teachers come and the communities from whom the £ 120.00 students can go a long way in influencing the curriculum contents and the outcome of learning. The major problem of any system of education is the outcome of learning after students learn the curriculum and Pub Year: 2018 go back to their home as trained citizens of a civilized society. The book has in its contents much to help and guide the students to choose any one of the professional alternatives to decide the direction of their Book Size: 7”×10” careers. This book, thus, provides many educational ideas for both teachers and students, and as such, Hardback this book is a must for all educational institutions and interested persons as well. This unique book is an incomparable title for today’s educational researchers and will prove to be insightful with the continuing studies in sociology of education and sociology and education. Education

Skylar Bray Vocational Education ISBN Vocational education or training which is currently the real demand, is a nebulous term having differing 978-1-78882-414-9 concepts and meanings. These have arisen from traditional practices and the meaning of terms used and £ 120.00 their implication. Basic differences for certain practices and relationships in vocational or occupational education are fundamental in nature and programs. Vocational education is education/training of workers. Pub Year: 2018 It is the education for manual work. It is education in certain specified subjects, which is craft-oriented. Vocational education is education for productive purposes or socially useful productive work. The present Book Size: 7”×10” book provides a veritable mine of vital information about the crucial problems and challenges in the field of education. It examines the educational process of all levels. It also presents fruitful strategies for Hardback effective education. It will be a highly beneficial reference tool for students, teachers, educators, policy- makers and all the concerned.

Education

Women Education in 21st Century Riley Witt Ace Buck In no society do women yet enjoy the same opportunities as men. They work longer hours and they are paid less, both in total and prorata. Their choices as to how they spend their time, in both work ISBN and leisure, are more constrained than they are for men. These disparities generate substantial gaps 978-1-78882-417-0 between how much women and men can contribute to society, and how much they respectively share £ 120.00 in its benefits. In most countries, a fundamental aspect of these disparities in inequality in access to and performance in education. The education of girls and women has been recognized for several decades Pub Year: 2018 as a fundamental human right and a developmental necessity. Never the less, large gender disparities in enrolment and learning achievements persist. Eradicating these disparities is well within the power Book Size: 7”×10” and spending capacity of the world’s governments. This book covers all the issues related to women education, which makes it a comprehensive and an authentic work on the subject. It will be a highly Hardback beneficial reference tool for education administrators, government and non-governmental organizations, policy makers, teachers and students of women studies and all who work for women’s welfare. Education

www.edtechpress.co.uk 19 Electronics

Handbook of Terahertz Technology Neil Sellers ISBN Terahertz radiation – also known as submillimeter radiation, terahertz waves, tremendously high 978-1-78882-052-3 frequency (THF), T-rays, T-waves, T-light, T-lux or THz – consists of electromagnetic waves within the ITU-designated band of frequencies from 0.3 to 3 terahertz. Wavelengths of radiation in the terahertz £ 140.00 band correspondingly range from 1 mm to 0.1 mm. Because terahertz radiation begins at a wavelength of one millimeter and proceeds into shorter wavelengths, it is sometimes known as the submillimeter Pub Year: 2018 band, and its radiation as submillimeter waves, especially in astronomy. The book presents information about Terahertz science, Terahertz photodetectors and Terahertz Lasers. A special emphasis is given to Book Size: 7”×10” room temperature operation of long wavelength photodetectors based on novel quantum dots. Moreover, Hardback a complete analysis of systems based on Quantum Cascade structures to detect far infrared wavelengths is provided. Finally, the book presents Terahertz laser principles considering multi-color lasers in this range of wavelengths. Electronics

Mason Snider Microelectronics: An Integrated Approach ISBN Microelectronics is the cornerstone of the information technologies that pervade virtually every aspect of 978-1-78882-070-7 contemporary life. It is difficult to imagine any field of science or technology that has had a more profound £ 140.00 impact on the latter half of the 20 century than microelectronics. Microelectronics industry has been able to provide transistors, chips and products that are becoming smaller, faster, cheaper and better every year. Pub Year: 2018 As transistors become smaller, they become faster, more and more of such transistors can be packed on a chip, and thus chips are able to store and process more information. Digital circuits are made from analog Book Size: 7”×10” components. The design must assure that the analog nature of the components doesn’t dominate the desired digital behaviour. Digital systems must manage noise and timing margins, parasitic inductances Hardback and capacitances, and filter power connections. Bad designs have intermittent problems such as “glitches”, vanishingly-fast pulses that may trigger some logic but not others, “runt pulses” that do not reach valid “threshold” voltages, or unexpected (“undecoded”) combinations of logic states. A digital circuit is often Electronics constructed from small electronic circuits called logic gates that can be used to create combinational logic. Each logic gate represents a function of boolean logic. A logic gate is an arrangement of electrically controlled switches, better known as transistors. Each logic symbol is represented by a different shape.

Mobile IP : Design Principles and Practice Skyler Lewis Brett Anderson Mobile IP is most often found in wired and wireless environments where users need to carry their mobile devices across multiple LAN subnets. Examples of use are in roaming between overlapping wireless systems, ISBN e.g., IP over DVB, WLAN, WiMAX and BWA. Mobile IP is not required within cellular systems such as 3G, 978-1-78882-071-4 to provide transparency when Internet users migrate between cellular towers, since these systems provide £ 140.00 their own data link layer handover and roaming mechanisms. However, it is often used in 3G systems to allow seamless IP mobility between different packet data serving node (PDSN) domains. Mobile IP is an Pub Year: 2018 Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF) standard communications protocol that is designed to allow mobile device users to move from one network to another while maintaining their permanent IP address. Defined Book Size: 7”×10” in Request for Comments (RFC) 2002, Mobile IP is an enhancement of the Internet Protocol (IP) that adds mechanisms for forwarding Internet traffic to mobile devices (known as mobile nodes) when they Hardback are connecting through other than their home network. Mobile IP communication protocol refers to the forwarding of Internet traffic with a fixed IP address even outside the home network. It allows users having Electronics wireless or mobile devices to use the Internet remotely. Mobile IP is mostly used in WAN networks, where users need to carry their mobile devices across different LANs with different IP addresses. Mobile IP is not a wireless protocol. However, it could be employed for the IP infrastructure of cellular networks.

Ray Robinson Nanoelectronics : An Integrated Approach Mason Snider Nanoelectronics is one of the most important technologies of nanotechnology. It plays vital role in the field of ISBN engineering and electronics. Nanoelectronics make use of scientific techniques at atomic scale for developing 978-1-78882-074-5 the nano machines. The main target is to reduce the size, risk factor and surface areas of the materials and £ 140.00 molecules. Machines under nanoelectronic process under goes the long range of manufacturing steps each with accurate molecular treatment. Semiconductor electronics have seen a sustained exponential reduce in Pub Year: 2018 size and cost and a similar augment in performance and level of integration over the last thirty years. The Silicon Roadmap is laid out for the next ten years. After that, either economical or physical barriers will Book Size: 7”×10” pose a huge challenge. The former is connected to the difficulty of making a profit in view of the exorbitant costs of building the necessary manufacturing capabilities, if present day technologies are extrapolated. Hardback The latter is a direct consequence of the shrinking device size, leading to physical phenomena impeding the operation of current devices. The transistor is the building block to a modern processor. The current Electronics silicon designed transistors are going to hit their physical limit- not merely the actualization of Moore’s law but also the problems with heat dissipation, wire connections and the materials we use to create them. Hence nanotechnology helps us to look at new ways information processing at a better speed and measure. A promising alternative to the imminent challenges from the CMOS based computing is to focus on other alternatives of nano scale precision. Chemically Assembled Electronic Nanotechnology (CAEN) is a promising technology, which uses self-alignment to construct electronic circuits from nano scale devices that take advantage of quantum mechanical effects. This book is intended as an introduction to the field of nanotechnology for nanoelectronics vendors, researchers and students who want to start thinking about the potential opportunities afforded by these emerging scientific developments.

20 www.edtechpress.co.uk Electronics

Optical Fiber Communications Principles and Practice Edwin Conway The field of fibre optics communications has exploded over the past two decades. Fibre is an integral ISBN part of modern day communication infrastructure and can be found along roads, in buildings, hospitals 978-1-78882-082-0 and machinery. Fibre optic communication has revolutionised the telecommunications industry. It has £ 140.00 also made its presence widely felt within the data networking community as well. Using fibre optic cable, optical communications have enabled telecommunications links to be made over much greater Pub Year: 2018 distances and with much lower levels of loss in the transmission medium and possibly most important of all, fiber optical communications has enabled much higher data rates to be accommodated. Optical Book Size: 7”×10” fibers can be used to transmit light and thus information over long distances. Fiber-based systems have largely replaced radio transmitter systems for long-haul optical data transmission. They are widely used Hardback for telephony, but also for Internet traffic, long high-speed local area networks (LANs), cable TV (CATV), and increasingly also for shorter distances within buildings. In most cases, silica fibers are used, except for very short distances, where plastic optical fibers can be advantageous. The basic components are light Electronics signal transmitter, the optical fiber, and the photo detecting receiver. The additional elements such as fiber and cable splicers and connectors, regenerators, beam splitters, and optical amplifiers are employed to improve the performance of the communication system. The book offers a completely up-to-date, accessible, and in-depth introduction to the principles and applications of optical fiber communications. It describes the recent developments in optical fiber communication materials, devices, components, and systems.

Gary Osborne Optical Fibers Telecommunications ISBN This book is structured into 12 chapters to facilitate a logical progression of material and to enable 978-1-78882-083-7 straightforward access to topics by providing the appropriate background and theoretical support. £ 140.00 Chapter 1 gives a short introduction to optical fiber communications by considering the historical development, the general system and the major advantages provided by this technology. Chapter 2 Pub Year: 2018 discuss about the quality of service and telecommunication impairments. In Chapter 3 the concept of the optical fiber as a transmission medium is introduced using the simple ray theory approach. This is Book Size: 7”×10” followed by discussion of electromagnetic wave theory applied to optical fibers prior to consideration of lightwave transmission within the various fiber types. In particular, single-mode fiber, together with Hardback a more recent class of microstructured optical fiber, referred to as photonic crystal fiber, are covered in further detail. The major transmission characteristics of optical fibers are then dealt with in Chapter 4. Again there is a specific focus on the properties and characteristics of single-mode fibers including, in this Electronics third edition, enhanced discussion of single-mode fiber types, polarization mode dispersion, nonlinear effects and, in particular, soliton propagation.Chapters 5 and 6 deal with the various transmission and switching techniques. Also discuss the different transmission aspects of Voice Telephony. Chapter 7 describe the light sources employed in optical fiber communications. The other important semiconductor optical source, namely the light-emitting diode, is dealt with in Chapter 7. Chapter 8 discuss about the various design features of Optical Fibers for communication systems. Chapter 9 provides a general treatment of the major measurements which may be undertaken on optical fibers in both the laboratory and the field. The chapter is incorporated at this stage in the book to enable the reader to obtain a more complete understanding of optical fiber subsystems and systems prior to consideration of these issues. Chapter 10 on optical networks comprises an almost entirely new chapter for the third edition which provides both a detailed overview of this expanding field and a discussion of all the major aspects and technological solutions currently being explored. Chapter 11 discusses about the data communications methods. Chapter 12 dealt with the telecommunication lasers techniques

Pattern Recognition-An introduction Brett Anderson ISBN Watching the environment and recognising patterns with the end goal of basic leadership is central 978-1-78882-089-9 to human instinct. This book manages the logical train that empowers comparable observation in machines through pattern recognition, which has application in differing innovation regions—character £ 140.00 recognition, picture handling, modern computerization, web looks, discourse recognition, therapeutic diagnostics, target recognition, space science, remote detecting, information mining, biometric Pub Year: 2018 recognizable proof—to give some examples. This book is a composition of central subjects in pattern recognition utilizing an algorithmic approach. It gives a careful prologue to the ideas of pattern Book Size: 7”×10” recognition and an efficient record of the real points in pattern recognition other than assessing the Hardback huge advance made in the field as of late. It incorporates fundamental strategies of pattern recognition, neural systems, bolster vector machines and choice trees. While hypothetical angles have been given due scope, the accentuation is more on the pragmatic. Pattern recognition has application in practically every field of human undertaking including topography, geology, space science and brain research. All Electronics the more particularly, it is helpful in bioinformatics, mental investigation, biometrics and a large group of different applications.

www.edtechpress.co.uk 21 Engineering & Technology

Biochemical Engineering Management Callum Simpson ISBN We are all aware of opportunities created by advances in molecular biology. Living cells and their 978-1-78882-138-4 components can be used to produce a large number of useful compounds such as therapeutics and other products. But to obtain significant benefits as a commercial operation, molecular biology needs the support £ 135.00 of biochemical engineering. The vital area of biotechnology that is concerned with practical application of biological agents (whole cell systems and biocatalysts) and the methodologies and processes associated Pub Year: 2018 with it on an industrial scale is biochemical engineering. Biochemical engineering is applicable in different areas of biotechnology such as biochemical reactions, enzyme technology, environmental biotechnology, Book Size: 7”×10” microbial manipulations, bioseparation technology, plant and animal cell cultures, and food technology. Hardback It consists of the development of new process technology, designing bioreactors, developing efficient, and economically feasible extraction and purification procedures (downstream processing). Chapter 1 and 2 discuss about the basic concept of biotechnology and biochemical engineering. Chapter 3 tells about the concept of enzyme kinetics, their evolution and use in biochemical engineering. Chapter 4 Biochemistry Engineering. and 5 describe immobilized enzyme and industrial applications of enzymes. Chapter 6 depicts about industrial microbiology. This chapter discuss different concepts about fermentation process, cell products and other modified compounds. Chapter 7 tells about different types of cell cultivations in microbial, animal, and plant. Chapter 8 discuss about the fermentation proce4ss and its control. Chapter 9 and 10 describe cell kinetics and fermenter design and also how the cell grows. Chapter 11 discuss about the bioreactor design. Chapter 12 depicts the downstream processing, centrifugration, sedimentation and other technology. Chapter 13 tells about the sterilization.

Chris Koch Introduction to Information Technology ISBN Science and technology have occupied almost all spheres of human life and living. The wonderful 978-1-78882-057-8 achievements of science and technology have glorified the modern world and transformed the civilization £ 140.00 into a scientific and technological civilization. Considering the importance of science and technology, they have been incorporated in every stage of education. The present book deals with the teachers’ Pub Year: 2018 role, possessing the vast knowledge of socialization, social class influences, the teaching ethics, new technologies, research perspective, use of internet, television, management and professional accreditation Book Size: 7”×10” in information technology, etc. The book has in its contents much to help and guide the students to choose any one of the professional alternatives to decide the direction of their careers. This book, thus, Hardback provides many educational ideas for both teachers and students, and is a must for all educational institutions and interested persons as well.

Information Technology.

Linear Integrated Circuits Robin Shannon ISBN An analog chip is a set of miniature electronic analog circuits formed on a single piece of semiconductor 978-1-78882-060-8 material. The voltage and current at specified points in the circuits of analog chips vary continuously in time. In contrast, digital chips only use and create voltages or currents at discrete levels, with no £ 140.00 intermediate values. In addition to Transistors, analog chips often have a larger number of passive elements than digital chips typically do. Inductors tend to be avoided because of their large size and a Pub Year: 2018 transistor and capacitor together can do the work of an inductor. The book broadly deals with: Direct and capacitor coupled Opamp amplifiers; Frequency response and compensation to improve the performance Book Size: 7”×10” of Opamp circuits; Voltage and current sources, instrumentation amplifiers and precision rectifiers, Hardback limiting and clamping circuits; Log and antilog amplifiers, etc. The book covers the syllabus prescribed for B.E. Care is taken to develop the subject logically so that the book could also be used by B.Sc. and diploma students. Neatly drawn diagrams, stepwise illustrations, and graded numerical examples, are included in every chapter to support the contents. Engineering Technology.

Will Craig Manufacturing Engineering and Technology Ashley Leonard Manufacturing engineering is a discipline of engineering dealing with various manufacturing sciences and ISBN practices including the research, design and development of systems, processes, machines, tools, and 978-1-78882-062-2 equipment. The manufacturing engineer’s primary focus is to turn raw materials into a new or updated £ 140.00 product in the most economic, efficient, and effective way possible. It has immensely increased the scope of the book, as it extensively covers the subject from workshop point of view. As being a core subject, Pub Year: 2018 the book serves the purpose of students of almost every disciplines of engineering, namely Mechanical, Industrial, Production, Civil, Computer, Electronics, Electrical, Biotechnology and Instrumentation. Book Size: 7”×10” Equally, it is useful for various competitive examinations like Civil Services, Engineering Services, GATE, and Public Sector Undertakings. Hardback

Engineering Technology

22 www.edtechpress.co.uk Engineering & Technology

Mechanical Engineering : An Integrated Approach Ashley Leonard Will Craig Mechanics is the branch of science concerned with the behavior of physical bodies when subjected to forces or displacements, and the subsequent effects of the bodies on their environment. The scientific ISBN discipline has its origins in Ancient Greece with the writings of Aristotle and Archimedes. During the 978-1-78882-067-7 early modern period, scientists such as Galileo, Kepler, and especially Newton, laid the foundation for £ 140.00 what is now known as classical mechanics. It is a branch of classical physics that deals with particles that are either at rest or are moving with velocities significantly less than the speed of light. It can also Pub Year: 2018 be defined as a branch of science which deals with the motion of and forces on objects. A knowledge of fluid mechanics is essential for the chemical engineer because them ajority of chemical -processing Book Size: 7”×10” operation sarecon ducted eitherpartlyor totally in the fluid phase. Examples of such operations abound in the biochemical, chemical, energy, fermentation, materials, mining, petroleum, pharmaceuticals, Hardback polymer, and waste-processing industries. The zeroth law of thermodynamics involves some simple definitions of thermodynamic equilibrium. Thermodynamic equilibrium leads to the large scale definition Mechanical Engineering of temperature, as opposed to the small scale definition related to the kinetic energy of the molecules. The first law of thermodynamics relates the various forms of kinetic and potential energy in a system to the work which a system can perform and to the transfer of heat. This book provides a basic practical introduction to engineering mechanics and is written specifically for those students who need a thorough grounding in the subject to participate fully in their engineering course.

Remington Pitts Mechanics and Waves ISBN A mechanical wave is a an oscillation of matter, and therefore transfers energy through a medium. While 978-1-78882-068-4 waves can move over long distances, the movement of the medium of transmission—the material— £ 130.00 is limited. Therefore, the oscillating material does not move far from its initial equilibrium position. Mechanical waves transport energy. This energy propagates in the same direction as the wave. Any kind Pub Year: 2018 of wave (mechanical or electromagnetic) has a certain energy. Mechanical waves can be produced only in media which possess elasticity and inertia. Mechanics is the study of the motion of matter and the Book Size: 7”×10” forces required to cause its motion. Mechanics is based on the concepts of time, space, force, energy, and matter. The knowledge of mechanics is needed for the study of all branches of physics, chemistry, biology Hardback and engineering. The consideration of all aspects of mechanics would be too large a task for us. Instead, in this course, we shall study only the classical mechanics of non-polar continua. We shall concern ourselves with the basic principles common to fluids and solids. The mechanics are a physical science, since it Mechanical Engineering deals with the study of physical phenomena. However, some associate mechanics with mathematics, while many consider it as an engineering subject. Both these views are justified in part. Mechanics is the foundation of most engineering sciences and is an indispensable prerequisite to their study. This book aim to provide the necessary foundation in wave mechanics which prepare the students for an intensive study of advanced topics at a later stage, much of wave mechanics requires a good knowledge of mathematics.

www.edtechpress.co.uk 23 Environmental Sciences

Air Pollution Riley Mitchell Felix Sweeney Air pollution occurs in many forms but can generally be thought of as gaseous and particulate contaminants that are present in the earth’s atmosphere. Gaseous pollutant sinclude sulfur dioxide ISBN (SO2), nitrogen oxides (NO2), ozone (O3), carbon monoxide (CO), volatile organic compounds (VOC), 978-1-78882-127-8 hydrogen sulfide (H2S), hydrogen fluoride (HF), and various gaseous forms of metals. These pollutants £ 135.00 are emitted from large stationary sources such as fossil fuel fired power plants, smelters, industrial boilers, petroleum refineries, and manufacturing afacilities as well as from area and mobile sources. Pub Year: 2018 They are corrosive to various materials which causes damage to cultural resources, can cause injury to ecosystems and organisms, aggravate respiratory diseases, and reduce visibility. Air pollution injury Book Size: 7”×10” to plants can be evident in several ways. Injury to foliage may be visible in a short time and appear as necrotic lesions (dead tissue), or it can develop slowly as a yellowing or chlorosis of the leaf. There may Hardback be a reduction in growth of various portions of a plant. Plants may be killed outright, but they usually do not succumb until they have suffered recurrent injury. Today’s marketplace is increasingly dependent on Environmental Science satisfying a myriad of local environmental requirement, the demands of environmental aware customers and the global voluntary environmental initiatives. Industry has made great progress in its efforts to protect the environment and has spent hundreds of billions of dollars to decrease the release of toxic substances into the environment, while also developing technologies to reduce or eliminate hazardous waste generation. Many industries taking initiatives, coupled with advances in technology, are changing the way of responding to their environmental obligations. The book provided information on rational basis for air quality management and green belt development in urban areas. Corey Burns Aquatic Environment and Toxicology ISBN Pollution of Aquatic systems (Examples: lakes, rivers, oceans, aquifers and groundwater) by large 978-1-78882-135-3 amounts of waste material that modify the water in negative fashion is termed as Aquatic Pollution. This £ 135.00 type of ecological deprivation occurs when harmful pollutants are directly or indirectly discharged into aquatic systems without removal of harmful compounds. Aquatic pollution directly leads to suffering of Pub Year: 2018 organisms and vegetation that survive in water, including amphibians. Modern toxicology goes beyond the study of the adverse effects of exogenous agents by assimilating knowledge and techniques from Book Size: 7”×10” most branches of biochemistry, biology, chemistry, genetics, mathematics, medicine, pharmacology, physiology, and physics and applies safety evaluation and risk assessment to the discipline. In all Hardback branches of toxicology, scientists explore the mechanisms by which chemicals produce adverse effects in biological systems. Activities in these broad subjects complement toxicological research, thereby contributing to the application of this knowledge to the science and art of toxicology. The present book Environmental Science mainly deals with aquatic environmental, aquatic pollution, environmental toxicology and updates the subject matter, illustrations and problems to incorporate new concepts and issues related to aquatic ecosystem and environmental toxicology. Biodiversity and Environmental Conservation Justice Ross Roberto Adkins Biodiversity is the variety of all the genes, species and ecosystems which are found on our planet. It provides humanity with the cornucopia of goods and services, from food, energy and materials to the genes which ISBN protect our crops and cure our diseases. The loss of the earth’s biological diversity is one of the most 978-1-78882-143-8 pressing environmental and development issues. Sustainability highlights the idea that the current use of £ 135.00 natural resources should not diminish the options of future generations, and maintaining biodiversity is clearly one of the requirements for meeting this goal. Biodiversity conservation addresses the remarkable Pub Year: 2018 growth in concern at all levels for living things and the environment, and increased appreciation of the links between the state of ecosystems and the state of humankind. Building on a wealth of research and Book Size: 7”×10” analysis by the conservation community worldwide, this book provides a comprehensive and accessible view of key global issues in biodiversity. It outlines some of the broad ecological relationships between Hardback humans and the rest of the material world and summaries information on the health of the planet. In conventional agriculture, biodiversity is often eliminated by planting large tracts of fields with a single Environmental Science crop, and killing other species with herbicides, insecticides, pesticides, and fungicides. In the absence of biodiversity, the arrival of a single species can significantly affect crop production, and conventional farmers counter this with chemical killing agents that damage the environmental health of the area. Conservation is the protection, preservation, management, or restoration of wildlife and natural resources such as forests and water. Corey Burns Biofuels : Towards a Greener and Secure Energy Future ISBN Energy is a fundamental enabler of economy, and revolutionary changes in energy cost and effectiveness, from 978-1-78882-135-3 animal and wood, to coal, whale oil, petroleum and nuclear technologies, have deeply shaped throughout £ 135.00 history societal evolution worldwide. The nextwave of changes, as the world economic engine integrates renewable energy technologies such as solar technologies or biofuels, perhaps constitutes a greater challenge Pub Year: 2018 since predictably these technologies will be at least transiently less efficient than the conventional energies of today based on fossil and nuclear fuels. Understanding these challenges that lie ahead is an important task to Book Size: 7”×10” perform in order to design winning industrial strategies for the future. Chapter 1 and 2 discuss about the basics of biofuel and The Global Demand for Biofuels: Technologies, Markets and Policies. If biofuel is one of the Hardback expected solutions, we must know where is the beginning of the crisis and its solution. This chapter reviews the background story along with an optimistic outlook for a safe energy resource on our green earth. Chapter 3 is based on the Renewable Energy Resources. Chapter 4 depicts about the biomass and biofuels. Chapter Environmental Science 5, 6, 7 and 8 covers the use of bioethanol, hydrogen, methane and methonal. Chapter 9 describes the use of Ethanol and Methonal as fuel. Chapter 10 is based on the Energy systems, their storage and transmission. Chapter 11 depicts the Institutional and economic factors from renewable.

24 www.edtechpress.co.uk Environmental Sciences

Climate Change and Biodiversity Chris Turner ISBN Change in climate has consequences on the biophysical environment such as changes in the start and 978-1-78882-156-8 length of the seasons, glacial retreat, decrease in Arctic sea ice extent and a rise in sea level. These changes have already had an observable impact on biodiversity at the species level, in term of phenology, £ 135.00 distribution & populations, and ecosystem level in terms of distribution, composition & function. From a human perspective, the rapid climate change and accelerating biodiversity loss risks human security Pub Year: 2018 (e.g. a major change in the food chain upon which we depend, water sources may change, recede or disappear, medicines and other resources we rely on may be harder to obtain as the plants and forna they Book Size: 7”×10” are derived from may reduce or disappear, etc.). Environmental conditions play a key role in defining the Hardback function and distribution of plants, in combination with other factors. Changes in long term environmental conditions that can be collectively coined climate change are known to have had enormous impacts on current plant diversity patterns; further impacts are expected in the future. It is predicted that climate change will remain one of the major drivers of biodiversity patterns in the future. This book is written for Environmental Science the specialist as well as the concerned citizen, this important book presents a comprehensive view of the newest research and thinking on climate change and biological diversity.

Felix Sweeney Ecology, Environment and Pollution Riley Mitchell Ecology is the scientific study of the distributions, abundance and relations of organisms andtheir ISBN interactions with the environment. Ecology includes the study of plant and animal populations, plant 978-1-78882-164-3 and animal communities and ecosystems. Ecosystems describe the web or network of relations among £ 135.00 organisms at different scales of organization. An ecosystem is a self-contained, dynamic system made of a population of species in its physical environment. This concept is used to study the complex interactions Pub Year: 2018 between the organisms-plants, animals, bacteria, and fungi-that make up the community. There are many different ways in which the community of organisms interacts. Environment means everything Book Size: 7”×10” around to a living being. Especially the circumstances of life of people or society in their life conditions. It comprises the set of natural, social and cultural values existing in a place and at a particular time, Hardback that influence in the life of the human being and in the generations to come. Pollution is anything that makes the earth dirty and unhealthy. Land, air, and water are all affected by pollution. Pollution takes Environmental Science up space on our land. Many of the things people use every day come in packages, like food, games, school supplies, and electronics. Environmental science is the systematic study of our environment and our proper place in it. A relatively new field, environmental science is highly interdisciplinary, integrating natural sciences, social sciences, and humanities in a broad, holistic study of the world around us. The aim of the present book is to provide its readers an acquaintance with the recent research trends in the area of ecology, environmental science and pollution.

Environmental Microbiology Glen Bates ISBN Environmental Microbiology, besides a traditional discipline in Developing fast, because of realization of 978-1-78882-166-7 its importance in Industry, Agriculture Pharmaceutical concerns, Public Health, Geological explorations, bioenergetics and as a mean to exploit new sources of energy useful for various purposes. Environmental £ 135.00 Microbiology comprises a crucial element of studies in microbiology. Enabling scientists to explore microbes in greater detail, it gives an insight into how microorganisms behave under non-simulated, Pub Year: 2018 natural conditions, although microbes that exist in artificial environments such as bioreactors are also studies. Exploring such processes as microbial ecology, microbially mediated nutrient cycling, Book Size: 7”×10” geomicrobiology, microbial diversity and bioremediation the subject encompasses a great deal. Hardback Environmental Microbiology was born at the dawn of the “environmental era” at the beginning of the 1970s. Thirty years of maturation have led to an exciting and vibrant field that has attracted countless numbers of productive and enthusiastic scientists and students at universities, research centers and government agencies around the world. The present text has been designed to outline the basic and Environmental Science fundamental aspects of Environmental Microbiology to be understood in its right perspective. The modern techniques and designs employed in microbiological applications are discussed in a comprehensive manner which will update the readers of the commercial aspects of microbiology.

Jude Burris Geographic Information Systems and Remote Sensing ISBN Geographic information systems provide a method for integrating and analysing spatial information such 978-1-78882-205-3 as where is the nearest movie theatre? Alongside related non-spatial information. Geographic information £ 135.00 systems have three major capabilities and can operate on a range of platforms. Remote sensing may Pub Year: 2018 be taken to mean the observation of, or gathering information about, a target by a device separated from it by some distance. The expression remote sensing was coined by geographers at the US Office Book Size: 7”×10” of Naval Research in the 1960s at about the time that the use of spy satellites was beginning to move out of the military sphere and into the civilian sphere. Remote Sensing and Geographical Information Hardback System techniques are being widely used since last two decades, mainly by earth scientists, geologists, geographers, regional planners, environmentalists in the fields of mineral explorations, archaeological excavations, geographical and topographical analysis, terrain studies, urban planning, regional planning, natural resources management, natural disaster management etc. Remote sensing and Geographical Environmental Science Information System offers an abundant opportunity to monitor and manage natural resources at multi- temporal, multi-spectral and multi-spatial resolution. This system is based on new tools and sources of information provided by modern technologies. The book offers a step-by-step appreciation of geographical information sciences as a discipline and geographic information system as a tool to understand the real world, to the one who strives to change the world in a better and more meaningful way. www.edtechpress.co.uk 25 Environmental Sciences

Standard Methods for the Examination of Phoenix Chamber ISBN Water and Wastewater 978-1-78882-259-6 Because of expanding interest for consumable and water system water, water providers need to utilize £ 135.00 elective assets. They either need to recover wastewater or manage sullied surface water. This book unites the encounters of different specialists in getting ready of creative materials that are specific Pub Year: 2018 for arsenic and chromium expulsion, and developing some imaginative procedures to separate these components from water. The book ought to be of high enthusiasm to designers and chiefs in charge of Book Size: 7”×10” generation and conveyance of safe water. They examined the logical ideas and commonsense means for Hardback the arrangement of the perplexing social, financial and biological issues related with water cleansing, utilization, preservation, and security. The book is the principal ever logical work routed to two most unsafe components showing up in water and gives a thorough survey of materials and strategies valuable for making the water safe. The book talks about in detail the different creation systems for sorbents Environmental Science and layers that are presently financially accessible or show up in the advancement arrange and will be popularized in the following decades.

26 www.edtechpress.co.uk Fisheries

Fish Biology and Fisheries Jaden Howard ISBN The goal of the book Fish Biology and Fisheries is to help integrate the study of fish biology with the 978-1-78882-176-6 study of fisheries. One might not expect these two subjects to need further integration. However, strong declines in many fish stocks around the world, combined with growing concerns about the impact of £ 135.00 fisheries on marine and freshwater biodiversity, are raising new questions about aspects of fish biology that have traditionally dwelt outside mainstream fisheries research. Fisheries form an important sector Pub Year: 2018 of the country’s economy in terms of food supply, employment, income and foreign exchange earnings. Fishes are one of the important sources of cheap protein food for the people and millions of fishermen Book Size: 7”×10” and several industries depend on this source. Lack of a comprehensive treatise on the biology of fishes Hardback has prompted this humble piece of work leading to Essentials of Fish Biology. A wide coverage of fish biology will make it of interest not only to ichthyologist but to professional fishery biologist as well desiring to learn basic structure and function of fish body in daily life of the fish. This is an ideal textbook of fish biology which will serve as valuable work for undergraduates and graduates looking for a comprehensive Fisheries source on a wide variety of topics in fish Biology and Fisheries.

Kordell Payne Freshwater Fish Ecology ISBN Freshwater fish are those that spend some or all of their lives in fresh water, such as rivers and lakes, 978-1-78882-185-8 with a salinity of less than 0.05%. These environments differ from marine conditions in many ways, £ 135.00 the most obvious being the difference in levels of salinity. To survive fresh water, the fish need a range of physiological adaptations. 41.24% of all known species of fish are found in fresh water. A fish is Pub Year: 2018 defined as an aquatic or marine animal with vertebrae. All fish have vertebra, except sharks and rays that have cartilage. Cartilage is more flexible than bone, but strong enough to support the body. They Book Size: 7”×10” usually possess gills in the adult stage and have limbs in the form of fins. Fishes also include the jawless vertebrates such as the lamprey and hagfish; and the shark, ray, chimaera, lungfish, and bony fishes. Hardback The bony fishes are the most common. A bony fish has jaws that are well developed, formed by true bone rather than cartilage. Fish are very different in appearance, size and shape. This all depends on the environment that it lives in. Fish are part of the ecosystem entering the flux of energy at different levels of Fisheries the food chain. This book introduces the ecology of fishes by describing the inter-relationships between fishes and the aquatic habitats they occupy. Sequential reading, chapter by chapter, covers the main themes of ecology, including habitat use, species interactions, migration, feeding, population dynamics and reproduction in relation to the major habitats occupied by fishes.

Genetics and Fish Breeding Kolton Harrell ISBN Genetics and Fish Breeding gives an intensive survey of this vital subject, featuring species which are 978-1-78882-199-5 reproduced economically, for example, salmon, trout, carp and goldfish. The writer, has drawn together an abundance of data, giving a book which ought to be purchased by all fish researcher, fisheries £ 135.00 researchers, geneticists and aquarists. A training initially created to deliver quality seed in imprisonment, actuated rearing has made awesome walks in angle populaces for India. The book offers a functional and Pub Year: 2018 concise diagram—from existing methods and operations to late patterns and their effects on aquaculture for what’s to come. Book Size: 7”×10” • Provides point by point data about observational rearing practices like blended bringing forth and Hardback aimless hybridization • Presents the environmental and hormonal impact on development and bringing forth of fish with genuine fish rearing cases from around the globe • Includes well ordered logical measures to help tackle issues emerging from regular fish-cultivating Fisheries botches • Provides genuine cases to maximize fish and seed creation to help general maintainability in aquaculture

Boston Pickett Biotechnology & Genetics in Fisheries & Aquaculture ISBN The significance of Biotechnology in the field of fisheries and aquaculture is investigated inviewof 978-1-78882-149-0 distributed writing. Aquaculture is the cultivating and farming of oceanic life forms and as it is the quickest £ 135.00 developing sustenance area on the planet with its expanding part for economy and safe nourishment system of nations. Because of the proceeding with exhaustion of the fish stocks, cultivating of amphibian Pub Year: 2018 life forms, for example, angle, shellfish, mollusks and sea-going plants, is presently a considerable worldwide industry providing a critical extent of the oceanic items devoured. Deficiency in nourishment Book Size: 7”×10” supply and high costs are the conceivable vital dangers later on, and sea-going items are the important wellsprings of protein and fundamental supplement segments for worldwide sustenance security and Hardback wiping out ailing health. Aquaculture additionally assumes an imperative part in country economies through the making of new occupations. In these cases, aquaculture yields should be improved a few overlay to meet the rising requests for angle and other sea-going items in coming years. Biotechnology Fisheries choices appear to be great potential for expanding water social efficiency, nourishment security and ecological quality around the world. Therefore, this book talked about the significance of biotechnology in aquaculture, and arrangements for the ecologically stable utilize and administration of water social biotechnology in feasible improvement of fisheries. www.edtechpress.co.uk 27 Fisheries

Genetics Embryology and Fishes Rowan Phelps ISBN This book is a foundational, illustrative survey of troublesome ideas in genetics and embryology as 978-1-78882-203-9 they apply to the ear and tactile organs serving hearing and adjust. It gives a one of a kind asset that brings atomic, cell and frameworks level systems together to hold up under on understanding the £ 135.00 ontogeny of hearing and vestibular faculties. Various representations are utilized to help pass on current thoughts. Genes and gene items related with layer channels, atomic flagging falls, translation elements Pub Year: 2018 and more are characterized here. The creators clarify the significance of genes, sub-atomic flagging and cell associations to typical improvement and also to human inward ear sickness including deafness and Book Size: 7”×10” adjust issue. The detonating measure of new data on formative sub-atomic systems is incorporated with Hardback new and since quite a while ago settled disclosures about useful and anatomical changes amid ontogeny. Recent advances in fish cytogenetics have upgraded the enthusiasm for chromosome examination in both crucial (systematics and near genomics among angles and other vertebrate gatherings) and connected (aquaculture, preservation and reaction to poisons, entire genome sequencing of model fish species) Fisheries investigate. Despite the fact that the genomic material, the chromosomes, is fundamentally the same in the different creatures, encounter has plainly demonstrated that fish chromosomes must be taken care of with particular conventions.

28 www.edtechpress.co.uk Food Science, Health & Nutrition

Bioprocesses in Food Industry Ray Underwood ISBN Bioprocessing has been used for a long time in the production of food. In fact, as early as 3,500 978-1-78882-146-9 B.C., Sumerian brewers were using bioprocessing to create a popular beverage many drinkers still enjoy today. Bioprocessing, as the name suggests, uses living organisms and their components in the creation £ 135.00 of new products. Bioprocessing is often used to manufacture pharmaceuticals, sustainable materials, alternative fuels, and even many of the foods we enjoy. Biotechnology as applied to food processing in Pub Year: 2018 most developing countries makes use of microbial inoculants to enhance properties such as the taste, aroma, shelf-life, texture and nutritional value of foods. The process whereby micro-organisms and their Book Size: 7”×10” enzymes bring about these desirable changes in food materials is known as fermentation. Fermentation Hardback processing is also widely applied in the production of microbial cultures, enzymes, flavours, fragrances, food additives and a range of other high value-added products. These high value products are increasingly produced in more technologically advanced developing countries for use in their food and non-food processing applications. Many of these high value products are also imported by developing countries Food Science for use in their food-processing applications. Food, food-biocatalists and bioprocessing industries face great challenges in order to develop and establish systems to develop high quality, safety foods, as well as feeds and other industrial goods, environmentally acceptable and in a sustainable way. The text is supported by numerous clear informative diagrams. Westin Carrillo Biotechnology and Food Production ISBN Biotechnology in the food processing sector targets the selection and improvement of microorganisms with 978-1-78882-147-6 the objectives of improving process control, yields and efficiency as well as the quality, safety and consistency £ 135.00 of bioprocessed products. Biotechnology is a broad term associated with many complex processes involving organisms and technology. They are basically related to food and agriculture. Biotechnology finds use in Pub Year: 2018 improvement of nutrition value of various kinds of foods to enhance the quality of human life. The application of recombinant DNA techniques to biological organisms, systems, and processes constitutes an exciting new Book Size: 7”×10” biology that is being used to increase agricultural productivity and to improve the health of humans and animals. These advances coupled with those resulting from more traditional genetic and chemical approaches Hardback are having and will continue to have an enormous impact on the production of food throughout the world. Biotechnology is the use of livelihood systems and organisms to expand or make useful products, or any technical applications that uses organic systems, living organisms or derivatives thereof, to make or transform Food Science products or processes for specific use. Depending on the tools and applications, it often overlaps with the fields of bioengineering and biomedical engineering. A number of the applications were identified inthis paper to include biotechnology in food fermentation to enhance properties such as the taste, aroma, shelf-life, texture and nutritional worth of food. Biotechnology in the production of enzymes to bring regarding desirable changes in food, biotechnology in the production of food ingredients; flavours, fragrances, food additives and a range of other towering valued-added products, genetically modified starter cultures, genetically modified foods, the use of all these modern technologies in diagnostics for food testing, the role of biotechnology in food production by increasing food production, improved harvesting, storage and nutritional value, better raw materials, better flavour and the production of food containing vaccines, the safety of food produced with biotechnology as well as the risks and benefits of biotechnology in food production. This book focuses on the application of biotechnology to the processing of food. Dairy Microbiology Derek Bullock ISBN This comprehensive book provides a thoroughly updated and expanded treatment of dairy microbiology 978-1-78882-162-9 from basic information on dairy foods to special topics, including the microbiology of milk, producing animals, probiotics, and conversion of why into useful products. Applied Dairy Microbiology discusses £ 135.00 the microbiology of the rumen and the role of microorganisms in milk synthesis explores the causes and contamination of raw milk which offers solutions to problems associated with raw mild, fluid milk products, Pub Year: 2018 concentrated and dried milk. A dairy is a building used for the harvesting of animal milk mostly from cows or goats but also from buffalo sheep horses or camels for human consumption. A dairy is typically located Book Size: 7”×10” on a dedicated dairy farm or section of a multipurpose farm that is concerned with the harvesting of milk. Hardback Terminology differs between countries. For example a farm building where milk is harvesting is often called a milking Parlor. Milk and milk products occupy a more significant role in the human food profiles. The study of microorganisms that are associated with milk and milk products in all aspects is defined as Dairy Microbiology. Milk is described as a whole, fresh, clean, lacteal secretion obtained from the complete Food Science milking of healthy milch animal containing the minimum prescribed levels of fat and solids non-fat. The present book provides thorough coverage of dairy microbiology principles as well as practical applications including the latest developments in dairy starter cultures and genetic engineering techniques. Caleb Ramirez Extraction Techniques for Food Processing Kai Peters Extraction is a process that is growing in importance. It is generally more energy efficient than competitive ISBN processes such as expression—the pressing of biological feed materials to liberate fluids. The high cost 978-1-78882-173-5 of modern extraction techniques and the increasingly stringent environmental regulations together with £ 135.00 the new requirements of the medical and food industries for ultra-pure and high value added products have pointed out the need for the development of new and clean technologies for the processing of Pub Year: 2018 food products. The food processing industry uses various techniques to transform food ingredients into different forms for consumers. Separation techniques may be used to remove skins from fruits, water from Book Size: 7”×10” juices, or whey from cheese. Each separation technique is customized to the amount of waste that needs to be removed, and the resiliency of the food product being processed. This is the fundamental reason for Hardback writing this book at the present time, to indicate the wealth of knowledge becoming available on reactions in food processing, and the use of reaction technology to apply this knowledge in food processing. Food Science www.edtechpress.co.uk 29 Food Science, Health & Nutrition

Food and Dairy Microbiology Gabby Mathews ISBN Food and Dairy Microbiology presents a through and accessible account of various microbes associated 978-1-78882-177-3 directly or indirectly with the food and dairy products. Food Microbiology explores the fundamental elements affecting the presence, activity, and control of microorganisms in food. The subject also includes £ 135.00 the key concepts required to meet the minimum standards for degrees in food science with a wealth of practical information about the most essential factors and principles that affect microorganisms in food. A Pub Year: 2018 dairy is a building used for the harvesting of animal milk mostly from cows or goats but also from buffalo sheep horses or camels for human consumption. A dairy is typically located on a dedicated dairy farm or Book Size: 7”×10” section of a multi purpose farm that is concerned with the harvesting of milk. The book will prove very Hardback useful text for the students, reference source for research scholars, and basic guidelines for teachers, on the subjects.

Food Science

Mason Sutton Food Biotechnology Skylar Barr Biotechnology has a long history of use in food production and processing. For ten thousand years ISBN fermentation, a form of biotechnology, has been used to produce wine, beer and bread. Selective breeding 978-1-78882-178-0 of animals such as horses and dogs has been going on for centuries. Selective breeding of essential foods £ 135.00 such as rice, corn and wheat have created thousands of local varieties with improved yield compared to their wild ancestors. Wheat that is best for bread is different from wheat that is best for pasta. This Pub Year: 2018 was accomplished through conventional breeding over many years using traditional methods. However, such methods were often unpredictable and inefficient, resulting in undesirable traits passed along with Book Size: 7”×10” desirable ones. Today, through newer biotechnology and genetic engineering, scientists use techniques such as recombinant DNA (rDNA). Scientists, by using rDNA, can move one gene, the inherited instruction Hardback for specific traits, from one organism to another and omit the undesirable traits. This enablesfood producers to obtain animal and crop improvements in a much more precise, controlled and predictable Food Science manner. The book presents a thorough and accessible account of modern food biotechnology and will make an ideal course book. It is useful not only to the undergraduate and postgraduate students but also to the researchers involved in the biological sciences, biotechnology, and food science and technology.

Food Hygiene and Toxicology Jaden Richardson ISBN Food shapes a standout amongst the most basic parts imperative to human living, and with expanding 978-1-78882-179-7 mindfulness about issues of wellbeing, cleanliness and sanitation, shoppers have at long last woken upto the issue of food cleanliness. The fundamental worry of a customer lies in food security, quality £ 135.00 and validness. Food control strategies have turn out to be greatly fundamental in nowadays and age, where flare-ups of food-borne infections are normal. These methods ought not just accentuation after Pub Year: 2018 keeping up clean food in all regards, they should be quick, solid and practical. This book portrays in detail a portion of the food cleanliness methods utilized mechanically and also in homes. It concentrates Book Size: 7”×10” on various units, instruments and frameworks utilized for quality and cleanliness control of food, food Hardback stiffs and food handling condition, with accentuation additionally being given to the approval systems of official associations required ‘in food administration. Food cleanliness preparing is fundamental for any individual who handles food as a major aspect of their work and in that capacity is a critical component of many courses. This book has been doled out keeping in minds the requirements of the individuals who Food Science handle food in a scope of occupations and it is trusted that this book is of tremendous use to them. We hope therefore that this book will not only reach those who are now responsible for product quality and safety in food companies, and for the design, building and installation of food plants, but particularly also to those who will assume such responsibility in the future.

Alfonso Manning Food Microbiology and Food Processing ISBN The scope of food microbiology is vast and spreading very rapidly. The study of microorganisms 978-1-78882-180-3 which have both positive and negative effects on the quality and safety of raw and processed foods. £ 135.00 Microbiology and Food Safety course will provide the fundamentals of food microbiology and provide an understanding of how microorganisms behave and how to control them. It will raise awareness of the Pub Year: 2018 importance of process control, hygiene, and sanitation in the food processing environment. Bacteria are the most important microorganisms to the food processor. Most are harmless, many are highly beneficial, Book Size: 7”×10” some indicate the probable presence of filth, disease organisms, spoilage and a few cause diseases. There are thousands of species of bacteria, but all are single-celled and fall into three basic shapes: Hardback spherical, straight rods, and spiral rods. Food processing is a procedure in which food is prepared for consumption. People often use this term to refer specifically to making packaged foods, but technically anything which transforms raw ingredients into something else is a form of food processing, ranging from Food Science grilling vegetables in the backyard to making television dinners in a food manufacturing facility. The food processing sector employs large numbers of people, many of whom are unskilled laborers. This book will be proved as a useful reference to get first hand information of food microbiology for the people who are working in food-processing industries, state and local government agencies and in academic institutions.

30 www.edtechpress.co.uk Food Science, Health & Nutrition

Food Microbiology Addison Solis ISBN Food microbiology is a branch of applied microbiology and the scope of food microbiology is expanding 978-1-78882-181-0 rapidly to protect food from microbial spoilage and provide safe, nutritious food to consumers. We now live in a period of world-wide food crisis, a food saved is a food produced. Food Microbiology explores the £ 135.00 fundamental elements affecting the presence, activity, and control of microorganisms in food. The subject also includes the key concepts required to meet the minimum standards for degrees in food science with a Pub Year: 2018 wealth of practical information about the most essential factors and principles that affect microorganisms in food. Food microbiology is mainly concern with production of food, beverages, cheese, yogurt, tempeh, Book Size: 7”×10” kimchi, beer, and wine, etc. with the use of microbes. As most people are aware, microbes can also cause Hardback food spoilage. This area of food microbiology is of major economic importance. Microbiology is the science which includes the study of the occurrence and significance of bacteria, fungi, protozoa and algae which are the beginning and ending of intricate food chains upon which all life depends. These food chains begin wherever photosynthetic organisms can trap light energy and use it to synthesize large molecules Food Science from carbon dioxide, water and mineral salts forming the proteins, fats and carbohydrates which all other living creatures use for food. Within and on the bodies of all living creatures, as well as in soil and water, micro-organisms build up and change molecules, extracting energy and growth substances. Today food microbiology has become an interesting and challenging subject. The present book covers important main aspects of interaction between microorganisms, food borne illnesses and food fermentations. Hayden Wells Food Science and Biotechnology ISBN The Book “Biological Control of Insects Pests” illustrates how to control biologically the insect’s pests. It is 978-1-78882-182-7 important to know when numbers are great enough to justify artificial control and to evaluate the effectiveness £ 135.00 of control. The text has been organized very systematically to meet the long-felt needs of increasingly large number of readers. Biological control is the use of living organisms to maintain pest populations below Pub Year: 2018 damaging levels. Natural enemies of arthropods fall into three major categories: predators, parasitoids, and pathogens. Predators catch and eat their prey. Some common predatory arthropods include ladybird beetles, Book Size: 7”×10” carabid (ground) beetles, staphylinid (rove) beetles, syrphid (hover) flies, lacewings, minute pirate bugs, nabid bugs, big-eyed bugs, and spiders. Biological control is the beneficial action of parasites, pathogens and Hardback predators in managing pests and their damage. Biocontrol provided by these living organisms, collectively known as natural enemies. It is especially important for reducing the number of pest insects and mites. Biological control is the beneficial action of parasites, pathogens, and predators in managing pests and their Food Science damage. Biocontrol provided by these living organisms, collectively called “natural enemies,” is especially important for reducing the numbers of pest insects and mites. Use of natural enemies for biological control of rangeland and wildland weeds is also effective. Plant pathogens, nematodes, and vertebrates also have many natural enemies, but this biological control is often harder to recognize, less well understood, and/ or more difficult to manage. Conservation, augmentation, and classical biological control are tactics for harnessing natural enemies’ benefits. The book will be highly useful for general entomologists, students of agricultural entomology, teachers and research scholars of zoology, especially entomology. Food Science and Nutrition Leigh Fisher ISBN Food Science is a highly inter-disciplinary applied science. It incorporates concepts from many different 978-1-78882-183-4 fields including microbiology, chemical engineering, and biochemistry. Nutrition science investigates the metabolic and physio-logical responses of the body to diet. With advances in the field of molecular biology, £ 135.00 biochemistry, and genetics, the study of nutrition is increasingly concerned with metabolism and metabolic pathways: the sequences of biochemical steps through which substances in living things change from one Pub Year: 2018 form to another. Food Science and Nutrition is a comprehensive textbook that is specially designed to meet the needs of students of hospitality studies, hotel management, and catering technology. Food Science and Book Size: 7”×10” Nutrition provides comprehensive coverage of all aspects of the food, nutrition and human health. The Hardback purpose of this book is to offer its readers a thoroughly adequate and up-to-date view of the food science and nutrition. Foods science and their nutritive value. With the development of the work, need has been felt for a text book presenting in concise form the composition and physical properties of foods, and discussing some of the main factors which affect their nutritive value. This book has been written so as to serve the Food Science purpose of equipping readers with all that entails the science of handling food in a technical and scientific manner, and retaining its nutritive qualities. The book begins with an all-round look into the intricacies of food science-what import it carries, the techniques and principles underlying it, the development of foods, the disciplines and aspects of food involved etc. Walter Lara Food Science and Quality Control ISBN The association of the book is concocted to encourage viable learning encounters. It is the aim of this 978-1-78882-184-1 book to motivate teachers and students to make use of this knowledge and bring about a change in the £ 135.00 health and welfare of our people. It is hoped that this book will help our readers to understand: Pub Year: 2018 1. Functions of foods, which supply our nutritional needs. Book Size: 7”×10” 2. How to meet human need of nutrients in terms of available foods. 3. Prices are guides of supply and demand and not of their nutritive value. Hardback 4. Techniques of preparation which help us meet our needs in an enjoyable manner. 5. Meal planning as a tool in meeting nutritional needs of the family through acceptable enjoyable meals. 6. Preservation as an aid to improved food availability. 7. Safeguarding the supply through proper selection, careful storage and preparation. Food Science 8. One’s responsibilities as a consumer. www.edtechpress.co.uk 31 Food Science, Health & Nutrition

Genetically Engineered Foods Armando Mills ISBN Genetically modified foods are foods derived from genetically modified organisms have had specific 978-1-78882-196-4 changes introduced into their DNA by genetic engineering techniques. The main aim of genetically modified crops is to produce a food that is able to survive even if any harmful chemicals or pesticides £ 135.00 or herbicides are sprayed. Genetically engineered foods have had their DNA changed using genes from other plants or animals. Scientists take the gene for a desired trait in one plant or animal, and they insert Pub Year: 2018 that gene into a cell of another plant or animal. Genetic engineering can be done with plants, animals, or bacteria and other very small organisms. Genetic engineering allows scientists to move desired genes Book Size: 7”×10” from one plant or animal into another. Genes can also be moved from an animal to a plant or vice versa. Hardback Genetic engineering also helps speed up the process of creating new foods with desired traits. Genetically modified material sounds a little bit like science fiction territory, but in reality, much of what we eat on a daily basis is a genetically modified organism. Whether or not these modified foods are actually healthy is still up for debate—and many times, you don’t even know that you are buying something Food Science genetically modified. The book will be of help to researcher in the field of agriculture, crop improvement, biotechnology etc. It will also be helpful to teachers and students for better understanding of the subject.

Elijah Stein Microbiologically Safe Foods ISBN This book concentrates on cutting edge innovations to create microbiologically safe nourishments for 978-1-78882-225-1 our worldwide supper table. Every section outlines the latest logical advances, especially regarding £ 135.00 sustenance preparing, pre-and post-reap nourishment security, quality control, and administrative data. The book starts with a general talk of microbial perils and their general wellbeing implications. It at that Pub Year: 2018 point proceeds onward to overview the generation procedures of various sustenance sorts, including dairy, eggs, hamburger, poultry, and products of the soil, pinpointing potential wellsprings of human Book Size: 7”×10” foodborne infections. The creators address the developing business sector in handled nourishments also novel mediations, for example, inventive sustenance bundling and innovations to lessen waste life forms Hardback and drag out time span of usability. Every part additionally depicts the ormal greenery of crude item, waste issues, pathogens of concern, wellsprings of tainting, factors that impact survival and development of pathogens and deterioration life forms, pointer microorganisms, ways to deal with keeping up item Food Science quailty and lessening destructive microbial populaces, microbial guidelines for finished result testing, regular microbiological and sub-atomic techniques, and administrative issues. Other essential themes incorporate the security of hereditarily altered living beings (GMOs), prescient microbiology, rising foodborne pathogens, great horticultural and assembling forms, avian flu, and bioterrorism.

32 www.edtechpress.co.uk History

Ancient Civilizations of the World Denny Rose Rowan Allen About 5,000 years ago the first urban societies developed laying the foundations for the first civilizations. Nearly all civilizations share the same few features- they have abundant food surpluses, contained cities, ISBN political bureaucracies, armies, defined religious and social hierarchies and long distance trading. Ancient 978-1-78882-281-7 Egyptian culture flourished between c. 5500 BCE with the rise of technology (as evidenced in the glass- £ 120.00 work of faience) and 30 BCE with the death of Cleopatra VII, the last Ptolemaic ruler of Egypt. It is famous today for the great monuments which celebrated the triumphs of the rulers and honored the gods Pub Year: 2018 of the land. The culture is often misunderstood as having been obsessed with death but, had this been so, it is unlikely it would have made the significant impression it did on other ancient cultures such as Book Size: 7”×10” Greece and Rome. Neolithic means “new stone”, even though agriculture was the crowning achievement of the period. Civilizations started out small. Agriculture at first tended to tie only small groups together. Hardback These groups also all settled along rivers, important as a reliable and predictable source of water. As time passed, families usually worked the same plot of land over successive generations, leading to the concept History of ownership. Ancient mortars and grinding tools unearthed in a large mound in the Zagros Mountains of Iran reveal that people were grinding wheat and barley about 11,000 years ago. Grass pea, wild wheat, wild barley, and lentils were found throughout the site, including some of the earliest known samples. This was much further east than most sites known for early agriculture. This book furnishes with utmost facility to all classes of readers, the needed information on ancient civilization. The unusual variety of the subject makes this a work of endless fascination. Glen Cunningham History and Historiography ISBN History is the study of the human past as it is described in the written documents left by human beings. 978-1-78882-341-8 The past, with all its decisions completed, its participants dead and its history told, is what the general £ 120.00 public perceives as the immutable bedrock on which we historians and archaeologists stand. But as purveyors of the past, we recognize that the bedrock is really quicksand, that bits of the story are yet Pub Year: 2018 untold, and that what has been told comes tainted by the conditions of what we are today Historiography refers to both the study of the methodology of historians and the development of “history” as a discipline, Book Size: 7”×10” and also to a body of historical work on a particular subject. The importance of historiography or the writing of history as a factor promoting either peace or conflict is a line of study much in currency today. Hardback Modern historians aim to reconstruct a record of human activities and to achieve a more profound understanding of them. This conception of their task is quite recent, dating from the development in the late 18th and early 19th centuries of “scientific” history and the simultaneous rise of history as an History academic profession. Before the late 18th century, historiography did not stand at the centre of any civilization. History was almost never an important part of regular education, and it never claimed to provide an interpretation of human life as a whole. This larger ambition was more appropriate to religion, philosophy, and perhaps poetry and other imaginative literature. The book is written in a simple and lucid style so as to meet the requirements of the students and the common readers. History of Civilizations Mayson Kirby ISBN The History of Civilizations traces the history of man in this vast region from the Palaeolithic beginnings 978-1-78882-342-5 to circa 700 B.C. when the foundations for the formation of the great Empire were laid. Many different elements must come together before a human community develops to the level of sophistication commonly £ 120.00 referred to as civilization. The first is the existence of settlements classifiable as towns or cities. This requires food production to be efficient enough for a large minority of the community to be engaged in more Pub Year: 2018 specialized activities—such as the creation of imposing buildings or works of art, the practice of skilled warfare, and above all the administration of a centralized bureaucracy capable of running the machinery of Book Size: 7”×10” state. Despite the major role played by Central Asia in shaping the history of the past and of today, this vast Hardback region, stretching from the Caspian Sea to Mongolia and western China, had not been studied as a whole cultural entity in time and space. This multi-volume History of Civilizations of Central Asia, published in English, is the first attempt to present a comprehensive picture of the cultures that flourished and vanished at the heart of the Eurasian continent from the dawn of civilization to the present day. The book is an History engaging and thought-provoking philosophical account that demonstrates that critical inquiry is an ongoing process with strains of continuity and evolution of Civilizations. Rowan Allen History of Europe Denny Rose History of Europe describes the history of humans inhabiting the European continent since it was first ISBN populated in prehistoric times to present, with the first human settlement between 45,000 and 25,000 978-1-78882-343-2 BC. Europe is the world’s second-smallest continent by surface area, covering about 10,180,000 £ 120.00 square kilometers (3,930,000 sq mi) or 2% of the Earth’s surface and about 6.8% of its land area. The history of Europe covers the peoples inhabiting Europe from prehistory to the present. The period Pub Year: 2018 known as classical antiquity began with the emergence of the city-states of ancient Greece. Later, the Roman Empire came to dominate the entire Mediterranean basin. The fall of the Roman Empire in AD Book Size: 7”×10” 476 traditionally marks the start of the middle ages. Beginning in the 14th century a Renaissance of knowledge challenged traditional doctrines in science and theology. Simultaneously, the Protestant Hardback Reformation set up Protestant churches primarily in Germany, Scandinavia and England. After 1800, the Industrial Revolution brought prosperity to Britain and Western Europe. The main powers set up colonies History in most of the Americas and Africa, and parts of Asia. In the 20th century, World War I, and World War II resulted in massive numbers of deaths. The Cold War dominated European geo-politics from 1947 to 1989. Unification into a European Union moved forward after 1950, with some setbacks. This book is primarily designed to cater to the needs of the students of various levels. It will also be of immense help to those who are preparing for various state and central level competitive examinations. www.edtechpress.co.uk 33 History

World Heritage Sites Haiden Farrell ISBN A World Heritage Site is a landmark or area which is selected by the United Nations Educational, 978-1-78882-420-0 Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO) as having cultural, historical, scientific or otherform of significance, and is legally protected by international treaties. The sites are judged important to the £ 120.00 collective interests of humanity. The main objectives were to define the World Heritage in both cultural and natural aspects; to enlist Sites and Monuments from the member countries which are of exceptional Pub Year: 2018 interest and universal value, the protection of which is the concern of all mankind; and to promote co- operation among all Nations and people to contribute for the protection of these universal treasures intact Book Size: 7”×10” for future generations. This beautiful book shows off these sites, providing a brief text, and photographs Hardback for each. It is a stunning indication of the longevity and durability, culture, and spirit.

History Robin Wagner World History Rowan Allen The book ‘World History’ has been designed to highlight the course of events in the modern world during ISBN nineteenth century. The theme of this book is the relations of the great powers of different countries. The 978-1-78882-421-7 topics like, the First World War, its impacts; the Third French Republic; reasons of Russian Revolution £ 120.00 and aftermaths, Washington Conference, position of East Asia, East Europe and West Asia during Second World War have been discussed briefly to ease the students and researchers for their studies. Pub Year: 2018

Book Size: 7”×10”

Hardback

History

34 www.edtechpress.co.uk Hotel Management

Hospitality Management: An Introduction Eli Sampson ISBN Hospitality management is the study of the hospitality industry. The hospitality industry is vast and 978-1-78882-345-6 very diverse. Any time people travel, stay in a hotel, eat out, go to the movies, and engage in similar activities, they are patronizing establishments in the hospitality industry. The management of such £ 120.00 establishments is very challenging, as managers need to be flexible enough to anticipate and meet a wide variety of needs. Hotel Management, as the term suggests, is focused on managing all aspects Pub Year: 2018 related to the functioning of a hotel. From the time a guest arrives at a hotel to the time he checks out, the responsibility of all activities during the guest’s stay in the hotel forms part of Hotel Management. Book Size: 7”×10” Hospitality management graduates are highly employable, applying their skills to careers in events, hotel Hardback and conference management, sales and business development and forestry and fishing management. Hospitality management means ‘managing’ an event, or when referring to managing a hotel, it would mean managing all the different departments and members of staff so that the paying guests feel welcomed and enjoy their stay. It is important that these people know that you are warm and friendly, Hospitality Management. so that they would probably return to the venue again in the future. This book has been developed as an attempt to provide some literature on vast growing hotel industry. This text will help immensely those who are desirous of joining the industry to equip themselves with a career in front office, housekeeping, food production, food and beverage service and tourism.

www.edtechpress.co.uk 35 Journalism

Basic Concept of Journalism Branden Salas ISBN Journalism is a form of communication, but it’s distinct from other forms. It is unique because it’s a one- 978-1-78882-286-2 way message, or story, from the journalist to the audience. It’s most unique because the message isn’t the journalist’s personal story or subjective thoughts. Instead, the journalist acts as a conduit, narrating £ 120.00 an objective story about something that happened or is happening, based on his or her observations and discoveries. Journalism can be distinguished from other activities and products by certain Pub Year: 2018 identifiable characteristics and practices. These elements not only separate journalism from other forms of communication, they are what make it indispensable to democratic societies. History reveals that the Book Size: 7”×10” more democratic a society, the more news and information it tends to have. Journalism means writing Hardback for newspapers or magazines. It is the communication of information through writing in periodicals and newspapers. The people have an inborn desire to know what’s novel or new. This curiosity is satisfied by the journalists through their writing in the newspapers and journals on current affairs and news. This book provides a lively and authoritative introduction to journalism in all its forms. The focus of the book Journalism is to show how journalists do their job, not only by explaining the process but also by hearing from those who do it on a daily basis. The book is a product of communication revolution and changing mass communication perspectives.

Jacoby Barrera Broadcasting Journalism ISBN Advertising research is a systematic process of marketing research conducted to improve the efficiency 978-1-78882-287-9 of advertising. Advertising and media research explains the complexities of planning in a fast-moving £ 120.00 non-complex style. As we enter the new century of transformed advertising techniques and marketing challenges. Research is to find out something new, and advertising research is to find out how advertising Pub Year: 2018 works effectively and guide in making effective advertising decisions. There are various kinds of advertising research, and these include pre-testing, post-testing, campaign research, and measuring advertising Book Size: 7”×10” effectiveness. Advertising follows logically after listening to consumer requirements, introducing productive conditions, distributing the goods. However, the actual sequence - and emphasis deriving from Hardback the diverse sub-cultures - can be quite differentiated. The effects of the different mass media on social, psychological and physical aspects. Research survey that segments the people based on what television programs they watch, radio they listen and magazines they read. Media research makes use of scientific Journalism methods of research. It aims at providing an objective, unbiased evaluation of data. First the research problem is identified, and then a prescribed set of procedures of research is followed to investigate the problem. Only thereafter comes report of the findings. This book is more catered to readers who have no background on the media. It is more informational than instructional. It’s great if you are looking into learning about how the media works per se but not if you are concerned about effectively positioning your products in the market.

Introduction to Journalism and Mass Communication Finlay Webb ISBN Mass communication is an inter-disciplined domain. It can’t understand as stand alone subject, because 978-1-78882-357-9 it deals with society and culture at one hand and technology at the other. Thus this book was needed that could give a comprehensive explanation of terms, concepts, theories and principles at one place. £ 120.00 In recent times mass media has grown as a widespread industry which is working all over the world. Here in this book it is the sincere effort of the author to put the matter and facts, myths and realities all Pub Year: 2018 in a lucid manner. This book is designed keeping in view the average reader and beginners as well. This book will quench the thirst of knowledge in this field and it is the sincere hope of the author. If it proves Book Size: 7”×10” to be of little value to the readers, all efforts and hardships of the author will amply be awarded. This Hardback book is created for the needs of students relating to the area of journalism and mass communication. As social contexts and milieus undergo changes and get increasingly complex, journalism too undergoes transformations, and gets ever more crucial to the running of a society. In such a scenario, it becomes imperative that one considers the import journalism carries, and how the issues and problems in it are Journalism central to how we perceive the world.

Rowan Kidd Journalism, Reporting, Writing and Editing ISBN The present book has been brought into being in view of incessant demand pertaining to the subject 978-1-78882-365-4 Journalism, inherently requires that stories be told in-depth. Many newspapers have cut out long articles £ 120.00 even before the Internet. They have followed the example set by television news. They have been hit by the rising price of newsprint, and the renewed emphasis on cost cutting. They are convinced that Pub Year: 2018 readers are pressed for time, impatient with detail, and conditioned to ingest the news in pellet-like form. The bulk of broadcast news is reporting in the sense that is used is different rather than journalism. Book Size: 7”×10” It is epitomized by the two-minute wire service radio bulletin on the hour already a fast disappearing format. In this incisive and well-presented work, the book has synthesized the findings to lay down Hardback principles of sound journalism for both those in the industry and the citizens, who rely on the free press as a fundamental element of democracy. First and foremost among these principles is journalism’s obligation to the truth. It will immensely benefit students, teachers, mass communicators, theoreticians Journalism and practitioners alike. Something usable today, a ready reckoner for years to come and a collector’s item for all times. A must read endurable and preservable.

36 www.edtechpress.co.uk Journalism

Media and Gender Equality Mark Bonner ISBN Transgenic methodologies continue to evolve and have dramatically influenced a cross section of 978-1-78882-374-6 disciplines. They are recognized as instrumental in expanding our understanding of gene expression, regulation and function. This book covers the aspects of gene transfer in animals-from molecular methods £ 120.00 to whole animal considerations across a host of species. The book starts with an introduction of what are transgenic animals. Chapter 1 methods and applications related to transgenic application. Chapter 2 Pub Year: 2018 describes the Use of Transgenic Animals in Biotechnology as Prospects and Problems. Chapter 3 study about Transgenic Animals in Agriculture. Chapter 4 depicts about the Gene Replacement and Transgenic Book Size: 7”×10” Animals. This chapter give insight on Specific Sites in Cloned Genes Can Be Altered in Vitro and DNA Hardback that can be transferred into Eukaryotic Cells in Various Ways. Chapter 5 discuss about basics of cloning. Chapter 6 tells about the Reproductive Cloning. Chapter 7 tells about the Cloning of Domestic Animals. Chapter 8 depicts about the Surface Epigenetic Reprogramming. Chapters 9 devoted to Animal Health Risks. Chapter 10 describes the development of the Risk Assessment Methodology required for cloning. Journalism

Cameron Keith Print Media and Broadcast Journalism ISBN Broadcast Journalism is increasingly attracting young men and women who take up the subject for 978-1-78882-389-0 intensive study in schools of journalism in the universities and in institutions of mass communication. £ 120.00 In fact media are concerned with various forms into which the message is placed, written and oral, as used for transmitting messages. This book presents a vivid account of the art of mass media and Pub Year: 2018 journalism. Certainly this will prove an ideal handbook for learners, aspirants and working journalists. Modem mass media & journalism has reached the state of electronic age. All latest developments are Book Size: 7”×10” categorically described in this book. Today, media-related programmers, departments, schools, and colleges go by such names as journalism, journalism and mass communication, mass media, media Hardback studies, communications, communication and mass media, and a variety of other names. The book is written in a simple style and makes it easy for both the fresh entrant and the practitioner of the craft to understand what the author propounds. It covers all aspects of newswriting for the broadcast media and Journalism emphasises the need to understand the point of the audience.

www.edtechpress.co.uk 37 Language & Literature

English Literature : Eighteenth Century Collin Booker ISBN and the Romantic Age 978-1-78882-325-8 Both the frame and substance of writing today owes much to the advancements that occurred in England £ 120.00 between the Restoration and Romantic periods. The development of the novel set off the formation of new sorts and went with an ascent in education all through the nation. This volume looks at the English Pub Year: 2018 essayists who helped shape the social, political, and religious atmosphere of the age, and drenches understudies in the historical backdrop of accounts that keep on enchanting groups of onlookers today. Book Size: 7”×10” This is a noteworthy and clear review of eighteenth-century scholarly life, giving a genuine feeling of the Hardback many-sided quality of the age and of the social and scholarly atmosphere in which innovative writing thrived. It thinks about a portion of the overwhelming topics of the period, contending against such marks as ‘Augustan Age’, ‘Time of Enlightenment’ and ‘Time of Reason’, which have been joined to the eighteenth-century by commentators and students of history. This book is a piece of the TREDITION English Literature CLASSICS arrangement.

Hayden Spencer English Literature : From Renaissance to ISBN 978-1-78882-326-5 Seventeenth Century £ 120.00 Seventeenth-Century English Literature associates evolving seventeenth-century English perspectives of maternal support to the ascent of the cutting edge country, particularly in the vicinity of 1603 and Pub Year: 2018 1675. Maternal sustain increases new noticeable quality in the early current social creative ability at the exact minute when England experiences a noteworthy change in perspective — from the customary, Book Size: 7”×10” dynastic body politic, composed by natural bonds, to the post-dynastic, present day country, included representative and full of feeling relations. The book likewise exhibits that moving early present day Hardback points of view on Judeo-Christian relations profoundly educate the period’s interlocking reassessments of maternal support and the country, particularly on account of Milton. Encircled by an understanding that the very idea of what characterizes the human is regularly impacted by Renaissance and early English Literature present day messages, this book sets up the start of the scholarly improvement of the evil frame into an adapted shape in the seventeenth century. This advancement is fixated on characters and verse of four seventeenth-century journalists: the Satan character in John Milton’s Paradise Lost and Paradise Regained, the Tempter in John Bunyan’s Grace Abounding to the Chief of Sinners and Diabolus in Bunyan’s The Holy War, the verse of John Wilmot, earl of Rochester, and Dorimant in George Etherege’s Man of Mode.

English Literature : Nineteenth Century Ryan West Beau Patterson Loaded with captivating data, this brief and engaging overview includes a portion of the major abstract showstoppers of nineteenth-century England. In the event that you at any point needed to know which ISBN Thomas Hardy novel to peruse in the first place, or simply needed to stand your ground at a mixed drink 978-1-78882-327-2 gathering of English educators, this book is for you. Notwithstanding disclosing to you why Reverend £ 120.00 Patrick Bronte copied his youngsters’ new red shoes, and whether George Eliot was a man or lady and that’s only the tip of the iceberg, INSTANT ENGLISH LITERATURE offers extraordinary highlights - Pub Year: 2018 including section rundowns, arrangements of’s who, true to life and chronicled goodies, title records, and a large group of delineations, photographs, and kid’s shows. “We think about the nineteenth century Book Size: 7”×10” as a dynamic age - the time of pioneer extension, upsets, and railways, of extraordinary investigation and the Great Exhibition. Yet, in perusing crafted by Romantic and Victorian scholars one notification a Hardback contention, what Stefanie Markovits terms “an emergency of activity.” In her book, The Crisis of Action in Nineteenth-Century English Literature, Markovits maps out this contention by concentrating on four English Literature authors: William Wordsworth, Arthur Hugh Clough, George Eliot, and Henry James.

Ezekiel Leon English Literature : The Twentieth and ISBN 978-1-78882-328-9 the Twenty-first centuries £ 120.00 The book methodicallly graphs the direction of the English novel from its rise as the chief scholarly class in the mid twentieth century to its mid twenty-first century status of unpredictable greatness in new media Pub Year: 2018 conditions. Precise parts address ‘The English Novel as a Distinctly Modern Genre’, ‘The Novel in the Economy’, ‘Genres’, ‘Gender’ (performativity, masculinities, woman’s rights, eccentric), and ‘The Burden Book Size: 7”×10” of Representation’ (class and ethnicity). Broadened contextualized close readings of more than twenty key writings from Joseph Conrad’s Heart of Darkness (1899) to Tom McCarthy’s Satin Island (2015) Hardback supplement the methodical approach and energize future research by giving reviews of gathering and hypothetical points of view. Expanding specialization inside the teach of English and American Studies has moved the concentration of insightful dialog toward hypothetical reflection and social settings. These English Literature improvements have profited the train in more courses than one, yet they have likewise brought about a specific disregard of close perusing. Therefore, understudies and scientists inspired by such material are compelled to swing to grant from the 1970s, quite a bit of which depends on dated methodological and ideological presuppositions. The handbook means to fill this hole by giving new readings of writings that figure unmistakably in the writing classroom and in academic level headed discussion − from James’ The Ambassadors to McCarthy’s The Road.

38 www.edtechpress.co.uk Language & Literature

History of the English Language Carson Stewart Julian Russo A History of the English Language explores the etymological and social improvement of English from the Roman victory of England to the present day to give an exhaustive review of the distinctive parts of its ISBN history. This top of the line exemplary course book has been reconsidered and refreshed and urges the 978-1-78882-344-9 reader to create both a comprehension of present-day English and an illuminated mentality toward the £ 120.00 issues influencing the dialect today. The history and advancement of English, from the most punctual referred to works to its status today as a prevailing world dialect, is a subject of real significance to Pub Year: 2018 etymologists and students of history. In this book, a group of worldwide specialists cover the whole written history of the English dialect, sketching out its improvement more than fifteen centuries. With an Book Size: 7”×10” accentuation on later periods, each key stage in the historical backdrop of the dialect is secured, with full records of institutionalization, names, the circulation of English in Britain and North America, and Hardback its worldwide spread. New authentic studies of the vital parts of the dialect are displayed, and recorded changes that have influenced English are dealt with as a proceeding with process, clarifying the state of English the dialect today. This total and state-of-the-art history of English will be fundamental to every propelled understudy, researchers and instructors in this conspicuous field.

Nico Hess Introducing Global Englishes ISBN It is estimated that “the number of native English speakers is 300 million to 450 million.” More than 978-1-78882-355-5 one billion people are believed to speak some form of English. Although the numbers vary, it is widely £ 120.00 accepted that hundreds of millions of people around the world speak English, whether as a native, second or a foreign language. English, in some form, has become the native or unofficial language of a majority Pub Year: 2018 of the countries around the world today. “In 20 to 30 countries around the world, English is merging with native languages to create hybrid Englishness.” This comprehensive study of Introducing Global Book Size: 7”×10” Englishes indented to be useful and popular among students because of the simplicity and directness of explanations of the various terms and concepts, its wealth of illustrative examples enables the reader Hardback to assimilate the content without being intimidated by its range and scope. It is written in a very careful manner keeping in view of the course requirements. It is aimed at familiarizing students with the vibrant currents of thought that have enriched the literary enterprise of our time. English

Introducing Translational Studies George Pierce ISBN Translation is always a text about a text and hence it is a metatext. We translate by intuition. There is 978-1-78882-356-2 no ‘Science of translating’ though there are scientific theories of translation. In this book, the author has made a thorough analysis of various aspects of translation studies-both in the east and the west. £ 120.00 Apart from making a background study of translation, he has analysed translation as creative writing, as linguistic bridge-building and as nation building. The book provides an authoritative steer to key Pub Year: 2018 approaches in translation studies. Each chapter gives an in-depth account of theoretical concepts, issues and studies. This is an intense and well researched book on translation studies in our country. Book Size: 7”×10” Hardback

Translational

Julian Russo Introductory English Language Carson Stewart English, as we know, has assumed a unique place in international communication. The ability to ISBN communicate effectively through English is a skill, acquired through practice backed up by knowledge 978-1-78882-362-3 of theoretical principles as well as desirable attitudes and values. It contains exercises, and will provide £ 120.00 a basis for introduction to grammar and courses on the structure of English not only in linguistics departments but also in English language and literature departments and schools of education. This book Pub Year: 2018 has been designed to meet students’ current and future language and communication needs. It attempts to develop their proficiency in the four language skills and knowledge of grammar and vocabulary. This Book Size: 7”×10” book teaches students how to communicate accurately, appropriately and fluently in professional and social situations. The activity-oriented tasks ensure that the learning process is relevant and interesting. Hardback

English www.edtechpress.co.uk 39 Language & Literature

Socio Linguistics Beau Patterson Ryan West Sociolinguistics is the descriptive study of the effect of any and all aspects of society, including cultural norms, expectations, and context, on the way language is used, and society’s effect on language. It ISBN differs from sociology of language, which focuses on the effect of language on society. Sociolinguistics 978-1-78882-402-6 overlaps considerably with pragmatics. It is historically closely related to linguistic anthropology, and the £ 120.00 distinction between the two fields has been questioned. This book deals with the social life of language. The field ranges from micro-analyses to broadly-based policy and planning undertakings. As such, this Pub Year: 2018 book draws from sociolinguistics, the sociology of language, and psycholinguistics. The relationship between language and identity - whether of an individual or a group - is a strong thread linking all the Book Size: 7”×10” topics covered in the book. For researchers and advanced students, it gives access to the field’s most pressing issues and debates, as well as providing a platform for new initiatives in sociolinguistic research. Hardback

Language

40 www.edtechpress.co.uk Library Science

Computer Applications to Library Kole Lambert ISBN A library computer system is the software used to catalog, track circulation (where appropriate), and 978-1-78882-297-8 inventory a library’s assets. It is intended for home, church, private enterprise, and other small- to medium-sized collections. Larger libraries typically use an integrated library system to manage the more- £ 120.00 complex activities, such as acquisitions, interlibrary loan, and licensing online resources. With distributed software the customer can choose to self-install or to have the system installed by the vendor on their Pub Year: 2018 own hardware. The customer can be responsible for the operation and maintenance of the application and the data, or the customer can choose to be supported by the vendor with an annual maintenance Book Size: 7”×10” contract. Some vendors charge for upgrades to the software. Customers, who subscribe to a web (hosted) Hardback service, upload data to the vendor’s, remote server through the Internet and may pay a periodic fee to access their data. Modern libraries are constituted within and by a tradition of techniques and practices that represent a hundred years of codified professional knowledge. This book provides a historical overview of this tradition that created a complex environment of expectation and misunderstanding Library Science for introducing library automation. This book attempts to delineate and discuss the applications of the computer that have been behind the technological revolution of library science. The aim of the book is to mainly enhance the readers’ understanding of the ways in which computers have heralded the invasion of technology into library science, with special attention to the emergence of digital libraries which promise to make libraries and their information completely at the mercy of our fingertips.

Gale Fox Research in Library and Information Science ISBN Librarianship is one of the world’s oldest and most successful profession. It has survived war, plague, 978-1-78882-395-1 economic depression, and varying social values and conditions. The profession has shown an extraordinary £ 120.00 ability to adapt to changing social and economic conditions and to adapt changing technologies to serve a variety of people with divese interests and need. A compendium of selected research studies conducted Pub Year: 2018 in various Library Schools. The subjects such as professional development, reading habits of women, space planning in libraries, industrial information system, I.T applications in decentralised planning and Book Size: 7”×10” bibliometrics, scientometrics and webometrics studies focussed on various communication media are investigated. A reference book for students, teachers and researchers engaged in library and information Hardback science research.

Library Science

Digital Library Preservation Strategies Nicholas Lawson ISBN Special libraries are facing increasing challenges today. The bigfgest challenge before them is how 978-1-78882-311-1 to demonstrate that they are the best source of specialized information despite reliance on the web for information. Special libraries therefore need to change in terms of their collections, roles, services £ 120.00 and evolve strategies for managing the change. Preservation refers to the set of activities that aims to prolong the life of a record and relevant metadata, or enhance its value, or improve access to it through Pub Year: 2018 non-interventive means. This includes actions taken to influence records creators prior to selection and acquisition. The purpose of preservation is to ensure protection of information of enduring value for Book Size: 7”×10” access by present and future generations. Libraries and archives have served as the central institutional Hardback focus for preservation, and both types of institutions include preservation as one of their core functions. In recent decades, many major libraries and archives have established formal preservation programs for traditional materials which include regular allocation of resources for preservation, preventive measures to arrest deterioration of materials, remedial measures to restore the usability of selected materials, Library Science and the incorporation of preservation needs and requirements into overall program planning. This book attempts to provide all basic aspects of digital library in an authentic but simple style. It describes the revolutionary changes brought out by digital libraries in the entire concept of library organisation, managements and operations. It also discusses the challenges emerging due to the adoption of newer technologies.

www.edtechpress.co.uk 41 Life Sciences

Advanced Chordate Zoology Aubrey Salazar ISBN The origin and evolution of chordates is one of the most mysterious and interesting phenomena in 978-1-78882-126-1 evolutionary development science. Chordates are creatures characterized by possession of a notochord and pharyngeal gill openings. They comprise of three taxa: cephalochordates, urochordates (or £ 135.00 tunicates), and vertebrates. Chordates belong to a supraphyletic gathering of deuterostomes, together with echinoderms and hemichordates, and are thought to have been derived from the regular ancestors Pub Year: 2018 of deuterostomes. Vertebrates evoloved by developing a body design with the greatest complexity among metazoans. Amid the 1980s, a new wave of molecular developmental science revealed that genes Book Size: 7”×10” encoding interpretation factors and flag pathway molecules assume critical roles in the differentiation of Hardback embryonic cells, arrangement of organs and tissues, and morphogenesis for development of metazoan body designs. Presently, another wave of evolutionary developmental science studies revealed that metazoans from cnidarians to vertebrates, despite their diverse morphologies, utilize a very comparable set of interpretation factors and flag pathway molecules for body development: these genes are sometimes Zoology collectively called a genetic toolbox.

Blair Fraser Anatomy and Physiology Bev Lott Anatomy is the study of the structure and relationship between body parts. Physiology is the study ISBN of the function of body parts and the body as a whole. Human anatomy describes the structure of 978-1-78882-280-0 organs, muscles, bones and their function. It has two major parts Microscopic anatomy and Macroscopic £ 120.00 anatomy. The human’s investigation body includes life anatomy and physiology. Living systems can be defined from various perspectives, from the broad (looking at the entire earth) to the minute (individual Pub Year: 2018 atoms). The chemical level, atoms, molecules (combinations of atoms), and the chemical bonds between atoms provide the framework upon which all living activity is based. The cell is the smallest unit of life. Book Size: 7”×10” Organelles within the cell are specialized bodies performing specific cellular functions. Cells themselves may be specialized. Thus, there are nerve cells, bone cells, and muscle cells. An organ system is two Hardback or more organs working together to accomplish a particular task. The digestive system, for example, involves the coordinated activities of many organs, including the mouth, stomach, small and large Zoology intestines, pancreas, and liver. The present book Anatomy and Physiology discusses all the important aspects of anatomy and physiology and its related fields.

Animal Behaviour Jordan Hunt ISBN Animal Behaviour deal with the field of animal behaviour an exploration of the mental experiences of 978-1-78882-128-5 animals, particularly as they behave in their natural environment in the course of their normal lives, and gives us wonderful way of each kind of animal’s uniqueness in terms of emotional signs and hints of £ 135.00 what one animal wants to indicate and to take or to deny through behavioural patterns. Therefore, the book is full of psychological indications on the part of animals. If anyone goes through the book, he may Pub Year: 2018 get delightful ways of animal behaviour. It is an authentic study to know much more about the world of animals. Animal behavior is the bridge between the molecular, physiological and ecological aspects Book Size: 7”×10” of biology. Behavior is the link between organisms and environment and between the nervous system, Hardback and the ecosystem. Behavior is one of the most important properties of animal life and plays a critical role in biological adaptations. Behavior is how we humans define our own lives and is that part of an organism by which it interacts with its environment. Behavior is as much a part of an organisms as its coat, wings etc. The beauty of an animal includes its behavioral attributes. This book provides a broad Zoology overview of the current state of animal behaviour for undergraduate and postgraduate courses in zoology, biology, veterinary science and other allied fields. It provides all the basic concepts and latest information on animal behaviour. As the phenomena of evolution is on run, so all the relevant fields are affected and are ever changing.

Mell Carter Animal Cell Culture Jordan Hunt Cell culture refers to the removal of cells from an animal or plant and their subsequent growth in a ISBN favourable artificial environment. The cells may be removed from the tissue directly and disaggregated 978-1-78882-129-2 by enzymatic or mechanical means before cultivation, or they may be derived from a cell line or cell £ 135.00 strain that has already been established. Stem cells retain the capacity to self renew as well as to produce progeny with a restricted mitotic potential and restricted range of distinct types of differentiated Pub Year: 2018 cell they give rise to. The formation of blood cells, also called haematopoiesis, is the classical example of concept of stem cells. Animal cell and tissue culture is an integral part of biotechnology and this Book Size: 7”×10” book covers all the aspects of animal cell culture. Animal cells are used for making new vaccines, specific animal proteins such as intergerons, blood factors and hormones, monoclonal antibodies for Hardback use as diagnostic and therapeutics, gene probes as diagnostic too, enzymes and last but not the least many new and important compounds. This book contains eleven Chapters, which deal with historic Zoology developments, laboratory design, sterilization procedures and various facets of animal cell culture. This includes preservation, characterizations, storage and transport of cells, their monitoring and technologies for cell banking.

42 www.edtechpress.co.uk Life Sciences

Animal Physiology and Biochemistry Alexis Bradley ISBN Animal Physiology is the essential core text for all those studying physiology or zoology. The advances 978-1-78882-130-8 that have taken place in the field of physiology during the last four to five decades are spectacular. The field of animal physiology extends the tools and methods of human physiology to non-human animal £ 135.00 species. Plant physiology also borrows techniques from both fields. Its scope of subjects is at least as diverse as the tree of life itself. Due to this diversity of subjects, research in animal physiology tends Pub Year: 2018 to concentrate on understanding how physiological traits changed throughout the evolutionary history of animals. Biochemistry, sometimes called biological chemistry, is the study of chemical processes within Book Size: 7”×10” and relating to living organisms. By controlling information flow through biochemical signaling and the flow Hardback of chemical energy through metabolism, biochemical processes give rise to the complexity of life. Over the last decades of the 20th century, biochemistry has become so successful at explaining living processes that now almost all areas of the life sciences from botany to medicine to genetics are engaged in biochemical research. Animal Biochemistry is a sub branch. Biochemistry is the study of the chemical processes of living Zoology organisms and it deals with the function and structure of cellular components such as lipids carbohydrates proteins nucleic acids and other biomolecules. This valuable book illustrates the individual organization as well as the collective interdependence of each complete physiological system. This book provides the rich information resources needed to the students who seek their career in animal health and sciences.

Vance Hunter Applications of Recombinant DNA Technology Franky Strickland Recombinant DNA technology is a technique which changes the phenotype of an organism (host) when ISBN a genetically altered vector is introduced and integrated into the genome of the organism. So, basically 978-1-78882-132-2 the process involves the introduction of a foreign piece of DNA structure into the genome which contains £ 135.00 our gene of interest. This gene which is introduced is the recombinant gene and the technique is called the recombinant DNA technology. Inserting a desired gene into the genome of the host is not as easy Pub Year: 2018 as it sounds. It involves the selection of the desired gene for administration into the host followed by a selection of the perfect vector with which the gene has to be integrated and recombinant DNA formed. Book Size: 7”×10” This recombinant DNA then has to be introduced into the host. And at last it has to be maintained in the host and carried forward to the offsprings. In molecular cloning, a vector is a DNA molecule used as Hardback a vehicle to artificially carry foreign genetic material into another cell, where it can be replicated and/or expressed (e.g.- plasmid, cosmic, Lambda phages). The book will provide comprehensive knowledge on Biotechnology the principles and concepts of recombinant DNA technology or genetic engineering, protein expression of cloned genes, PCR amplification of DNA, RFLP, AFLP and DNA fingerprinting and finally the most recent siRNA technology. It can be used by post-graduate students studying and teachers teaching in the area of Molecular Biology, Biotechnology, Genetics, Microbiology, Life Science, Pharmacy, Agriculture and Basic Medical Sciences.

Applied Biotechnology and Plant Genetics Aiden Deleon Roderick Wiley Plant genetics and biotechnology represent the frontiers of modern agricultural and biological sciences, having given us the green revolution and the oilseeds ‘yellow’ revolution. The new science, this gene ISBN revolution, produced the high-yielding wheat, rice, maize and barley seeds that brought about a 978-1-78882-133-9 revolutionary change in the world’s food supplies, from a state of perennial shortages to abundance and £ 135.00 even surplus. Plant genetics is different from that of animals in a few ways. Like mitochondria, chloroplasts have their own DNA, complicating pedigrees somewhat. Like animals, plants have somatic mutations Pub Year: 2018 regularly, but these mutations can contribute to the germ line with ease, since flowers develop at the ends of branches composed of somatic cells. People have known of this for centuries, and mutant branches are Book Size: 7”×10” called “sports”. If the fruit on the sport is economically desirable, a new cultivar may be obtained. Plant Biotechnology has made tremendous progress in recent years. The roots of plant biotechnology can be Hardback traced back to the time when humans started collecting seeds from their favorite wild plants and began cultivating them in tended fields. It appears that when the plants were harvested, the seeds of the most Biotechnology desirable plants were retained and replanted the next growing season. The present publication aims to provide enough information and examples to give the reader a sound knowledge of plant biotechnology in all its guises. This book explores many vistas of biotechnology, which will be useful for scientists and students to understand the latest techniques and processes of biotechnology and plant genetics.

Taylor Barker Applied Immunology and Biochemistry ISBN Immunology is a fast evolving subject, and attempt has been made in this work to keep it as much up-to- 978-1-78882-134-6 date as possible according to the requirement of the students and researchers in the field. Immunology £ 135.00 is the study of how the body defends itself against disease. It helps us understand how the immune system is tricked into attacking its own tissue, leading to diseases like rheumatoid arthritis, diabetes or Pub Year: 2018 allergy. Immunodeficiency disorders involve malfunction of the immune system, resulting in infections that develop and recur more frequently, are more severe, and last longer than usual. Biochemistry is the Book Size: 7”×10” study of how cells work at molecular level. Biochemistry, and the related field of molecular biology, are important in understanding the molecular basis of life and its role in the disease process. Biochemistry Hardback is the investigation of the molecular basis of life. Throughout the history of this scientific discipline, biochemists have worked to reveal the fundamental chemical and physical principles that underlie living processes, their success is demonstrated in the enormous impact that the biochemical approach has Zoology had on the life sciences. This book reviews the principles of immunology and biochemistry, provides basic concepts of it by extracting the important information on immunology and peasants it in a concise, uncluttered fashion to prepare students for their courses. www.edtechpress.co.uk 43 Life Sciences

Aquatic Invertebrate Cell Culture Wakee McKenzie Blair Parker Popular interest in the observation and study of aquatic invertebrates is increasing. This book meets the needs of this growing audience of naturalists, environmentalists, anglers, teachers, students, and others ISBN by providing substantive information in easy-to-understand, non-technical language for many groups 978-1-78882-136-0 of invertebrates commonly found in the streams, lakes, ponds, and other freshwater environments. An £ 135.00 insight into underwater life, this encyclopedia offers coverage of the fish and aquatic invertebrates that inhabit our rivers, lakes, and oceans. It describes in detail the anatomy, behavior, habitat, breeding, Pub Year: 2018 and conservation status of species: from microscopic, single-celled organisms swept along by water currents to gigantic powerhouses of the deep. Chapter 1 depicts about the Introduction to Aquatic Book Size: 7”×10” Invertebrates. Invertebrate is a blanket term that includes all animals apart from the vertebrate members of the chordate phylum. Invertebrates lack a vertebral column, and some have evolved a shell or a Hardback hard exoskeleton. Chapter 2-12 discuss about various marine invertebrates like Protozoans, Sponge, Hydrostatic Skeleton & Cnidaria, Ctenophora, Platyhelminthes, Rotifer, Kinorhyncha & Priapulida, Zoology Loricifera & Gastrotricha, Nemertea, Mollusca, Annelids and Nematoda. Chapter 2 to 12 tells about the characteristics, classification and lifecycle of above mentioned aquatic invertebrates.

Logan Hurst Bacteriology ISBN Bacteriology is the branch and specialty of biology that studies the morphology, ecology, genetics and 978-1-78882-137-7 biochemistry of bacteria as well as many other aspects related to them. This subdivision of microbiology £ 135.00 involves the identification, classification, and characterization of bacterial species. A person who studies bacteriology is a bacteriologist. Bacteriological study subsequently developed a number of specializations, Pub Year: 2018 among which are agricultural, or soil, bacteriology; clinical diagnostic bacteriology; industrial bacteriology; marine bacteriology; public-health bacteriology; sanitary, or hygienic, bacteriology; and systematic Book Size: 7”×10” bacteriology, which deals with taxonomy. Bacterial cells lack a membrane bound nucleus. Their genetic material is naked within the cytoplasm. Ribosomes are their only type of organelle. The term “nucleoid” refers Hardback to the region of the cytoplasm where chromosomal DNA is located, usually a singular, circular chromosome. Bacteria are usually single-celled, except when they exist in colonies. These ancestral cells reproduce by means of binary fission, duplicating their genetic material and then essentially splitting to form two daughter Zoology cells identical to the parent. A wall located outside the cell membrane provides the cell support, and protection against mechanical stress or damage from osmotic rupture and lysis. The major component of the bacterial cell wall is peptidoglycan or murein. This book is provides an excellent introduction to bacteria. In addition, it brings a first-rate general introduction to the subject for student whose courses include microbiology as a component. These include student of biochemistry, botany, zoology, medicine, pharmacy and agriculture, as well as food science, biotechnology, ecology and environmental science.

Biochemical Engineering Management Callum Simpson ISBN We are all aware of opportunities created by advances in molecular biology. Living cells and their components 978-1-78882-138-4 can be used to produce a large number of useful compounds such as therapeutics and other products. But to obtain significant benefits as a commercial operation, molecular biology needs the support of biochemical £ 135.00 engineering. The vital area of biotechnology that is concerned with practical application of biological agents (whole cell systems and biocatalysts) and the methodologies and processes associated with it on an industrial Pub Year: 2018 scale is biochemical engineering. Biochemical engineering is applicable in different areas of biotechnology such as biochemical reactions, enzyme technology, environmental biotechnology, microbial manipulations, Book Size: 7”×10” bioseparation technology, plant and animal cell cultures, and food technology. It consists of the development Hardback of new process technology, designing bioreactors, developing efficient, and economically feasible extraction and purification procedures (downstream processing). Chapter 1 and 2 discuss about the basic concept of biotechnology and biochemical engineering. Chapter 3 tells about the concept of enzyme kinetics, their evolution and use in biochemical engineering. Chapter 4 and 5 describe immobilized enzyme and industrial Molecular Biology applications of enzymes. Chapter 6 depicts about industrial microbiology. This chapter discuss different concepts about fermentation process, cell products and other modified compounds. Chapter 7 tells about different types of cell cultivations in microbial, animal, and plant. Chapter 8 discuss about the fermentation proce4ss and its control. Chapter 9 and 10 describe cell kinetics and fermenter design and also how the cell grows. Chapter 11 discuss about the bioreactor design. Chapter 12 depicts the downstream processing, centrifugration, sedimentation and other technology. Chapter 13 tells about the sterilization.

Caden Jacobs Biochemistry and Forestry Management Fran Russell Biochemistry deals with the chemistry of life, and as such it draws on the techniques of analytical, ISBN organic, and physical chemistry, as well as those of physiologists concerned with the molecular basis 978-1-78882-140-7 of vital processes. All chemical changes within the organism-either the degradation of substances, £ 135.00 generally to gain necessary energy, or the buildup of complex molecules necessary for life processes- are collectively termed metabolism. The origin of cells was the most important step in the evolutionary Pub Year: 2018 theory of life on Earth. The birth of the cell marked the passage from pre-biotic chemistry to partitioned units resembling modern cells. The final transition to living entities that fulfill all the definitions of modern Book Size: 7”×10” cells depended on the ability to evolve effectively by natural selection. Forest management is a branch of forestry concerned with overall administrative, economic, legal, and social aspects, as well as scientific Hardback and technical aspects, such as silviculture, protection, and forest regulation. This includes management for aesthetics, fish, recreation, urban values, water, wilderness, wildlife, wood products, forest genetic Zoology resources, and other forest resource values. Management can be based on conservation, economics, or a mixture of the two. Techniques include timber extraction, planting and replanting of various species, cutting roads and pathways through forests, and preventing fire.

44 www.edtechpress.co.uk Life Sciences

Biochemistry and Molecular Biology of Plants Danni Gilmore ISBN Membrane structures are spatial structures made out of tensioned membranes. The structural use of 978-1-78882-141-4 membranes can be divided into pneumatic structures, tensile membrane structures, and cable domes. In these three kinds of structure, membranes work together with cables, columns and other construction £ 135.00 members to find a form. Peripheral membrane proteins are found on the outside and inside surfaces of membranes, attached either to integral proteins or to phospholipids. Unlike integral membrane proteins, Pub Year: 2018 peripheral membrane proteins do not stick into the hydrophobic core of the membrane, and they tend to be more loosely attached. Cells are the smallest units of life. They are a closed system, can self- Book Size: 7”×10” replicate, and are the building blocks of our bodies. In order to understand how these tiny organisms Hardback work, we will look at a cell’s internal structures. We will focus on eukaryotic cells, cells that contain a nucleus. Prokaryotic cells, cells that lack a nucleus, are structured differently. The cell membrane is an extremely pliable structure composed primarily of back-to-back phospholipids (a “bilayer”). The book is a meticulously organized and richly illustrated work, useful both for teaching and for reference. It is Zoology intended to serve plant biology and related disciplines, ranging from molecular biology and biotechnology to biochemistry, cell biology, physiology, and ecology. Researchers in the pharmaceutical, biotechnology, and agribusiness industries will find a wealth of information inside.

Blaise Lindsey Biodegradation and Bioremediation ISBN Biodegradation is the break down of organic matter by microbes. Bioremediation is an engineered 978-1-78882-142-1 technique applied by people to clean up organic matter by helping microbes with the biodegradation £ 135.00 process. One way of doing that is to introduce oxygen into the subsurface to help more aerobic microbes grow in order to clean up oil in the soil. The potential toxicity (harmful action) inherent in a substance Pub Year: 2018 is manifest only when that substance comes in contact with that susceptible living biological system. A chemical normally thought of as “harmless” will evoke a toxic response if added to a biological system Book Size: 7”×10” in sufficient amount. The toxic potency of a chemicals is defined by the relationship betweendose (the amount) of the chemical and the response that is produced in a biological system. The toxicity of Hardback industrial wastes is not often managed and it has caused serious damage to earth and water. The most important aspect of environmental biotechnology is the effective management of hazardous and toxic pollutants (xenobiotics) by bioremediation. The environmental clean-up process through bioremediation Zoology can be achieved in two ways—in situ and ex situ bioremediation. The book aims to provide relevant theoretical and practical frameworks and the latest empirical research findings in this area, along with case studies. It is written for students, academicians and industry professionals who want to improve their understanding of the strategic role of biodegradation and bioremediation at different levels of the biodegradation and bioremediation research and knowledge, that is, heavy metal pollution, toxicity, remediation methods and strategies to manage the waste in industries, which are a global concern.

Biotechnology and Genetic Engineering Willy Gibson Clem Koch Biotechnology and Genetic Engineering is an important reference tool for students, teachers, physicians, science and technical writers, and anyone looking for a concise source of current information on this ISBN fast-breaking field. Biotechnology is the study of science which have discussed over many years but 978-1-78882-148-3 on the other hand, Genetic Engineering is the premature and young branch of science which has many £ 135.00 milestones to achieve. Biotechnology deals with a set of biological techniques developed through basic research and now applied to research and product development. It is the means or way of manipulating Pub Year: 2018 life forms (organisms) to provide desirable products for man’s use. For example, beekeeping and cattle breeding could be considered to be biotechnology related endeavors. Basically, Genetic Engineering is Book Size: 7”×10” the modern modification and subspecialty of the branch of science called biotechnology. It deals and concerned with the specific and targeted modifications of the genetic material of bacteria and plants Hardback to stimulate them synthesize or biosynthesize desired products, Genetic Engineering is helping a lot to attain the results which are so much beneficial and helpful to the mankind, either it implies the Biotechnology genetic engineering of plants or animals or to microbes to help and improve the quality and quantity of food sometimes. Production associated with food items as well as drugs continues to be the principle exercise carried out by means of genetic engineering. This book covers all of the fundamental principles of the modern topics and has been presented in a very simple manner for self-study and provides comprehensive coverage of the standard topics.

Harley MacDonald Biotechnology and Plant Biology Donovan Stevens The term biotechnology refers to any technology, process or practice that modifies or harnesses any ISBN living organism or system to be useful to any human purpose. Plant biotechnology is essentially genetic 978-1-78882-151-3 engineering related to botanical science. Botany, branch of biology that deals with the study of plants, £ 135.00 including their structure, properties, and biochemical processes. Also included are plant classification and the study of plant diseases and of interactions with the environment. The principles and findings Pub Year: 2018 of botany have provided the base for such applied sciences as agriculture, horticulture, and forestry. Modern biological systematics integrates a diverse array of disciplines ranging from molecular, cell and Book Size: 7”×10” developmental biology, to ecology and evolutionary biology. Data-gathering techniques include DNA sequencing, protein electrophoresis, electron and light microscopy, controlled growth experiments, and Hardback field studies of ecology and distribution. The present book will be useful for the researchers to update their information on the topics dealt within this book. Book will be also useful to students, teachers, and, Biotechnology researchers in the field of biotechnology and plant biology. This book provides excellent glimpses on the current trends of plant biology. www.edtechpress.co.uk 45 Life Sciences

Cell and Molecular Biology Bailey Mitchell ISBN This book covers the concept and advances in cell biology with an emphasis on molecular paradigm. 978-1-78882-154-4 It introduces better understanding of molecular concepts and their integral role in structure and function of cell as a basic unit of life and also their integrative role of overall organization of organs. £ 135.00 Cell biology is a fascinating branch of biological sciences, providing answers to hitherto unanswered questions. It is the mother science to areas such as molecular biology, molecular genetics, biotechnology, Pub Year: 2018 recombinant DNA technology etc. During the last few decades, the science of cell biology has grown at an unprecedented pace with the consequence that voluminous information has accumulated on the Book Size: 7”×10” subject. Cell and molecular biology is an every dynamic area of life sciences where the core activity of all Hardback biological developments are studied in depth. This comprehensive book provides a concise coverage of every topic in cell and molecular biology from the fundamental aspects to the latest developments in a simple and lively manner. The present book titled Cell and Molecular Biology deals with both gross and molecular structure of cell in all its structural and functional manifestations. There are also chapters on Molecular Biology genetic engineering and immunology as the understanding of these are very vital for comprehending the expressions of cell machinery.

Reece Davis Cellular and Molecular Immunology ISBN Immunology is a branch of biology that covers the study of immune systems in all organisms. Cellular 978-1-78882-155-1 immunology is the study of the cells and molecules of an organism’s immune system. The field involves £ 135.00 studying how those different cells and molecules work together to provide a defense against different types of pathogens. To better understand cellular immunology, researchers study both healthy immune systems Pub Year: 2018 and those that are actively fighting off pathogens, comparing the differences and similarities of how the immune system’s cellular physiology operates. Molecular immunology is a subfield of immunology that Book Size: 7”×10” aims to examine immune processes at a molecular level. The immune system is the bodily system that responds to foreign entities, such as bacteria or other infectious agents in the body. The immune response Hardback that such a foreign entity triggers tends to be highly specific. The body produces antibodies that are specifically designed to target a particular antigen, or foreign body that triggers an immune response, just as a single lock tends to be matched to a single key. The field of molecular immunology exists to examine Immunology this and other aspects of immune response that are controlled at a molecular level. Immunology is a fast evolving subject, and attempt has been made in this work to keep it as much up-to-date as possible according to the requirement of the students and researchers in the field. This book reviews the principles of immunology and provides basic concepts of it by extracting the important information on immunology and peasants it in a concise, uncluttered fashion to prepare students for their courses.

Clinical Biochemistry and Pathology Rene Church ISBN Clinical biochemistry is an analytical and interpretative science. The analytical part involves the 978-1-78882-157-5 determination of the level of chemical components in body fluids and tissues. Clinical chemistry is the area of chemistry that is generally concerned with analysis of bodily fluids for diagnostic and therapeutic £ 135.00 purposes. It is an applied form of biochemistry. The discipline originated in the late 19th century with the use of simple chemical reaction tests for various components of blood and urine. In the many decades Pub Year: 2018 since, other techniques have been applied as science and technology have advanced, including the use and measurement of enzyme activities, spectrophotometry, electrophoresis, and immunoassay. There are now Book Size: 7”×10” many blood tests and clinical urine tests with extensive diagnostic capabilities. Clinical pathology covers Hardback a wide range of laboratory functions and is concerned with the diagnosis, treatment, and prevention of disease. Clinical pathologists are healthcare providers with special training who often direct all of the special divisions of the lab. This may include the blood bank, clinical chemistry and biology, toxicology, hematology, immunology and serology, and microbiology. Clinical pathology also involves maintenance of information Zoology systems, research, and quality control. This book is designed to cover the major techniques and analytical instruments used in clinical biochemistry and clinical pathology.

Andrew Elliott Clinical Immunology Lucca Crosby The book is designed as a text to cover essential aspects of immunology in a style that makes the ISBN subject most exciting and interesting. Emphasis has been to create an understanding of the principles 978-1-78882-158-2 and applications of immunology. Clinical immunology is the study of diseases caused by disorders of the £ 135.00 immune system (failure, aberrant action, and malignant growth of the cellular elements of the system). It also involves diseases of other systems, where immune reactions play a part in the pathology and clinical Pub Year: 2018 features. Immunology pervades the activities of most clinicians. This is scarcely surprising since so much human disease results from the failure to combat infectious agents or from allergic reactions to antigens Book Size: 7”×10” in the form of drugs, chemicals, or simple flora and fauna. The importance of immunological mechanisms in the pathogenesis of disease is reflected in the context of prophylactic immunisation or the therapeutic Hardback manipulation of the immune response. These intellectual and practical considerations have provided the stimulus for establishing the new discipline of clinical immunology.Immunology began as a branch of Immunology microbiology. It was initially understood to be related to infectious diseases alone. The study of infectious disease and the body’s response to them has a major role for the development of immunology and its study. This began with the concept of germ theory. This book is presented in a user-friendly mode, aiming to rally the needs of not only the students and teachers but also professional in the field.

46 www.edtechpress.co.uk Life Sciences

Cytology, Genetics and Molecular Biology Lynn Scott Glen Pierce Cytology refers to a branch of pathology, the medical specialty that deals with making diagnoses of diseases and conditions through the examination of tissue samples from the body. Cytology, more commonly known ISBN as cell biology, studies cell structure, cell composition, and the interaction of cells with other cells and 978-1-78882-161-2 the larger environment in which they exist. The term “cytology” can also refer to Cytopathology, which £ 135.00 analyzes cell structure to diagnose disease. Genetic testing is a type of medical test that identifies changes in chromosomes, genes, or proteins. The results of a genetic test can confirm or rule out a suspected Pub Year: 2018 genetic condition or help determine a person’s chance of developing or passing on a genetic disorder. More than 1,000 genetic tests are currently in use, and more are being developed. Molecular Cytogenetics Book Size: 7”×10” encompasses all aspects of chromosome biology and the application of molecular cytogenetic techniques in all areas of biomedicine, including structural and functional organization of the chromosome and nucleus, Hardback genome variation, expression and evolution, chromosome abnormalities and genomic variations in medical genetics and tumor genetics. Molecular Biology has been written with the view of presenting a coherent, Molecular Biology enlightening work on the topic by means of which experts may approach the subject with an expert reader may approach the subject with an eager constitution. Molecular biology deals with one of the most rapidly progressing areas of biology, it remains critical for students not only to have the most current information available, but also to understand the experimental nature of contemporary research in cell and molecular biology. It is our earnest hope that this book will be of great value to all the students. Billie Wilson Developmental Genetics ISBN Developmental Genetics studies how the genes regulate developmental changes in behavior and influence 978-1-78882-163-6 scientific approaches in several fields. Genetics is the study of heredity. Heredity is a biological process £ 135.00 where a parent passes certain genes onto their children or offspring. Every child inherits genes from both of their biological parents and these genes in turn express specific traits. Some of these traits may be physical Pub Year: 2018 for example hair and eye color and skin color etc. On the other hand some genes may also carry the risk of certain diseases and disorders that may pass on from parents to their offspring. Development is behind Book Size: 7”×10” what one looks like. It is directed by genes, the units of heredity, which are made up of deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) in all animals (including man), plants, microorganisms and most of the viruses except in Hardback some viruses where Ribonucleic Acid (RNA) is the genetic material. Developmental Genetics integrates the two disciplines of development and genetics into one. Differential gene expression from genetically identical nuclei creates different cell types. Differential gene expression can occur at the levels of gene Biology transcription, nuclear RNA processing, mRNA translation, and protein modification. Genes are usually repressed. Activation of a gene often means inhibiting its repressor. This leads to thinking in double and triple negatives: Activation is often the inhibition of the inhibitor; repression is the inhibition of the inhibitor of the inhibitor. Besides useful to the students and teachers of the subject the book will also serve as a reference tool to the researchers in genetics developmental biology regenerative medicine and cell biology. Environmental Biotechnology Roberto Adkins Justice Ross The application of Biotechnology to solve the environmental problems in the environment and in the ecosystems is called Environmental Biotechnology. It is applied and it is used to study the natural ISBN environment. According to the international Society for environmental Biotechnology the environmental 978-1-78882-165-0 Biotechnology is defined as an environment that helps to develop, efficiently use and regulate the biological £ 135.00 systems and prevent the environment from pollution or from contamination of land, air and water have work efficiently to sustain an environment friendly Society. Environmental biotechnology in particular Pub Year: 2018 is the application of processes for the protection and restoration of the quality of the environment. Environmental biotechnology can be used to detect, prevent and remediate the emission of pollutants Book Size: 7”×10” into the environment in a number of ways. Biotechnology stands on the understanding of molecular basis of biological cell functions and the ability of mankind to alter cell functions to make it produce products Hardback required by society. New techniques available with biotechnology holds potentials for developing products and processes in various sectors of agriculture, horticulture, floriculture, forestry, animal husbandry, Biotechnology healthcare, energy generation and environmental protection. This book is useful to the students pursuing advanced and specialized courses, academicians, researchers, scientists, administrators, industrialists, environmental lawyers, rural technologists and the interested people in general. Rowan Austin Enzyme Immobilization ISBN An enzyme is a protein, or protein complex, that catalyses a chemical reaction. Like any catalyst, 978-1-78882-167-4 enzymes work by lowering the activation energy of a reaction, thus allowing the reaction to proceed £ 135.00 to its steady state or completion much faster than it otherwise would; the enzyme remains unaltered by the completed reaction and can therefore continue catalysis. An immobilized enzyme is an enzyme Pub Year: 2018 attached to an inert, insoluble material—such as calcium alginate. This can provide increased resistance to changes in conditions such as pH or temperature. It also lets enzymes be held in place throughout Book Size: 7”×10” the reaction, following which they are easily separated from the products and may be used again—a far more efficient process and so is widely used in industry for enzyme catalysed reactions. An alternative Hardback to enzyme immobilization is whole cell immobilization. Carrier matrices for enzyme immobilisation by adsorption and covalent binding must be chosen with care. The manufacture of high-valued products on a small scale may allow the use of relatively expensive supports and immobilisation techniques whereas Biochemistry these would not be economical in the large-scale production of low added-value materials. A substantial saving in costs occurs where the carrier may be regenerated after the useful lifetime of the immobilised enzyme. This book is simple protocols for the immobilization of enzymes and cells that could be useful for application at industrial scale, novel protocols for immobilization in the future, and new chemical reactors able to overcome the limitations of a number of immobilized derivatives. www.edtechpress.co.uk 47 Life Sciences

Enzyme Kinetics and Regulation Aaren Bennett ISBN We live in the age of science-the human and numerous other living beings’ genomes have been sequenced 978-1-78882-168-1 and we are beginning to understand the capacity of the metabolic machinery responsible for life on our planet. A huge number of new genes have been discovered, a significant number of these coding for £ 135.00 enzymes of yet obscure capacity. Understanding the kinetic behavior of an enzyme provides clues to its possible physiological role. From a biotechnological perspective, knowledge of the reactant properties of Pub Year: 2018 an enzyme is required for the design of immobilized enzyme-based modern processes. Biotransformations are of key importance to the pharmaceutical and sustenance industries, and knowledge of the reactant Book Size: 7”×10” properties of enzymes, essential. This book is tied in with understanding the principles of enzyme kinetics Hardback and knowing how to use mathematical models to describe the reactant capacity of an enzyme. Coverage of the material is in no way, shape or form exhaustive. There exist many books on enzyme kinetics that offer intensive, in-depth treatises of the subject. Intracellular and extracellular physiological cascades are regulated by initiation and hindrance of different enzymes involved in these pathways. Investigating Biochemistry and understanding the mechanism of enzyme hindrance has become the premise of development of pharmaceutical agents. Organically active regular and synthetic inhibitors have been developed and special emphasis has been placed on investigations that define their structure-work relationships in an effort to understand the inception of their natural properties. A powerful complement to the assessment of these agents is the preparation and subsequent examination of key fractional structures, deep-seated auxiliary adjustments and the corresponding unnatural enantiomers of characteristic items. We sincerely hope that this book will represent an element in the tool kit of graduate students in applied science and chemical and biochemical engineering and furthermore of undergraduate students with formal preparing in natural chemistry, biochemistry, thermodynamics and chemical reaction kinetics.

Alex McDonald Essentials of Biochemistry Charlie Bowman This book, ‘Biochemistry’ is special with a concurrent and equivalent accentuation on fundamental ISBN and connected parts of biochemistry. This reading material offers a mix of medicinal and unadulterated 978-1-78882-268-8 sciences, completely written to meet the educational modules prerequisites of college classes in restorative, £ 135.00 dental, drug store, life-sciences and different classifications (horticulture, veterinary, and so on.). This book is intended to create in understudies a managed premium and excitement to learn and build up Pub Year: 2018 the ideas in biochemistry in an intelligent and stepwise way. It joins an assortment of instructive guides, other than shading delineations to enable the understudies to comprehend the subject rapidly and to Book Size: 7”×10” the greatest. It contains the fundamentals (Bioorganic and Biophysical Chemistry, Tools of Biochemistry, Immunology, and Genetics) for novices to learn effortlessly Biochemistry, roots of biochemical words, Hardback confusables in Biochemistry, standards of Practical Biochemistry, and Clinical Biochemistry Laboratory. It gives the latest and fundamental data on Molecular Biology and Biotechnology, Diabetes, Cancer, Free Biochemistry Radicals, Free radicals and Antioxidants, Prostaglandins, and so on.

Essentials of Microbiology Raphael Turner ISBN Essentials of Microbiology is an extensive guide to all aspects of microbiology covering immunology, 978-1-78882-169-8 bacteriology, virology, medical mycology, diagnostic medical microbiology, and many miscellaneous infections. Microbiologist have made significant contributions to basic biological sciences as well as in the £ 135.00 applied areas of public health and medical sciences, agriculture, industry and environmental sciences. The most dramatic current development in applied microbiology is due to development of genetic engineering Pub Year: 2018 and recombinant DNA technology. Life is governed by a relatively small number of molecular reactions that exploit a limited variety of simple concepts. However, their combination has led to an amazing chemical Book Size: 7”×10” diversity which is still beyond the reach of the microbiologists even in the most complex supra-molecular Hardback systems, despite a huge set of synthetic methods. Microbiology is the study of microorganisms, which are microscopic, unicellular, and cell-cluster organisms. This includes eukaryotes such as fungi and protests, and prokaryotes. Viruses and prions, though not strictly classed as living organisms, are also studied. Microbiology typically includes the study of the immune system, or Immunology. This book will be useful to Microbiology researchers, teachers and students of microbiology, botany, zoology and agriculture.

Lee Mercado Exploring Bioinformatics ISBN Exploring Bioinformatics is a concise yet comprehensive textbook of bioinformatics that provides a broad 978-1-78882-172-8 introduction to the entire field. Written specifically for a life science audience, the basics of bioinformatics £ 135.00 are explained, followed by discussions of the state-of-the-art computational tools available to solve biological research problems. All key areas of bioinformatics are covered including biological databases, Pub Year: 2018 sequence alignment, gene and promoter prediction, molecular phylogenetics, structural bioinformatics, genomics, and proteomics. The book emphasizes how computational methods work and compares Book Size: 7”×10” the strengths and weaknesses of different methods. This balanced yet easily accessible text will be invaluable to students who do not have sophisticated computational backgrounds. Technical details Hardback of computational algorithms are explained with a minimum use of mathematical formulas; graphical illustrations are used in their place to aid understanding. The effective synthesis of existing literature as well as in-depth and up-to-date coverage of all key topics in bioinformatics make this an ideal textbook Microbiology for all bioinformatics courses taken by life science students and for researchers wishing to develop their knowledge of bioinformatics to facilitate their own research.

48 www.edtechpress.co.uk Life Sciences

Fermentation Processes Brycen Soto ISBN Fermentation is a metabolic process that consumes sugar in the absence of oxygen. The products are 978-1-78882-174-2 organic acids, gases, or alcohol. It occurs in yeast and bacteria, and also in oxygen-starved muscle cells, as in the case of lactic acid fermentation. The science of fermentation is known as zymology. £ 135.00 Fermentation process by which the living cell is able to obtain energy through the breakdown of glucose and other simple sugar molecules without requiring oxygen. Fermentation is achieved by somewhat Pub Year: 2018 different chemical sequences in different species of organisms. Two closely related paths of fermentation predominate for glucose. When muscle tissue receives sufficient oxygen supply, it fully metabolizes its Book Size: 7”×10” fuel glucose to water and carbon dioxide. Fermentation is a process which does not necessarily have Hardback to be carried out in an anaerobic environment. For example, even in the presence of abundant oxygen, yeast cells greatly prefer fermentation to aerobic respiration, as long as sugars are readily available for consumption (a phenomenon known as the Crabtree effect). The antibiotic activity of hops also inhibits aerobic metabolism in yeast. The aim of the book is to provide an in-depth study of the principles of Microbiology fermentation technology and recent advances and developments in the field of fermentation technology, focusing on industrial applications.

Ray Medina Fermentation Technology ISBN Fermentation is the anaerobic conversion of sugar to carbon dioxide and alcohol by yeast or any group 978-1-78882-175-9 of chemical reactions induced by living or nonliving ferments that split complex organic compounds £ 135.00 into relatively simple substances. In fermentation a chemical change is brought on by the action of microscopic yeast, molds and bacteria. Fermentation is the process involving the biochemical activity of Pub Year: 2018 organisms, during their growth, devel­opment, reproduction, even senescence and death. Fermentation technology is the use of organisms to produce food, pharmaceuticals and alcoholic beverages on a Book Size: 7”×10” large scale industrial basis. The basic principle involved in the industrial fermentation technology is that organisms are grown under suitable conditions, by providing raw materials meeting all the necessary Hardback requirements such as carbon, nitrogen, salts, trace elements and vitamins. The end products formed as a result of their metab­olism during their life span are released into the media, which are extracted for use by human being and that have a high commercial value. The field of Fermentation Technology has Microbiology been the science of many stormy developments in the past decade. The major products of fermentation technology produced econom­ically on a large scale industrial basis are wine, beer, cider, vinegar, ethanol, cheese, hormones, antibiotics, complete proteins, enzymes and other useful products. The aim of the book is to provide an in-depth study of the principles of fermentation technology and recent advances and developments in the field of fermentation technology, focusing on industrial applications.

Freshwater Microbiology Sincere Humphrey ISBN This book explores the diversity, interactions and activities of microbes within freshwater environments. 978-1-78882-186-5 These form an important part of the biosphere, which also includes oceans, terrestrial environments and the earth’s atmosphere. Freshwater environments are considered to include all those sites where £ 135.00 freshwater occurs as the main external medium, either in the liquid or frozen state. Water microorganisms are capable of flourishing in all water habitants, from several kilometers below the seafloor to the first Pub Year: 2018 millimeter of a shallow trench created by rainwater and into acidic lakes. Three major domains compose water microorganisms-Eukaryota, Archaea and Bacteria – as well as viruses. Their omnipresence impacts Book Size: 7”×10” the entire biosphere as they are the main producers of energy and carbon flow to other organisms. Some Hardback of the microbes decompose organic matter and thus they recycle nutrients in complex manner involved in various geochemical cycles as the nitrogen, the phosphorus and the carbon cycle. Water microbiology is concerned with the microorganisms that live in water, or can be transported from one habitat to another by water. Water can support the growth of many types of microorganisms. This can be advantageous. For Microbiology example, the chemical activities of certain strains of yeasts provide us with beer and bread. As well, the growth of some bacteria in contaminated water can help digest the poisons from the water. This book will be useful to researchers, teachers and students of microbiology, botany, zoology and agriculture.

Jo Phillips Fundamentals of Enzymology ISBN Enzymology is a branch of the sciences which is concerned with the study of enzymes. Researchers in 978-1-78882-188-9 this field can apply their knowledge in a number of ways, ranging from developing medications which £ 135.00 are designed to replace enzymes which the body is not producing to developing ways to use enzymes in manufacturing. Enzymes are proteins that catalyze chemical reactions. In enzymatic reactions, the Pub Year: 2018 molecules at the beginning of the process are called substrates and the enzyme converts them into different molecules, called the products. Almost all processes in a biological cell need enzymes to occur Book Size: 7”×10” at significant rates. It provides a very practical and industrially-oriented account of the use of enzymes in industrial processes, applications of enzymes for biosensors and diagnostics, animal feeds, baking, Hardback brewing, cheese, protein hydrolysis, detergent, effluent treatment, flavours, fruit processing and many more.

Enzymology www.edtechpress.co.uk 49 Life Sciences

Fundamentals of Genetics Leslie Vega Bret White Genetics is the study of genes-what they are, what they do, and how they work. Genes inside the nucleus of ISBN a cell are strung together in such a way that the sequence carries information: that information determines 978-1-78882-189-6 how living organisms inherit various features. For example, offspring produced by sexual reproduction £ 135.00 usually look similar to each of their parents because they have inherited some of each of their parents’ genes. Genetics identifies which features are inherited, and explains how these features pass from generation Pub Year: 2018 to generation. The fundamentals of genetics has been designed with the objective of providing a sound understanding of the fundamentals and basic principles of genetics. An attempt has been made to present Book Size: 7”×10” the subject matter as simple, concise, and explicit. Elements of genetics is intended to meet the needs of the shorter more applied course in introductory genetics. The aim of this text is to focus on the basics of genetics Hardback and presents those fundamentals as clearly and concisely as possible. In addition to inheritance, genetics studies how genes are turned on and off to control what substances are made in a cell-gene expression; and how a cell divides-mitosis or meiosis. Another example is a person’s height: it is determined by both Genetics genetics and nutrition. This unique presentation on basic of applied genetics is of immense use to teachers, students, researches and general readers.

Zaid Hays Fungal Ecology, Diversity and Metabolites Danny Watson Mycology is a frontier area of research in life sciences. Fungi represent one of the three major evolutionary ISBN segments along with plants and animals. Fungal multidimensional features with basic and applied value 978-1-78882-190-2 projected their potential beyond routine systematics, diversity and environmental studies. In view of £ 135.00 tremendous developments in the field of Mycology, the present treatise emphasizes various aspects of contemporary issues in mycology. It comprises 22 chapters with emphasis on the fungal ecology, Pub Year: 2018 diversity and metabolites. The topics treated include aquatic ecology, diversity and phylogeny, mutualism and interactions, potential metabolites, pathology and toxins, fungal infections and prevention, cell Book Size: 7”×10” permeabilization and advances in monocarboxylate transporters in yeasts with an emphasis on cancer therapy. This volume is of special interest to mycologists as a valuable source of information on the Hardback frontier areas of mycology dealing with diversity, ecological amplitudes, methods of assessment, novel metabolites and bioprospecting avenues. Botany

Fungi, Bacteria and Viruses Christopher Powell ISBN This book blends information on classical fundamental aspects with recent development in fungal, 978-1-78882-192-6 bacterial, and, viral systematics. The textbook of fungi presents information on the morphology, life cycle and their economic uses in human life. Special attempt has been made on the biological activities £ 135.00 of the microbial products. They produce several types of drugs including antibiotics, drugs that reduce high blood pressure. Because viruses, bacteria, and fungi cause many well-known diseases, it is Pub Year: 2018 common to confuse them, but they are as different as a mouse and an elephant. A look at the size, structure, reproduction, hosts, and diseases caused by each will shed some light on the important Book Size: 7”×10” differences between these germs. As bacterial antibiotic resistance continues to exhaust our supply Hardback of effective antibiotics, a global public health disaster appears likely. Poor financial investment in antibiotic research has exacerbated the situation. A call to arms raised by several prestigious scientific organisations a few years ago rallied the scientific community, and not the scope of antibacterial research has broadened considerably. These are very tiny, simple organisms. In fact, they are so tiny Botany that they can only be seen with a special, very powerful microscope called an “electron microscope,” and they are so simple that they are technically not even considered “alive.” The book describes fungi, bacteria and viruses in light of recent information.

Lesley Tillman Gene Cloning ISBN Gene cloning is the act of making copies, or clones, of a single gene. Once a gene is identified, clones 978-1-78882-193-3 can be used in many areas of biomedical and industrial research. Genetic engineering is the process of £ 135.00 cloning genes into new organisms ​or altering the DNA sequence to change the protein product. Genetic engineering depends on our ability to perform the following essential procedures. Molecular cloning Pub Year: 2018 takes advantage of the fact that the chemical structure of DNA is fundamentally the same in all living organisms. The available information on gene cloning and transgenic development in horticulture crops Book Size: 7”×10” has been compiled and it is hoped that this would be very useful to students and researchers in the field of biotechnology of horticul ture crops. Therefore, if any segment of DNA from any organism is Hardback inserted into a DNA segment conta ining the molecular sequences required for DNA replication, and the resulting recombinant DNA is introduced into the organism from which the replication sequences were obtained, then the foreign DNA will be replicated along with the host cell’s DNA in the transgenic Biology organism. The book has been designed for students, research scholars and teachers involved in the fields of microbiology, molecular biology, genetics, life sciences and biotechnology.

50 www.edtechpress.co.uk Life Sciences

Gene Control Joseph Wright ISBN Gene control is a basic procedure in the advancement and upkeep of a solid body, and in that capacity, 978-1-78882-194-0 is a focal concentration in both fundamental science and medicinal research. The Gene Control has incorporate critical advances in the parts of the epigenome and administrative RNAs in gene direction. £ 135.00 The book comprises of sets of parts that clarify the instruments included and how they direct gene articulation, and particular natural procedures (counting sicknesses) and how they are controlled by Pub Year: 2018 genes. Scope of philosophy has been fortified by the consideration more clarification and charts. The huge modification and refreshing will permit Gene Control to keep on being of significant worthto Book Size: 7”×10” understudies, researchers and clinicians intrigued by the point of gene control. This book contains Hardback progressive portrayal of gene control in eukaryotes, refining the tremendous and complex essential writing into a compact outline. A comprehension of how genes are controlled in people and higher eukaryotes is basic for the comprehension of typical improvement and sickness. Biology

Logan Aguilar Genes, Genomes, Genetics and Chromosomes ISBN A genome is an organism’s complete set of DNA, including all of its genes. Each genome contains all of 978-1-78882-195-7 the information needed to build and maintain that organism. In humans, a copy of the entire genome- £ 135.00 more than three billion DNA base pairs-is contained in all cells that have a nucleus. Developmental Genetics studies how the genes regulate developmental changes in behavior and influence scientific Pub Year: 2018 approaches in several fields. It highlights the interdisciplinary approach of developmental genetics with new revolutionary technologies and details how these advances have accelerated our understanding Book Size: 7”×10” of the molecular genetic processes that regulates development. Chromosomes come in matching sets of two (or pairs) and there are hundreds-sometimes thousands-of genes in just one chromosome. The Hardback chromosomes and genes are made of DNA, which is short for deoxyribonucleic. Genes, Genomes, and Genomics, with chapters written by internationally renowned experts, provide an enormous reservoir of new information in the various theoretical and applied aspects of unravelling the secrets hidden in Biology the genes of plants, animals and microorganisms. A gene is the basic physical and functional unit of heredity. Genes, which are made up of DNA, act as instructions to make molecules called proteins. In humans, genes vary in size from a few hundred DNA bases to more than two million bases. Moreover, the book presents a thorough overview of a wide array of methodologies from classical genetics to modern genomics technologies.

Genetics and Biotechnology Lynn Cook ISBN Genetics is the study of heredity and how it affects plants and animals, while biotechnology is the 978-1-78882-198-8 application of modern DNA marker, isolation, and transfer technologies toward improving plant and animal agricultural productivity, environmental remediation, and the treatment of disease. Genetics and £ 135.00 Biotechnology are relatively new fields of study and use biotechniques to genetically improve economically important plants and animals. This field holds tremendous promise for meeting the food and fiber needs Pub Year: 2018 of the developing world. Students are prepared for immediate employment or for graduate study in plant and animal biotechnology, molecular biology, genetics, or the health professions. Genetic manipulation of Book Size: 7”×10” whole organisms has been happening naturally by sexual reproduction since the beginning of time. The Hardback evolutionary progress of almost all living creatures has involved active interaction between their genomes and the environment. Active control of sexual reproduction has been practiced in agriculture for decades – even centuries. In more recent times it has been used with several industrial microorganisms. It involves selection, mutation, sexual crosses, hybridisation, etc. Biotechnology has so far been considered as an Biotechnology interplay between two components, one of which is the selection of the best biocatalyst for a particular process, while the other is the construction and operation of the best environment for the catalyst to achieve optimum operation. The overall objective of this book is to provide a professional level reference work with comprehensive coverage of the molecular basis of life and the application of that knowledge in genetics, evolution, medicine, and agriculture.

Tomas Cannon Genetics and Genetic Engineering ISBN Genetics is the study of heredity and how it affects plants and animals, while biotechnology is the 978-1-78882-200-8 application of modern DNA marker, isolation, and transfer technologies toward improving plant and £ 135.00 animal agricultural productivity, environmental remediation, and the treatment of disease. Genetics and Biotechnology are relatively new fields of study and use biotechniques to genetically improve economically Pub Year: 2018 important plants and animals. This field holds tremendous promise for meeting the food and fiber needs of the developing world. Students are prepared for immediate employment or for graduate study in plant Book Size: 7”×10” and animal biotechnology, molecular biology, genetics, or the health professions. Genetic manipulation of whole organisms has been happening naturally by sexual reproduction since the beginning of time. The Hardback evolutionary progress of almost all living creatures has involved active interaction between their genomes and the environment. Active control of sexual reproduction has been practiced in agriculture for decades – even centuries. In more recent times it has been used with several industrial microorganisms. It Genetics involves selection, mutation, sexual crosses, hybridisation, etc. Biotechnology has so far been considered as an interplay between two components, one of which is the selection of the best biocatalyst for a particular process, while the other is the construction and operation of the best environment for the catalyst to achieve optimum operation. The overall objective of this book is to provide a professional level reference work with comprehensive coverage of the molecular basis of life and the application of that knowledge in genetics, evolution, medicine, and agriculture. www.edtechpress.co.uk 51 Life Sciences

Genetics and Physiology of Microbes Kobe Donaldson ISBN Metabolic patterns of living organisms are based on the underlying genetic machinery. The variety of 978-1-78882-201-5 physiological processes in living organisms both micro and macro has been built on the plasticity and adaptability of their genome. Hereditary and physiology of microbes primarily deals with the varying £ 135.00 mechanisms of metabolic processes and an equally varying array of genetic patterns. This book holds the intelligent, simple to-take after association of the past versions. A prologue to cell structure and Pub Year: 2018 amalgamation of cell parts is given, trailed by itemized dialogs of genetics, digestion, development, and control for anybody wishing to comprehend the instruments hidden cell survival and development. Book Size: 7”×10” This far reaching reference approaches the subject from an advanced atomic hereditary point of view, Hardback consolidating new bits of knowledge picked up from different genome ventures. Microbial genetics, be that as it may, manages their structure, association, transmission and capacity of qualities, and the starting point of variety in them with reference to microorganisms. These two branches of microbiology are very investigated amid the current past and are, truth be told, the focal creed of natural sciences. Genetics

Jamie Benton Human Molecular Genetics Lesley Tillman Molecular Genetics is one of the fast moving fields of science that has undergone a variable revolution over ISBN the last two decades leading to major advances in the understanding of gene structure and function at 978-1-78882-206-0 molecular level. Human Molecular Genetics is the study of the molecular basis of human genetic disease, £ 135.00 developmental genetics, neurogenetics, chromosome structure and function, molecular aspects of cancer genetics, gene therapy, biochemical genetics, major advances in gene mapping and understanding of Pub Year: 2018 genome organization. Genetics is the study of how genes bring about characteristics, or traits, in living things and how those characteristics are inherited. Genes are portions of DNA molecules that determine Book Size: 7”×10” characteristics of living things. Through the processes of meiosis and reproduction, genes are transmitted from one generation to the next. Heredity is a biological process where a parent passes certain genes Hardback onto their children or offspring. Genetics uses information from one or two genes to explain a disease or condition, whereas genomics examines all of the genetic information to determine biological markers Genetics predisposing an individual to disease. Genes are the best understood subsequence of DNA code. Most genes clearly encode the data sequence representing a particular protein. However, all of the genes together are only a small part of DNA code. The 30,000 odd genes in human DNA might only make up 4% of human DNA. This book presents a view in depth of the principal aspects of life science. Each chapter treats a discrete topic within the scope of biology and each is designed for students who are exposed to the topics for the first time. Since considerable ferment exists in the biological sciences today, it is increasingly important to keep pace with current developments.

Immunology : Essential and Fundamental Cayson McCarty ISBN This book portrays substances of the versatile insusceptible reaction, particles of versatile safe 978-1-78882-207-7 acknowledgment, the lymphocytes, humoral resistance, the genetics components of invulnerable assorted variety, safe resilience, and disappointments of the safeguard capacities. Essentials of Immunology, £ 135.00 presenting the microbial world and the techniques the body utilizes to guard itself. Each chapter then guides the reader through a different part of the immune system, and explains the role of each cell or Pub Year: 2018 molecule individually, and then as a whole. Applied Immunology, talks about what happens when things turn out badly, and the part the invulnerable framework plays close by the harming impacts of a sickness, Book Size: 7”×10” including disease, immunodeficiency, hypersensitivities and transplantation and the valuable impacts of Hardback immunizations. Immunology gives the new biomedical researcher a knowledge into the capacity of the invulnerable framework, the bleeding edge of safeguard against neurotic malady, and the demonstrative strategies used to distinguish related breakdowns and scatters. By inspecting the key immunological standards and logical premise of research facility procedures with an attention on the biomedical Immunology researcher’s part in the indicative lab, the reader is furnished with everything expected to get ready for a master capability in immunology.

Marqués Starks Immunology and Animal Biotechnology ISBN Biotechnology as any technique that used living organisms to make or modify a product, to improve plants 978-1-78882-208-4 or animals or to develop microorganisms for specific uses. Biotechnology as any technique that used £ 135.00 living organisms to make or modify a product, to improve plants or animals or to develop microorganisms for specific uses. Animal biotechnology in use today is based on the science of genetic engineering. Under Pub Year: 2018 the umbrella of genetic engineering exist other technologies, such as transgenics and cloning, that also are used in animal biotechnology. Immunology is the study of the immune system and is a very important Book Size: 7”×10” branch of the medical and biological sciences. The immune system protects us from infection through various lines of defence. If the immune system is not functioning as it should, it can result in disease, Hardback such as autoimmunity, allergy and cancer. Immunity is a biological term that describes a state of having sufficient biological defences to avoid infection, disease, or other unwanted biological invasion. Immunity involves both specific and non-specific components. The non-specific components act either as barriers Zoology or as eliminators of wide range of pathogens irrespective of antigenic specificity. Other components of the immune system adapt themselves to each new disease encountered and are able to generate pathogen- specific immunity. This book sums up information about Animal Biotechnology and is a valuable tool for students as well as teachers. The aim of this book is to provide the readers materials on the subject in a lucid and readable form so as to enable the research scholars, scientists, zoologist and even the common men to understand the subject properly.

52 www.edtechpress.co.uk Life Sciences

Immunology and Medical Zoology Lucca Crosby Andrew Elliott Immunology and medical zoology presents current advancements and also thorough surveys in immunology. Articles address the extensive variety of points that contain immunology, including atomic ISBN and cell enactment components, phylogeny and sub-atomic development, and clinical modalities. 978-1-78882-209-1 Immunology is the investigation of the body’s security from outside macromolecules or attacking life £ 135.00 forms and the reactions to them. These trespassers incorporate infections, microorganisms, protozoa or significantly bigger parasites. What’s more, immune reactions are produced against our own proteins (and Pub Year: 2018 different atoms) in autoimmunity and against our own particular distorted cells in tumor insusceptibility. The principal line of protection against outside creatures are hindrance tissues, for example, the skin that Book Size: 7”×10” stop the passage of living being into our bodies. A moment line of resistance is the particular or versatile immune framework which may take days to react to an essential attack (that is contamination by a life Hardback form that has not up to this point been seen). This new book unites new research from around the world managing this critical subject. Immunology, with its premise in microbiology, is a critical segment of the Zoology essential sciences educational modules and has solid relationship with fields, for example, sensitivity, immunochemistry, immunopharmacology and transplantation.

Leigh Barnes Immunology and Microbiology ISBN Immunology is the study of our protection from foreign macromolecules or invading organisms and our 978-1-78882-210-7 responses to them. These invaders include viruses, bacteria, protozoa or even larger parasites. In addition, £ 135.00 we develop immune responses against our own proteins in autoimmunity and against our own aberrant cells in tumor immunity. The body is defended by innate immune responses, but these will only work to Pub Year: 2018 control pathogens that have certain molecular patterns or that induce interferons and other secreted yet non-specific defenses. They do not allow memory to form as they operate by receptors that are coded in Book Size: 7”×10” the genome. Microbiology is the study of microorganisms that is the organisms which are of microscopic dimensions. These organisms are too small to be clearly perceived by the unaided human eye. If an Hardback object has a diameter of less than 0.1 mm, the eye can not perceive it at all and very little detail can be perceived in an object with a diameter of 1 mm. Microorganisms benefit society by cycling inorganic and organic matter into molecules needed for life and detoxifying discarded wastes. Historically, they have Zoology served as microscopic factories for the production of cheeses, alcohol and antibiotics. Microorganisms have also been engineered to produce a wide variety of products for our benefit through the emergence of biotechnology. Microorganisms have, however, also inflicted great distress to human, animal and plant populations through disease, spoilage of crops, foods and the fouling and degradation of man-made structures. The main aim of this book is to understand and interpret the major current topics in the field of immunology and microbiology.

Immunology of Animal Reproduction Blake Wilson ISBN The book is expected to include in the investigation of microbiology, immunology, and creature generation 978-1-78882-211-4 as a prologue to more broad examinations. An outline of immunology is given in the book to allude instantly any fundamental data required, for additionally comprehension of the subject managed in this £ 135.00 book. The book is secured may give the basic part to the fundamental comprehension of the conceptive immunology in creatures. It is intended to supplement, yet not to contend with the few books accessible Pub Year: 2018 as to multiplication. Immunological Aspects of Reproduction in creatures contains abundance of data on the field of conceptive immunology and show exactly how complex this field is and what number of Book Size: 7”×10” inquiries still stay to be replied. Inoculation of a few animal groups with either the hypothalamic hormone Hardback LH-RH, pituitary gonadotrophins, or ovarian steroids; and concentrates guided towards endeavors to improve creature generation by either dynamic or inactive vaccination of female ranch creatures against steroid hormones. Zoology

Angel Sherman Medical Parasitology ISBN Medical Parasitology is essentially proposed to be a represented course reading which gives an audit 978-1-78882-217-6 of the most critical types of parasite which happen in man; their zones of dissemination, morphology £ 135.00 and advancement, the run of the mill sickness side effects coming about because of contamination, the study of disease transmission and furthermore techniques for location and signs for treatment. The Pub Year: 2018 primary accentuation is on the protozoan and rudder in thic illnesses; medical entomology has just been canvassed regarding the study of disease transmission of the ailments depicted here. Parasites Book Size: 7”×10” some of the time happen solely in man (anthropoparasites) and now and again additionally in creatures (anthropozoonotic parasites). The monoxenous species finish their improvement in manorin one creature Hardback alone. Heteroxenous species, which incorporate the majority of the medically vital parasites, grow halfway in man and somewhat in creatures over the span of their life cycle. They may even be compelled to taint diverse species with the goal that they can proceed with their improvement. This may here and Parasitology there be related with a digenesis, the larval advancement occurring in one moderate or in two diverse middle of the road has, and the sexually develop arrange creating in another host, the alleged conclusive host. The significance of the middle of the road hosts can change extensively. It is subsequently basic that doctors, microbiologists, and researchers know about the finding of these parasitic sicknesses. www.edtechpress.co.uk 53 Life Sciences

Marine Biology: An Ecological Approach Ryan Thomas ISBN Marine Biology: An Ecological Approach emphasizes the ecological principles that guide marine life 978-1-78882-215-2 throughout all environments within the world’s oceans. It provide a unique ecological approach that helps students understand the real-world relevance of marine biology by exploring how organisms £ 135.00 interact within their individual ecosystems. The text is organized by habitat, not classification, with each habitat receiving detailed, in-depth coverage that draws students into the subject matter. These Pub Year: 2018 include new coverage of the intertidal zone, salt marshes and estuaries, and tropical communities, as well as a revised discussion of humans’ impact on the sea. Marine Biology emphasizes the ecological Book Size: 7”×10” principles governing marine life throughout all environments within the world’s oceans. This unique Hardback ecological approach adds real-world relevance by exploring how organisms interact within their individual ecosystems. The text is organized by habitat, each receiving detailed, in-depth coverage which gives instructors flexibility to focus on their particular areas of interest. Marine Biology: An Ecosystem Approach explores the potential use of bivalves as indicators and monitors of ecosystem Biology health and describes experiments from the perspective of computer simulations, mesocosm studies, and field manipulation experiments.

Wyees Singleton Invertebrate Reproduction and Development ISBN Understanding where and how invertebrates live, reproduce, and develop continues to be a growing 978-1-78882-214-5 fascination to those in scientific, economic, environmental, and health-related fields. The Invertebrate £ 135.00 Reproduction and Development fills the need for an updated reference that outlines essential information concerning all of the generally recognized phyla. It provides readers with an overview of the major Pub Year: 2018 reproductive and developmental strategies employed throughout the animal kingdom. Invertebrate Reproduction and Development, covers the reproductive and developmental biology of invertebrates Book Size: 7”×10” in a manner that is straightforward and comprehensible. Researchers and instructors in the fields of morphology, developmental biology, and invertebrate biology will all be reminded of how the study of Hardback invertebrates has led the way in attempting to understand the mechanisms by which life is defined and propagated. After a brief historical overview that identifies the conceptual underpinnings of invertebrate zoology and embryology, the book discuss oogenesis, spermatogenesis, fertilization, and embryonic Zoology development. Besides this book also depicts about phylogenetically to encompass annelids, priapulans, molluscs, bryozoans, and echinoderms-covers larval morphology and evolution.

Microbial Physiology Genetics and Ecology Glen Pierce Lynn Scott Microbial Physiology retains the logical, easy-to-follow organization of the previous editions. An introduction to cell structure and synthesis of cell components is provided, followed by detailed discussions of genetics, ISBN metabolism, growth, and regulation for anyone wishing to understand the mechanisms underlying cell 978-1-78882-224-4 survival and growth. This comprehensive reference approaches the subject from a modern molecular £ 135.00 genetic perspective, incorporating new insights gained from various genome projects. The major objective of this book is to identify and focus attention on those methods and concepts that contribute to an Pub Year: 2018 understanding of organismal or genetic persistence. In addition, information about microbial physiology, genetics and ecology contributing to persistence of microorganisms or the measurement of persistence Book Size: 7”×10” will be discussed. Consequently, there is a great need for more baseline information concerning the ecology of microbes in the natural environment. In determining the underlying risks associated with the Hardback release of genetically engineered microorganisms, both the target of risk and the critical exposure level must be identified. Microbiology

Sidney Navarro Molecular Biology : Gene to Proteins ISBN This book of Molecular Biology: Genes to Proteins is a multipurpose course book that accentuates 978-1-78882-230-5 on essential sub-atomic procedures, (for example, the combination of DNA, RNA, and protein) and £ 135.00 hereditary wonders in both prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells. At whatever point conceivable the book utilizes a revelation approach so understudies find out about the test confirm significant to the ideas Pub Year: 2018 examined. This instructive approach gives authentic and exploratory foundation data that allows the peruser to perceive how atomic scholars look at pieces of information and build up the speculations Book Size: 7”×10” that eventually prompt new advances in the field. Procedures created by sub-atomic researcher help to recognize bacterial and viral contaminations, deliver new medications and hormones, ponder the Hardback adequacy of a chemotherapeutic specialist used to treat a harmful infection, decide if an individual has an intrinsic mistake of digestion, and configuration medications to regard maladies, for example, AIDS. Albeit starting endeavors to cure inalienable mistakes of digestion by hereditary building have been Biology generally unsuccessful, and without a doubt some have demonstrated hazardous to the subject, the up and coming age of atomic researcher likely will illuminate this and a large group of other wellbeing related issues.

54 www.edtechpress.co.uk Life Sciences

Molecular Biology and Biotechnology Raylee Albert Sidney Navarro This book is divided into 11 chapters to facilitate a logical progression of material and to enable straightforward access to topics by providing the appropriate background and theoretical support. Chapter ISBN 1 introduces the concept of molecular biology. It also tells about the concept of cell and human genome 978-1-78882-229-9 project. Chapter 2 discuss about the basics of biotechnology. It is the controlled use of biological agents, £ 135.00 such as microorganisms or cellular components. This chapter describes the Biotechnological Applications in Medicine. Chapter 3 Basic Molecular Biology Techniques like Enzymes Used in Molecular Biology, Pub Year: 2018 Isolation and Separation of Nucleic Acids, Restriction Mapping of DNA Fragments and so on. Chapter 4 depicts about Molecular Cloning and Protein Expression. Chapter 5 highlights about the Molecular Book Size: 7”×10” Microbial Diagnostics. Chapter 6 deals with the fields like Genes and Genomes. Genomics and genetics pervade all areas of basic biology, biotechnology and medicine, where in many cases there are clear-cut Hardback and immediate benefits such as the diagnosis of genetic disease. Chapter 7 tells about the Biotechnology and Molecular Biology of Yeast. Chapter 8 describe the mechanisms of DNA replication, recombination, Biology and translocation. It also introduces the basic mechanisms of DNA replication and repair, and some of the proteins (including the DNA polymerases) involved in replication. Chapter 9 introduces Immunochemical techniques that are necessary for the immune system. Chapter 10 states the use of biosensors. And the last chapter discuss the use of biofuel and biotechnology. The association of the book is concocted to encourage viable learning encounters The book is organized in a manner to cater to the needs of students, researchers, managerial organizations, and readers at large. It is hoped that this book will help our readers to understand the basic concept of molecular biology and the biotechnology.

Blair Parker Origin and Evolution of Vertebrates Wakee McKenzie The relative way to deal with immunology can be followed to the time of Pasteur and Metchnikov in ISBN which perceptions in regards to outside acknowledgment in spineless creatures was a factor in the 978-1-78882-235-0 advancement of the primary ideas that made the establishment of what now is the expansive field of £ 135.00 immunology. With each major exploratory and theoretical achievement, the traditional, yet fundamental, question has been solicited “are the resistant frameworks from phylogenetically primitive vertebrates and Pub Year: 2018 spineless creatures like that of warm blooded animals?” Somewhat shockingly for the jawed vertebrates, the general answer has been a qualified type of “yes”, though for agnathans and invertebrate phyla it has Book Size: 7”×10” been “no” up until this point. The obvious suddenness in the presence of the insusceptible arrangement of vertebrates is connected to the presentation of the substantial age of the decent variety of its antigen Hardback particular receptors. Consequently the inquiries with respect to the beginning and development of the particular insusceptible framework rotate around this wonder. As for the birthplace of the framework Zoology (beside the origin of the revising hardware itself, the investigation of which is still in its outset) one can make inquiries about the cell and atomic settings in which the instrument was presented.

Parasitic Microbiology DeShea Battle ISBN Microbiologists are being tested as foodborne flare-ups are progressively being watched around the 978-1-78882-238-1 world. The vast majority of these flare-ups are related with viral and bacterial pathogens, for example, Campylobacter, Salmonella, and recently Escherichia coli O157:H7, which rose in the 1990s. In spite £ 135.00 of the fact that parasites have been developing with Man since artifact, the control and annihilation of these illnesses are still a long way from being accomplished. They are all the more much of the time Pub Year: 2018 being accounted for in the writing as causative operators of nourishment and waterborne sicknesses. Foodborne Parasites analyzes the two noteworthy parasite bunches that are transmitted by means of Book Size: 7”×10” water or nourishments: the protozoa, which are single celled living beings, and the helminths. The Hardback helminths are ordered in three sub gatherings: cestodes (tapeworms), nematodes (round worms), and trematodes (flukes). To better comprehend their noteworthiness, every section covers the science, systems of pathogenesis, the study of disease transmission, treatment, and inactivation of these parasites. This critical new content is vital to a superior comprehension of the science and control of parasitic Microbiology contaminations important to diminish and kill future flare-ups in the U.S. furthermore, somewhere else.

Jaime Hill Plant Biotechnology : Experiments and Techniques ISBN Biotechnology, is the manipulation of biological organisms to make products that benefit human beings. 978-1-78882-170-4 Biotechnology contributes to such diverse areas as food production, waste disposal, mining and medicine. £ 135.00 Plant biotechnology may be defined as the art, science and application of knowledge obtained from the study of life sciences to create technological improvements and change the genetics of plants in order Pub Year: 2018 to produce desired characteristics in plant species. This can be accomplished through many different techniques ranging from simply selecting plants with desirable characteristics for propagation, to more Book Size: 7”×10” complex molecular techniques. Genetic engineering deals with synthesis of artificial gene, repair of gene, combining of DNA from two organism and manipulating the artificial gene together with the recombinant Hardback DNA for the improvement of microbes in plants as well as other living being. Genetic engineering opens a totally new dimension for bioprospecting. The search for new genes and their application is the primary objective of the biotech industry. Gene technology now enable humans to integrate revolutionary new Botany properties in to cultivated plants through inter-specific or inter-generic gene transfer which was not possible through classical approach of crop improvement. This book covers all important aspects of practical utility in field of genetic manipulation by different areas of Plant Biotechnology echniques.T www.edtechpress.co.uk 55 Life Sciences

Plant Virology Charlie Bowman ISBN Fundamentals of Plant Virology is an early on understudy content covering all of present day plant 978-1-78882-247-3 virology. A chronicled and future diagram finishes up the content. Fundamentals of Plant Virology is a deliberately outlined instructional arrangement for a plant virology course. It is likewise a priceless asset £ 135.00 for understudies of plant pathology and plant sub-atomic science. Pub Year: 2018 • Summarizes information on all parts of plant virology • Condenses all fundamental material from Plant Virology Book Size: 7”×10” • Compares essential properties of cells and infections • Outlines standards of quality control innovation Hardback • Discusses serological strategies including monoclonal antibodies This book is proposed to give data in plant pathology, plant virology, general virology, and microbiolgy, and for educators and research specialists in these fields. It ought to likewise demonstrate helpful to a few people in related controls—sub-atomic scholars, natural chemists, plant physiologists, wand Botany entomologists.

Rudy Willis Principles of Systematic Zoology ISBN Systematics has had an astounding renaissance during the last age. The purposes behind this are 978-1-78882-253-4 assorted. Taxonomist assumed a main part in the new union of developmental hypothesis, and they, £ 135.00 have shown that the investigation of natural assorted variety, the principle worry of systematics is a noteworthy vital branch of science. Precise has additionally been critical in starting the whole field Pub Year: 2018 of populace science, including populace genetics. It likewise includes new terms from life structures and physiology, biomechanics, neurophysiology, immunology, and transformative advancement. Detailed Book Size: 7”×10” reference sections incorporate a rundown of imperiled creatures, the widespread hereditary code, the geologic time scale, SI units, and an ordered characterization conspire in light of the three-area ordered Hardback framework. Colossal, legitimate, and with language free definitions, this word reference is a key reference apparatus for understudies and instructors of zoology, organic sciences, and biomedical sciences, and a profitable asset for naturalists and anybody with an enthusiasm for creatures. Zoology

Recombinant DNA and Biotechnology Clem Koch Harley MacDonald Recombinant DNA and Biotechnology is intended to intrigue a global showing group of onlookers and will empower all educators to instruct a sensible measure of atomic science and hereditary designing to ISBN understudies. It is essentially the Insertion of a specific fragment of foreign DNA into a Cell, through a 978-1-78882-254-1 suitable vector, in such a way that inserted DNA replicates independently and transferred to Progenies as a £ 135.00 result of Cell Division. The Transformed Cells containing DNA after their characterization and confirmation can be used commercially for the production of useful compounds such as Insulin, Interferon, Growth Pub Year: 2018 Hormones, Etc. Recombinant DNA and Biotechnology: A Guide for all will empower to learn course on the fundamental standards, basic lab exercises, and significant social issues and concerns orderly to Book Size: 7”×10” today’s sub-atomic science insurgency. Hardback

Biotechnology

Kiran Bradley Reproduction in Bacteria Jess Bush Bacteria frame a fundamental branch of life. They are the most established types of life as we probably ISBN are aware it, and they are as yet the most productive living life forms. They possess all aspects of the 978-1-78882-256-5 Earth’s surface, its sea profundities, and even landscapes, for example, bubbling hot springs. They are £ 135.00 most commonplace as operators of infection, however kindhearted bacteria are basic to the reusing of components and all nature, and also to human wellbeing. It gives subtle elements of the area and Pub Year: 2018 extent of real culture accumulations around the globe holding bacteria; data on the best way to get to their information; organization and wellbeing issues; recognizable proof; culture and media formulas; Book Size: 7”×10” safeguarding; licenses; and expert administrations and universal associations. This book delineates for you, The birthplaces and development of bacteria, Some of the fundamental courses in which bacteria Hardback have molded the world, Bacteria regularly found in the sound human body, Antibiotics and the developing issue of protection, Marine microbiology, bacterial poisons, and catalysts, Bacterial genetics and genomics, Microbiology Bacteria that get by in outrageous environments, for example, bubbling water and substantially more.

56 www.edtechpress.co.uk Management

Business Policy and Strategic Management Elisha Stephens Brice Martin The knowledge of business policy and techniques of strategic management is the need of the hour to prospective business managers. The present competitive environment has brought several drastic changes ISBN in policy making and strategic management. Hence, there is necessity of theoretical understanding about 978-1-78882-290-9 the business policy as well as strategic management. Businesses need to implement sound strategies £ 120.00 to succeed. Those strategies form part of an overall management and business policy that guides the business in connecting with customers, generating profits and managing resources. The related concepts Pub Year: 2018 of strategic management and business policy are keys to help small business owners manage their responsibilities and set clear objectives. Strategic management represents a theoretical concept first Book Size: 7”×10” introduced by Peter Drucker in the mid-20th century. The idea behind strategic management is that organizations will be better equipped to meet their goals and objectives if the owners and managers adopt Hardback a clear business philosophy. For many businesses, that philosophy will be to increase their share of the market. In any case, strategic management helps the business to keep its sights set on what matters Management most and to not get distracted by ancillary concerns. Strategic management is the art and science of formulating, implementing and evaluating cross-functional decisions that will enable an organization to achieve its objectives. It is the process of specifying the organization’s objectives, developing policies and plans to achieve these objectives, and allocating resources to implement the policies and plans to achieve the organization’s objectives. Strategic management, therefore, combines the activities of the various functional areas of a business to achieve organizational objectives. This book is designed to support and enhance both learning and teaching. An important aspect of the style adopted for this book is the use of exhibits, presenting a vast gamut of information regarding special theoretical matter. Conner Acevedo Consumer Behaviour & Advertising Management ISBN 978-1-78882-300-5 This book is designed to familiarise readers with a wide range of managerial issues faced by modern advertising strategies in planning, implementing, and controlling the advertising efforts of various £ 120.00 enterprises. It contains numerous examples of successful advertising images alongside accompanying commentary to illustrate just what goes into making an effective advertisement. The positive role played Pub Year: 2018 by advertising in the market process has been largely ignored by academic economists. It is only recently, Book Size: 7”×10” since the modern economic revolution, that economists have realized the benefits of advertising and have joined the research agenda developed by researchers in marketing and other business fields. Consumer Hardback Behaviour (CB) intended for students of MBA specializing in marketing, undertakes detailed discussions to explain and analyse behaviour of Indian consumers, and strategies used by marketers to deal with them. Marketers need to understand the buying behaviour of consumers while designing their advertisements for the desired impact. Advertisements play an essential role in creating an image of a product in the minds Management of consumers. Advertisements must be catchy and communicate relevant information to consumers. Understanding the needs of the consumer is really important when it comes to creating the right advertisement for the right audience. Remember it is only through advertisements; individuals are able to connect with your brand. This book provides an excellent introduction to the topic of how reasons and emotions combine to shape the consumption experience by influencing the analytic, hedonic, social, moral and even reptilian aspects of the human condition in the marketplace. Thus the material presented here would be of interest as well as of great use to the students, teachers and professionals in the field. Global Human Resource Management Carol Nixon ISBN Global Human Resource Management therefore is a very challenging front in Human Resource Management. 978-1-78882-335-7 If one is able to strike the right chord in designing structures and controls, the job is half done. Subsidiaries are held together by Global Human Resource Management, different subsidiaries can function operate £ 120.00 coherently only when it is enabled by efficient structures and controls. Globally, the corporate experts are putting in their best efforts to research, renovate and redefine the tools, techniques and concepts of business Pub Year: 2018 management to provide customized services and improve the efficiency level of employees. Apart from these tolls, techniques and concepts of business management, there is a need to understand other things Book Size: 7”×10” that can strengthen professional acumen and can improve competencies. The new millennium prompts us Hardback to take a hard look at what all has gone by, what is the scenario today and what needs to be changed to meet the new demands of the future. Therefore, the human resource function will be to survive, cope and adapt in the turbulent environment along with their primary aim of working for an all-round development of our most important resource ‘The Human Being’. This book is an aims in bringing the field closer together Management by illustrating and analysing some of the analytic and practical links between the two. Gustavo Morales Global Marketing Management ISBN Global Marketing is invaluable text for M.Com, and MBA students studying international or global 978-1-78882-336-4 marketing. Today, many companies have trouble deciding whether using a truly global marketing strategy £ 120.00 is right for them. There is a slight trend back toward localization due to new efficiencies of customization made possible by technology, the Internet, and new manufacturing processes. “Mass Customization” has Pub Year: 2018 now taken the place of “Mass Production.” In today’s world, the customer does not always respond to a “one size fits all” approach. Global marketing is also a field of study in general business management Book Size: 7”×10” to provide valuable products, solutions and services to customers locally, nationally, internationally and worldwide. Global Marketing Management equips students with knowledge and skills to enable them Hardback to make key management decisions and understand how organisations may be navigated through the increasingly dynamic and challenging global trading environment. Global marketing management is of great importance to a company that is looking to offer its product in an international market. This book Management will give a high level overview of the planning and organization marketing leaders must address when considering a new country to sell its product in. www.edtechpress.co.uk 57 Management

Leadership and Change Management Javon Morin ISBN An organization that is established as an instrument or means for achieving defined objectives has been 978-1-78882-367-8 referred to as a formal organizations. Its design specifies, how goals are subdivided and reflected in subdivisions of the organization. Divisions, departments, sections, positions, jobs, and tasks make up this £ 120.00 work structure. Thus, the formal organization is expected to behave impersonally in regard to relationship with clients or with its members. Change Management provides readers with frameworks for applying Pub Year: 2018 different models of change to different scenarios, offers proactive approaches to change that relate to business performance and gives practical, step-by-step guidance on handling change. The reference book Book Size: 7”×10” covers a breadth of leadership and change management topics. It draws upon an extensive review of Hardback relevant change management literature in order to encourage a critical perspective, as well as a deeper understanding of this important subject area. This book offers the reader answers to questions including why change management tends to fail and why individuals are neglected in traditional accounts of change management. The present book has been written in a lucid style that a layman may understand Management it easily. The book has been written after a detailed study of concepts and assumptions of several leadership and change management styles in modern business word.

Angel Harrison Personality and Communication Development ISBN Personality and Communication Development is comprehensive across the lifespan, in its range of 978-1-78882-380-7 personality constructs, and in its coverage of theoretical and methodological frameworks. This book £ 120.00 highlights the need, importance and essence of personality and communication development. The book is a presentation of techniques to know, improve and develop the most sought-after attribute of a Pub Year: 2018 person, i.e., his or her personality. The language provided in the book is concise, lucid and forceful. It comprehends a vast array of subjects applicable to humanity. However, some factors which can really Book Size: 7”×10” help in development of a better personality have been discussed in this book. The book emphasizes on the topics which are utterly relevant for students, budding managers, managers and professionals. Hardback

Management

Strategic Brand Management Brice Martin Elisha Stephens Building on a solid theoretical underpinning, this book provides a rigorous grounding in the subject of brand management. The theory is applied to examples throughout, to enable students to understand the ISBN practical application. Strategic Brand Management approaches the subject of brand management from a 978-1-78882-409-5 unique socio-cultural perspective, providing students with an understanding of the dynamics of the subject £ 120.00 and enabling them to engage with the issues that lie within. While adopting this innovative framework, the book also integrates more traditional notions of the brand in terms of equity and positioning within Pub Year: 2018 that framework. The framework for the book separates a brand’s concept into functional and emotional parts, looking at purchases that fulfil a functional need and how these develop into emotional decision- Book Size: 7”×10” making processes. The language of the book is kept simple without compromising the effectiveness of the argument for diluting the analyses. The book has been written to meet the requirements to the syllabus Hardback of B.Com, BBA, M. Com and MBA courses of various Universities. Management

Dane Butler Strategic Marketing Management ISBN The economic liberalization and globalization, initiated a few decades ago, has played a key role in 978-1-78882-410-1 bringing drastic transformation in business scenario. There has been a paradigm shift in the role played £ 120.00 by top managers to keep their business rolling smoothly. The existing and prospective managers are required to think strategically by carefully analyzing the business environment, both external and Pub Year: 2018 internal, while extrapolating the trends before taking crucial decisions. The book Strategic Marketing Management has been written keeping in view the needs of Business Schools covering courses. Various Book Size: 7”×10” models and theories have been explained with examples from appropriate corporate scenario. Strategic Marketing Management is a field of management which provides strategic approaches to the challenges Hardback of marketing. This book studies the concept of strategic marketing in a succinct manner so that even a beginner will be able to understand the idea of strategic marketing easily. It will be highly useful to the students and teachers of Marketing Management. This book offers useful information for students of Management management and for marketers from companies of all sizes.

58 www.edtechpress.co.uk Management

Supply Chain Management Arlo Stark ISBN An increasingly global business landscape means that even the smallest of companies must contend with a 978-1-78882-411-8 growing base of international suppliers and customers. With that comes myriad technical, organizational and cultural changes that challenge traditional management practices. Regardless of the means taken to address £ 120.00 these challenges, all companies will eventually have to synchronize the flow of their products, information and funds. This book focuses on concepts, principles and real-life experiences which improve understanding Pub Year: 2018 of the Supply Chain Management (SCM). Available information has been analyzed and synthesized across many disciplines. The book is designed to contribute to the existing body of literature available on supply Book Size: 7”×10” chain management. This work, which is replete with new concepts and practices, will commend itself to Hardback all categories of readers, particularly academicians, researchers and students of management, economics and commerce.

Management

www.edtechpress.co.uk 59 Mathematics

Advanced Differential Equations Ali Mason ISBN Advanced differential equations appear in several applications especially as mathematical models in 978-1-78882-299-2 economics, an advanced term may for example reflect the dependency on anticipated capital stock. This book also deals with nonoscillation properties of scalar advanced differential equations. Some new £ 130.00 oscillation and nonoscillation criteria are given for linear delay or advanced differential equations with variable coefficients and not necessarily constant delays or advanced arguments. The present book has Pub Year: 2018 been written in the light of the latest syllabi of several Universities. The subject matter has been presented in such a way that it is easily accessible to students. The method of presentation is very clear and lucid Book Size: 7”×10” which can be easily followed by the students. The contents conform to the specified syllabi and are so Hardback structured as to enable the student to move easily from the fundamental to the complex. It is our earnest hope that this book will be of great value to all our students.

Mathematics

Bennie Marsh Linear Algebra and Analytic Geometry Frankie Murray In this book, the topics are presented in the same order as in the textbook. The problems concern two ISBN content areas: Linear Algebra, and Analytical Geometry. After reading this book, a student should be 978-1-78882-059-2 ables to solve linear equations and to perform the basic operations on numbers and algebraic expressions. £ 130.00 The Linear Algebra tests will reveal readers’ knowledge and skills, readers’ abilities in interpreting symbols, justifying statements and constructing proofs. Readers should be able to apply the properties Pub Year: 2018 of determinants and matrix operations and solve linear systems of equations. The Analytical Geometry topics include different forms of equations of straight lines and planes; angles between simple figures; the Book Size: 7”×10” curves of the second order. This book will prove definitive and ideal reference tool to research scholars, academicians and educationists. Hardback

Mathematics

Mathematics and Statistics Kerry Mullen ISBN Mathematics and Statistics is widely used in all business organizations for decision making process. 978-1-78882-064-6 With the help of mathematical and statistical techniques, the researcher can make objective decisions of business problems. Thisbook has been written in a lucid style using simple language. £ 130.00 The purpose of this book is to provide important and vital aspects of mathematical and statistical methods widely used in economics and management in various contexts. The number of topics Pub Year: 2018 required to be studied in mathematics and statistics has increased. It is also playing an increasingly vital role in the solution of problem encountered in social sciences. In addition to being the basis Book Size: 7”×10” of many disciplines, Mathematics and Statistics are subjects that are constantly evolving and Hardback creating exciting new theories, challenging problems and applications. New methods and models are used in many different areas including business, computer science, engineering, medicine, social and natural sciences. The book is a detailed study of each and every important aspect of subject. Each aspect is discussed in a systematic and rational manner. The important objectives of writing Mathematics this book are to equip the reader with enough fundamental issues relating to different aspects of the subject.

Will Chavez Matlab : An Introduction ISBN Many features of this book are designed to emphasize the proper way to write reliable MATLAB programs. 978-1-78882-065-3 These features should serve a student well when he or she is first learning MATLAB, and they should also £ 130.00 be useful to the practitioner on the job. They include 1. Emphasis on Top-Down Design Methodology-The book introduces a top-down design methodology in Chapter 3, and uses it consistently throughout the Pub Year: 2018 rest of the book. This methodology encourages a student to think about the proper design of a program before beginning to code. It emphasizes the importance of clearly defining the problem to be solved and Book Size: 7”×10” the required inputs and outputs before any other work is begun. Once the problem has been properly defined, it teaches the student to employ stepwise refinement to break the task down into successively Hardback smaller sub-tasks and to implement the subtasks as separate subroutines or functions. Finally, it teaches the importance of testing at all stages of the process—both unit testing of the component routines and exhaustive testing of the final product. The formal design process taught by the book may be summarized Mathematics as follows: i. Clearly state the problem that you are trying to solve. ii. Define the inputs required by the program and the outputs to be produced by the program. iii. Describe the algorithm that you intend to implement in the program. This step involves top-down design and stepwise decomposition, using pseudocode or flow charts. iv. Turn the algorithm into MATLAB statements. v. Test the MATLAB program. This step includes unit testing of specific functions as well as exhaustive testing of the final program with many different data sets. 2. Emphasis on Functions- The book emphasizes the use of functions to logically decompose tasks into smaller sub-tasks. It teaches the advantages of functions for data hiding. It also emphasizes the importance of unit testing functions before they are combined into the final program. In addition, the book teaches about the common mistakes made with functions and how to avoid them. 3. Emphasis on MATLAB Tools - The book teaches the proper use of MATLAB’s built-in tools to make programming and debugging easier. The tools covered include the Editor / Debugger, the Workspace Browser, the Help Browser, and GUI design tools.

60 www.edtechpress.co.uk Mathematics

Matrices and Trigonometry Isiah McNeil ISBN Matrices and Determinants were discovered and developed in the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. 978-1-78882-066-0 Initially, their development dealt with transformation of geometric objects and solution of systems of linear equations. Historically, the early emphasis was on the determinant, not the matrix. In modern £ 130.00 treatments of linear algebra, matrices are considered first. We will not speculate much on this issue. The trigonometric functions (especially sine and cosine) for real or complex square matrices occur in solutions Pub Year: 2018 of second-order systems of differential equations. Trigonometry is a branch of mathematics that studies triangles, particularly right triangles. It deals with relationships between the sides and the angles of Book Size: 7”×10” triangles and with the trigonometric functions, which describe those relationships, as well as describing Hardback angles in general and the motion of waves such as sound and light waves. Trigonometric concepts are used to minimize the amount of measuring . These concepts depend on the concepts of enlargement and similarity. Equiangular triangles have the same shape, but only in the special case of congruency they do have the same size. Any set of similar triangles has the invariant property of proportionality; that is, ratios Mathematics of pairs of corresponding sides are in the same proportion. In the language of transformation geometry, for similar triangles, one triangle is an enlargement of another, or any triangle can be transformed into another by applying the same scale factor to each part of the triangle. In the case of a fractional scale factor the enlargement is, in fact, a reduction. It is hoped that the book would be highly useful for the students and teachers of mathematics. Students aspiring to successfully accomplish engineering and also those preparing for various competitive examinations are likely to find this book of much help.

Jude May Multivariate Analysis ISBN When measuring a few factors on a complex test unit, it is frequently important to break down the 978-1-78882-072-1 factors all the while, as opposed to separate them and think of them as independently. This book £ 130.00 Multivariate investigation empowers analysts to investigate the joint execution of such factors and to decide the impact of every factor within the sight of the others. This book gives understudies of every Pub Year: 2018 single measurable foundation with both the major and more modern aptitudes important to ace the train. To represent multivariate applications, the creator gives cases and activities in light of fifty-nine genuine Book Size: 7”×10” informational collections from a wide assortment of logical fields. Here takes a “strategies” way to deal with his subject, with an accentuation on how understudies and professionals can utilize multivariate Hardback investigation, all things considered, circumstances. This book sections like: • Cluster analysis • Multidimensional scaling Mathematics • Correspondence analysis • Biplots

Non-Linear Differential Equations Frankie Murray Bennie Marsh Regarding the matter of differential equations a considerable number of rudimentary books have been composed. This book overcomes any issues between rudimentary courses and the examination ISBN writing. The essential ideas important to contemplate differential equations - basic focuses and balance, 978-1-78882-078-3 occasional arrangements, invariant sets and invariant manifolds - are examined. Security hypothesis £ 130.00 is created beginning with linearisation methods backpedaling to Lyapunov and Poincaré. The global direct method is then examined. To acquire more quantitative data the Poincaré-Lindstedt method is Pub Year: 2018 acquainted with estimated occasional arrangements while in the meantime demonstrating presence by the certain capacity hypothesis. The method of averaging is presented as a general estimation Book Size: 7”×10” standardization method. The last four sections acquaint the peruser with unwinding motions, bifurcation hypothesis, focus manifolds, disarray in mappings and differential equations, Hamiltonian frameworks Hardback (repeat, invariant tori, intermittent arrangements). The book displays the subject material from both the subjective and the quantitative perspective. There are numerous cases to delineate the hypothesis and Mathematics the peruser ought to have the capacity to begin doing research in the wake of concentrate this book.

Graysen Cline Nonparametric Statistical Methods Using R ISBN Nonparametric Statistical Methods Using R covers customary nonparametric methods and rank-based 978-1-78882-079-0 examinations, including estimation and deduction for models running from straightforward area models £ 130.00 to general direct and nonlinear models for uncorrelated and corresponded reactions. The creators underscore applications and measurable calculation. They represent the methods with numerous genuine Pub Year: 2018 and mimicked information cases utilizing R, including the bundles Rfit and npsm. The book initially gives a diagram of the R dialect and essential factual ideas previously examining nonparametrics. It Book Size: 7”×10” presents rank-based methods for one-and two-example issues, strategies for relapse models, calculation for general settled impacts ANOVA and ANCOVA models, and time-to-occasion examinations. The last Hardback two parts cover further developed material, including high breakdown fits for general relapse models and rank-based surmising for bunch associated information. The book can be utilized as an essential content or supplement in a course on connected nonparametric or hearty strategies and as a source of perspective Mathematics for scientists who need to execute nonparametric and rank-based methods by and by. Through various illustrations, it demonstrates to perusers proper methodologies to apply these methods utilizing R. www.edtechpress.co.uk 61 Mathematics

Number Theory Tristin Cleveland ISBN In spite of the fact that arithmetic majors are generally familiar with number hypothesis when they 978-1-78882-080-6 have finished a course in conceptual polynomial math, different students, particularly those in training and the human sciences, regularly require a more essential prologue to the theme. In this book the £ 130.00 writer takes care of the issue of keeping up the enthusiasm of understudies at the two levels by offering a combinatorial way to deal with basic number hypothesis. In concentrate number hypothesis from Pub Year: 2018 such a point of view, arithmetic majors are saved reiteration and furnished with new bits of knowledge, while different understudies advantage from the subsequent effortlessness of the verifications for some Book Size: 7”×10” hypotheses. Of specific significance in this content is the creator’s accentuation on the estimation of Hardback numerical cases in number hypothesis and the part of PCs in getting such illustrations. The point of this book is to acquaint the reader with essential subjects in number hypothesis: hypothesis of distinctness, arithmetrical capacities, prime numbers, geometry of numbers, added substance number hypothesis, probabilistic number hypothesis, hypothesis of Diophantine approximations and logarithmic number Mathematics hypothesis.

Kyrie Mueller Optimization Theory ISBN Finite-dimensional optimization issues happen all through the numerical sciences. The greater part of 978-1-78882-084-4 these issues can’t be explained systematically. This prologue to optimization endeavors to strike a harmony £ 130.00 between introduction of scientific hypothesis and improvement of numerical calculations. Expanding on understudies’ abilities in math and straight variable based math, the content gives a thorough piece without Pub Year: 2018 undue deliberation. Its weight on factual applications will be particularly speaking to graduate understudies of insights and biostatistics. The target group additionally incorporates understudies in connected Book Size: 7”×10” arithmetic, computational science, software engineering, financial aspects, and material science who need to see thorough math joined with genuine applications. Applications are characterized by their principle Hardback useful regions in modern arranging, outline, and control. The fields secured are machine sequencing, stock control and planning, plant recharging, conveyance, money related issues, and compound process control and outline. These last two, specifically, are subjects frequently ignored in operations examine educational Mathematics program. In each field the place and status of optimization methods is first portrayed and afterward an extensive variety of sensible contextual analyses and cases are looked into, a considerable lot of them universal.

Ordinary Differential Equations with Applications Ali Mason ISBN Ordinary differential equations (ODEs) arise in many contexts of mathematics and science (social as well 978-1-78882-085-1 as natural). Mathematical descriptions of change use differentials and derivatives. Various differentials, derivatives, and functions become related to each other via equations, and thus a differential equation £ 130.00 is a result that describes dynamically changing phenomena, evolution, and variation. Often, quantities are defined as the rate of change of other quantities (for example, derivatives of displacement with Pub Year: 2018 respect to time), or gradients of quantities, which is how they enter differential equations. Ordinary differential equations are equations to be solved in which the unknown element is a function, rather Book Size: 7”×10” than a number, and in which the known information relates that function to its derivatives. Few such Hardback equations admit an explicit answer, but there is a wealth of qualitative information describing the solutions and their dependence on the defining equation. Systems of differential equations form the basis of mathematical models in a wide range of fields – from engineering and physical sciences to finance and biological sciences. Differential equations are relations between unknown functions and their Mathematics derivatives. Computing numerical solutions to differential equations is one of the most important tasks in technical computing, and one of the strengths of MATLAB. The book explains the origins of various types of differential equations. The scope of the book is limited to linear differential equations of the first order, linear differential equation of higher order, partial differential equations and special methods of solution of differential equations of second order, keeping in view the requirement of students.

Cory Terrell Predictions in Time Series Using Regression Models ISBN Regression methods have been a necessary piece of time arrangement investigation for over a century. 978-1-78882-091-2 As of late, new advancements have made real walks in such territories as non-constant information £ 130.00 where a direct model isn’t fitting. This book acquaints the peruser with fresher improvements and more assorted regression models and methods for time arrangement examination. Open to any individual who Pub Year: 2018 knows about the fundamental present day ideas of factual deduction, Regression Models for Time Series Analysis gives a truly necessary examination of late measurable advancements. Essential among them is Book Size: 7”×10” the imperative class of models known as summed up straight models (GLM) which gives, under a few conditions, a bound together regression hypothesis reasonable for constant, all out, and check information. Hardback The creators stretch out GLM methodology deliberately to time arrangement where the essential and covariate information are both arbitrary and stochastically reliant. They acquaint readers with different regression models created amid the most recent thirty years or somewhere in the vicinity and condense Mathematics traditional and later outcomes concerning state space models.

62 www.edtechpress.co.uk Mathematics

Probability and Statistics Cain Mckay ISBN The traditional introductory probability and statistics market, the book takes advantage of modern 978-1-78882-094-3 technology--including computational software and interactive visual tools--to facilitate statistical reasoning as well as the interpretation of statistical results. In addition to showing how to apply statistical £ 130.00 procedures, the authors explain how to describe real sets of data meaningfully, what the statistical tests mean in terms of their practical applications, how to evaluate the validity of the assumptions behind Pub Year: 2018 statistical tests, and wwhat to do when statistical assumptions have been violated. The new edition retains the statistical integrity, examples, exercises, and exposition that have made this text a market Book Size: 7”×10” leader--and builds upon this tradition of excellence with new technology integration. Hardback

Mathematics

Morgan Shields Research Methodology and Statistical Methods ISBN The objective is to indicate instructors that the use of research standards can make them more successful 978-1-78882-100-1 in their activity of advancing learning. The fundamental point is that we don’t need to quit educating to £ 130.00 do investigate; explore is something we can do while instructing and on the off chance that we do great research, we will improve the situation educating. Research methodology and statistics is a reference Pub Year: 2018 direct which offers a legitimate and thorough diagram of key terms and ideas in the regions of research and statistics as concerns the field of connected etymology. The book is expected as an asset to depict Book Size: 7”×10” the importance and utilization of different ideas, approaches, methods, plans, strategies, instruments, sorts, and procedures of connected semantics look into in a productive and open style. A few sections Hardback identifying with measurable parts of research are likewise utilized in order to help the specialist in the effective definition, examination, and execution of the exploration outline and convey the same towards its consistent end. Mathematics

Statics and Analytical Geometry Bennie Matthews ISBN This book talks about the traditional subjects of Euclidean, relative and projective geometry in two and 978-1-78882-107-0 three measurements, including the order of conics and quadrics, and geometric changes. These subjects are imperative both for the scientific establishing of the understudy and for applications to different subjects. £ 130.00 They might be contemplated in the principal year or as a moment course in geometry. The material is exhibited geometrically, and it means to build up the geometric instinct and thinking about the understudy, Pub Year: 2018 and in addition his capacity to comprehend and give numerical evidences. Direct polynomial math isn’t an essential, and is kept to an absolute minimum. The book incorporates a couple of methodological Book Size: 7”×10” curiosities, and a substantial number of activities and issues with arrangements. Particularly composed as Hardback an incorporated study of the improvement of diagnostic geometry, this great investigation adopts a one of a kind strategy to the historical backdrop of thoughts.

Mathematics

Ashley Wells Statistics: An Introduction Using R ISBN Fundamental Statistics gives an open and thorough prologue to statistics utilizing the free, best in class, 978-1-78882-110-0 capable programming program R. This book is intended to both acquaint understudies with enter ideas £ 130.00 in statistics and to give basic guidelines to utilizing R. PC programming is a fundamental device for some factual displaying and information investigation systems, helping in the usage of huge informational Pub Year: 2018 indexes so as to acquire valuable outcomes. R is a standout amongst the most capable and adaptable measurable programming bundles accessible, and empowers the client to apply a wide assortment of Book Size: 7”×10” factual methods running from straightforward regression to summed up direct demonstrating. Statistics: An Introduction utilizing R is an unmistakable and compact initial course reading to measurable Hardback investigation utilizing this effective and free programming. Spreads the full scope of factual strategies prone to be have to dissect the information from investigate ventures, including basic material like t-tests and chi-squared tests, middle of the road methods like regression and examination of fluctuation, and Mathematics further developed systems like summed up direct displaying. www.edtechpress.co.uk 63 Mathematics

Theory of Complex Variable Quinn Houghton ISBN Complex analysis is a standout amongst the most focal subjects in science. It is convincing and rich in 978-1-78882-116-2 its own particular right, however it is likewise amazingly valuable in a wide assortment of other scientific subjects, both unadulterated and connected. This book is not quite the same as others in that it regards £ 130.00 complex factors as an immediate advancement from multivariable genuine math. As each new thought is presented, it is identified with the comparing thought from genuine analysis and analytics. The content is Pub Year: 2018 rich with cases and activities that outline this point. The writers have methodicallly isolated the analysis from the topology, as can be found in their verification of the Cauchy theorem. The book finishes up with Book Size: 7”×10” a few sections on unique themes, including full medicines of uncommon capacities, the prime number Hardback hypothesis, and the Bergman portion. The book likewise treat $H^p$ spaces and Painleve’s hypothesis on smoothness to the limit for conformal maps. This book is a content for a first-year graduate course in complex analysis. It is a drawing in and present day prologue to the subject, mirroring the creators’ aptitude both as mathematicians and as explainers. Mathematics

Will Chambers Topology ISBN The book’s principal aim is to provide a simple, thorough survey of elementary topics in the study of 978-1-78882-118-6 collections of objects, or sets, that possess a mathematical structure. This book was written to be a £ 130.00 readable introduction to algebraic topology with rather broad coverage of the subject. The viewpoint is quite classical in spirit, and stays well within the confines of pure algebraic topology. Topology developed Pub Year: 2018 as a field of study out of geometry and set theory, through analysis of concepts such as space, dimension, and transformation. Such ideas go back to Gottfried Leibniz, who in the 17th century envisioned the Book Size: 7”×10” geometria situs and analysis situs. Leonhard Euler’s Seven Bridges of Königsberg Problem and Polyhedron Formula are arguably the field’s first theorems. The term topology was introduced by Johann Benedict Hardback Listing in the 19th century, although it was not until the first decades of the 20th century that the idea of a topological space was developed. By the middle of the 20th century, topology had become a major branch of mathematics. The motivating insight behind topology is that some geometric problems depend Mathematics not on the exact shape of the objects involved, but rather on the way they are put together. For example, the square and the circle have many properties in common: they are both one dimensional objects (from a topological point of view) and both separate the plane into two parts, the part inside and the part outside.

Understanding and Applying Basic Morgan Holland Karter Tate Statistical Methods Using R ISBN Understanding and Applying Basic Statistical Methods Using R remarkably conquers any hindrance 978-1-78882-119-3 between propels in the measurable writing and methods routinely utilized by non-analysts. Giving a £ 130.00 theoretical premise to understanding the relative benefits and uses of these methods, the book highlights current bits of knowledge and advances applicable to fundamental systems regarding managing non- Pub Year: 2018 ordinariness, exceptions, heteroscedasticity (unequal changes), and curvature. Including a manual for R, the book utilizes R programming to investigate starting factual ideas and standard methods for managing Book Size: 7”×10” known issues related with exemplary procedures. Altogether classroom tried, the book incorporates segments that attention on either R programming or computational points of interest to enable the reader Hardback to wind up noticeably familiar with fundamental ideas and standards basic regarding understanding and applying the numerous methods as of now accessible. Mathematics

Drew Palmer Using IBM® SPSS® Statistics for Research Methods ISBN 978-1-78882-120-9 & Social Science Statistics £ 130.00 Using SPSS for Social Statistics and Research Methods has come to be trusted as a reliable and student- friendly resource for those learning to use the SPSS software for the first time. Ideal as a companion to a Pub Year: 2018 statistics or research methods text or as a stand-alone guide, this supplementary text shows readers how to use images and directions drawn from SPSS Version 22.0 and now uses the latest version of the GSS Book Size: 7”×10” (General Social Survey) as a secondary data set. It is designed as an ideal manual for SPSS use for social statistics and research methods classes. Arranged to parallel most introductory research methods texts, Hardback this text starts with an introduction to computerized data analysis and the social research process, then takes readers step-by-step through univariate, bivariate, and multivariate analysis using SPSS Statistics. In this book, active and collaborative learning will be emphasized as students engage in a series of Mathematics practical investigative exercises.

64 www.edtechpress.co.uk Mathematics

Wavelet : Analysis and Methods Carmen Hurley Jaden McLean The idea of “ondelettes” or “wavelets” started from the investigation of time-frequency signal analysis, wave engendering, and examining hypothesis. One of the principle explanations behind the disclosure ISBN of wavelets and wavelet changes is that the Fourier change analysis does not contain the neighborhood 978-1-78882-122-3 data of signals. So the Fourier change can’t be utilized for examining signals in a joint time and frequency £ 130.00 area. In 1982, Jean MorIet, in a joint effort with a gathering of French designers, first presented the possibility of wavelets as a group of capacities built by utilizing interpretation and expansion of a solitary Pub Year: 2018 capacity, called the mother wavelet, for the analysis of nonstationary signals. Wavelet analysis is an energizing new technique for taking care of troublesome issues in science, material science, and building, Book Size: 7”×10” with present day applications as various as wave spread, information pressure, picture preparing, design acknowledgment, PC illustrations, the location of air ship and submarines, and change in CAT filters Hardback and other restorative picture innovation. Wavelets permit complex data, for example, music, discourse, pictures, and examples to be deteriorated into basic structures, called the central building hinders, at Mathematics various positions and scales and in this manner remade with high accuracy.

www.edtechpress.co.uk 65 Nanotechnology

Environmental Nanotechnology Hazell Marshall ISBN Environmental Nanotechnology is the first book to assist you in both understanding the properties of 978-1-78882-046-2 new nanomaterial-centered technology and assessing the potentially harmful effects these materials may have on the environment. The rapid pace of innovation in nanotechnology has posed a greater risk £ 140.00 over health and environment demanding a need for responsible development, relevant policy framework and risk assessment guidelines. This book offers a comprehensive ovcerview of this challenging, inter- Pub Year: 2018 disciplinary research area. This book is an authoritative, in-depth exploration of the environmental consequences of nanotechnology. It provides a detailed account of the potential environmental benefits Book Size: 7”×10” of nanotechnology, describing environmental technologies as well as other applications that can foster Hardback sustainable use of resources. The book will make fascinating and useful reading for engineers, scientists, administrators, environmental regulatory officials, public policy makers, and students in a range of science and engineering disciplines. Nanotechnology Dane Lee Nanocomputing ISBN Nanocomputer is the logical name for a computer smaller than the microcomputer, which is smaller 978-1-78882-073-8 than the minicomputer. (The minicomputer is called “mini” because it was a lot smaller than the original £ 140.00 (mainframe) computers.) More technically, it is a computer whose fundamental parts are no bigger than a few nanometers. Computational nanotechnology is a powerful tool for understanding nanoparticle Pub Year: 2018 physics and chemistry. After carrying out a simulated experiment, theory is developed to explain the observed results, which is then validated by conducting a lab experiment. If the predicted results and the Book Size: 7”×10” theoretical results agree, then the theory is accepted. Unexpected results from laboratory work can also be examined with theoretical methods, which often lead to the development of new theory. Electronic Hardback nanocomputers would operate in a manner similar to the way present-day microcomputers work. The main difference is one of physical scale. More and more transistors are squeezed into silicon chips with each passing year; witness the evolution of integrated circuits (ICs) capable of ever-increasing Nanotechnology storage capacity and processing power. The ultimate limit to the number of transistors per unit volume is imposed by the atomic structure of matter. Most engineers agree that technology has not yet come close to pushing this limit. In the electronic sense, the term Nanocomputer is relative. By 1970s standards, today’s ordinary microprocessors might be called Nanodevices. The book will make fascinating and useful reading for computer engineers, scientists, administrators, public policy makers, and students in a range of science and engineering discipline. Nanorobotics Vic Lynn Kit Cooley In the 1980s and 1990s, a handful of authors began speculating about the physical forms that future medical nanorobots might take. A few created artist’s conceptions of their devices. During this time, ISBN only the broadest analyses of the missions and capabilities that might be desired had been attempted. 978-1-78882-075-2 Detailed technical and engineering studies, in many cases, still lay years in the future. Despite this £ 140.00 handicap, some of these designs have many plausible elements, along with other elements which, in hindsight, may appear fanciful, impractical, or even dangerous. These speculations continue through the Pub Year: 2018 present. The science of nanorobotics plays a vital role in the development of robots, whose structure is built by using nanoscale components and objects. The nature of the components being in the nano scale Book Size: 7”×10” allows the researchers for the engineering of the mimic of human beings. The construction of the various complex parts, which constitute the robots have been possible due to nanorobotics. Nanobots, nanites, Hardback nanoids or nanomites are some of the hypothetical devices created with the knowledge of nanorobotics. Nanorobotics will set new standards in pharmaceuticals, cosmetics, aerospace and automotive industries, Nanotechnology security, defense, environmental protection, electronics, computers and communications. Within the next two decades, we may have tiny machines inside us, combatting every disease known to humankind and slowing down, even reversing the aging process, making us practically immortal. This book describes how to build a mobile computer user a citizen of the Internet and how to admittance everything the in sequence superhighway has to present. The objective of this book is to make available you with an opening to the design and completion of Internet protocols that are helpful for maintaining network connections still while moving from place to position. Glenn Clayton Nanoscience and Nanotechnology ISBN Nanotechnology combines solid state physics, chemistry, electrical engineering, chemical engineering, 978-1-78882-076-9 biochemistry and biophysics, and materials science. It is a highly interdisciplinary area, meaning that £ 140.00 it involves ideas integrated from many traditional discipline. Quantum nanoscience is the application of quantum theory to the design of new nanoscale materials and devices. Quantum Nanoscience explains Pub Year: 2018 functionality and structure in natural or engineered nanoscale systems through quantum mechanisms such as discretisation, superposition and entanglement. In the 19th century, decades of practice with Book Size: 7”×10” heat engines led to the new science of thermodynamics. The understanding of the world captured by thermodynamics is now part of the fabric of engineering and effective design across a vast range of Hardback different technologies. Thermodynamics, quantum nanoscience is an enabling science for engineering and design of new nanotechnologies. Molecular nanotechnology (MNT) is a technology based on the ability to build structures to complex, atomic specifications by messans of mechanosynthesis. This is distinct Nanotechnology from nanoscale materials. Based on Richard Feynman’s vision of miniature factories using nanomachines to build complex products (including additional nanomachines), this advanced form of nanotechnology (or molecular manufacturing) would make use of positionally-controlled mechanosynthesis guided by molecular machine systems. MNT would involve combining physical principles demonstrated by chemistry, other nanotechnologies, and the molecular machinery of life with the systems engineering principles found in modern macroscale factories.

66 www.edtechpress.co.uk Nanotechnology

Nanotechnology: Principles and Practices Kit Cooley Vic Lynn Nanotechnology has the potential to revolutionize the agricultural and food industry with new tools for the molecular treatment of diseases, rapid disease detection, enhancing the ability of plants to absorb ISBN nutrients etc. Nanotechnology combines solid state physics, chemistry, electrical engineering, chemical 978-1-78882-077-6 engineering, biochemistry and biophysics, and materials science. It is a highly interdisciplinary area £ 140.00 meaning that it involves ideas integrated from many traditional discipline. Nanotechnology (NT) is the production and use of materials with purposely engineered features close to the atomic or molecular Pub Year: 2018 scale. NT deals with putting things together atom by atom and with structures so small they are invisible to the naked eye. It provides the ability to create materials, devices and systems with fundamentally Book Size: 7”×10” new functions and properties. The promise of NT is enormous. It has implications for almost every type of manufacturing process and product. Nanomaterials have extremely small size which having at Hardback least one dimension 100 nm or less. Nanomaterials can be nanoscale in one dimension (e.g. surface films), two dimensions (e.g. strands or fibres), or three dimensions (e.g. particles). They can exist in Nanotechnology single, fused, aggregated or agglomerated forms with spherical, tubular, and irregular shapes. Common types of nanomaterials include nanotubes, dendrimers, quantum dots and fullerenes. Nanoparticle research is currently an area of intense scientific research, due to a wide variety of potential applications in biomedical, optical, and electronic fields. Nanoparticles are of great scientific interest as they are effectively a bridge between bulk materials and atomic or molecular structures. A bulk material should have constant physical properties regardless of its size, but at the nano-scale this is often not the case. This book introduces the reader to the world of nanotechnology by giving them in-depth details of different aspects of the field.

www.edtechpress.co.uk 67 Philosophy

Buddhist World Glen Valentine ISBN Buddhism is a religion practiced by an estimated 495 million in the world, as of the 2010s, representing 978-1-78882-288-6 9% to 10% of the world’s total population. China is the country with the largest population of Buddhists, approximately 244 million or 18.2% of its total population. They are mostly followers of Chinese schools £ 120.00 of Mahayana, making this the largest body of Buddhist traditions. Mahayana, also practiced in broader East Asia, is followed by over half of world Buddhists. The second largest body of Buddhist schools is Pub Year: 2018 Theravada, mostly followed in Southeast Asia. The third and smallest body of schools, Vajrayana, is followed mostly in Tibet, the Himalayan region, Mongolia and parts of Russia, but has been disseminated Book Size: 7”×10” throughout the world. Buddhism was almost entirely unknown in western countries until the 19th century. Hardback European diplomats and scholars who travelled and lived in Asia collected Buddhist texts to have them translated into English, German and French. Awareness of Buddhism arrived in the United States around the 1840’s when the first Chinese immigrants settled in the western part of the country. Still, in general Buddhism remained poorly understood in the west until the 1960’s when the first Buddhist teachers Philosophy started arriving and quickly found thousands of followers. However curious westerners without serious study tended to view Buddhism as more of a mystic movement, rather than an encompassing spirituality involving meditation. Buddhism gained more popularity across Western culture by the end of the 20th century, when celebrities and other well-known people like Steve Jobs, Richard Gere or Phil Jackson openly talked about the positive influence Buddhism has had on their lives. The author of this book has joined the debate and examines the issues bringing fresh insights on the subject. In this book the author seeks to prove that the consciousness of the individual and individuality, which at the empirical level involves the rise of private property, family and the state, finds its most sophisticated and rational expression in early Buddhism.

Leroyce Miles Introduction to the Study of Religion ISBN One thing is clear that fighting with other human beings in the name of religion is subhuman. As a 978-1-78882-361-6 religious man, we are fellow-travellers in the direction of the realm of spirit. Here the nomenclature of £ 120.00 Hindus, Muslims, Christians, etc., ceases to be meaningful. Of course, we have to go very far and we have not made any beginning yet. However, at present the advaitic principle of difference less Brahman Pub Year: 2018 can serve the purpose of harmonizing all religions. Here we have adopted this principle. Secondly, the key-concepts of different religions have been shown to mingle into one another. The book attempts to Book Size: 7”×10” interrogate the categories used in western discourse in the study of religion. In doing so, the book outlines a broad overview of the discussions on issues relating to the methods and theories in the study of religion. Hardback The book provides an insight into some of the key issues that need clarity in dealing with religions. This scholarly presentation is a must read for students of religion, culture and philosophy and for those involved with the struggles of the subaltern community. Philosophy

Introduction to Metaphysics Gabby McCarthy ISBN Metaphysics is the branch of philosophy concerned with the nature of existence, being and the world. 978-1-78882-375-3 Arguably, metaphysics is the foundation of philosophy: Aristotle calls it “first philosophy” (or sometimes just “wisdom”), and says it is the subject that deals with “first causes and the principles of things”.It £ 120.00 asks questions like: “What is the nature of reality?”, “How does the world exist, and what is its origin or source of creation?”, “Does the world exist outside the mind?”, “How can the incorporeal mind affect the Pub Year: 2018 physical body?”, “If things exist, what is their objective nature?”, “Is there a God (or many gods, or no god at all)?” Originally, the Greek word “metaphysika” (literally “after physics”) merely indicated that part Book Size: 7”×10” of Aristotle’s oeuvre which came, in its sequence, after those chapters which dealt with physics. Later, it Hardback was misinterpreted by Medieval commentators on the classical texts as that which is above or beyond the physical, and so over time metaphysics has effectively become the study of that which transcends physics. This book provides a detailed resume of current knowledge about the Metaphysics. Philosophy

Casey Howard World Religions ISBN Religion is any cultural system of designated behaviors and practices, world views, texts, sanctified 978-1-78882-422-4 places, ethics, or organizations, that relate humanity to the supernatural or transcendental. Religions £ 120.00 relate humanity to what anthropologist Clifford Geertz has referred to as a cosmic “order of existence”. However, there is no scholarly consensus over what precisely constitutes a religion. World Religions Pub Year: 2018 examines the often conflicting theories and interpretations of spiritual and historical matters and provides a basic understanding of the world’s religious diversity. This book is a commendable endeavour to present Book Size: 7”×10” the essence of all the major religions of the world under one cover in a simple and lucid form. An ideal work for a general reader who wants to have firsthand knowledge about world religions. The book Hardback Introduction to World Religions promotes a better understanding of the religions of the world, their similarities and history of amicable co-existence. It emphasizes better understanding and amicable co- existence of all religions. Philosophy

68 www.edtechpress.co.uk Physical Education & Sports

Concepts and Issues in Sports Nutrition Drew Cole ISBN Great nourishment isn’t recently vital; it can give you the edge to help stamina and increment continuance. 978-1-78882-298-5 By eating right - and this incorporates taking adequate amounts of liquids - you’ll make sure to put in a triumphant execution. This book will take a gander at the building pieces of good sustenance and how £ 120.00 eating right supplies the body with the correct measures of proteins, starches, fats, vitamins, minerals and water. In any case, it’s insufficient just to eat an adjusted eating routine - distinctive games have Pub Year: 2018 diverse prerequisites, for example, boosting power or expanding vitality. Finish Book of Sports Nutrition takes a gander at these distinctive needs, and in addition the unique needs of ladies and vegans. Liquid Book Size: 7”×10” admission is basic for progress on the brandishing field, and the book likewise takes a gander at the Hardback significance of hydration and in addition the upsides and downsides of juices, caffeinated beverages and smoothies. With this book, you will figure out how to interpret the most recent thoughts on nourishment into custom-made proposals on what competitors ought to eat prior and then afterward practices and rivalries. More critical, you will realize why those correct sustenance are gainful to the competitor. Sports

Denton Patton Health, Physical Education and Sports ISBN The health and physical education learning area is about taking action to enhance well-being. It 978-1-78882-339-5 encompasses three different but related subjects – health education, physical education, and home £ 120.00 economics – with a shared conceptual framework and achievement objectives. Physical education is the process that uses physical activity as a means to help people acquire skills, health, fitness, knowledge Pub Year: 2018 and attitudes that contribute to their optimal development and well-being. It plays an important role in the development of an individual just as a school room education does. In order to have a quality Physical Book Size: 7”×10” education at all levels it is essential to have a qualitative scientific literature/information on various aspects of physical education. The present book is a step in this direction which has been designed as Hardback both a text and a resource in physical education. As a text it will prepare undergraduates in Physical education courses. As a resource it may serve variety of individuals such as teachers, coaches, volunteers and other professionals. In our society sport fulfils important functions and is indeed indispensable. It Physical Education offers opportunities for physical activity in a world where physical activity is increasingly diminishing; it promotes good health and well-being; and it provides a means of social contact and ample opportunity for intensive experiences. Aim of this book is a careful selection of the important aspects of physical administration written by the authorities on the subject through the ages. Selection is mainly oriented to the requirement of the teachers and students of physical education.

Kinesiology in Physical Education Jaden Bird ISBN Kinesiology is the study of human and nonhuman animal-body movements, performance, and function by 978-1-78882-366-1 applying the sciences of biomechanics, anatomy, physiology, psychology, and neuroscience. Applications of kinesiology in human-health include physical education teacher, the rehabilitation professions, such as £ 120.00 physical and occupational therapy, as well as applications in the sport and exercise industries. Kinesiology is a field of scientific study, and does not prepare individuals for clinical practice. Complex typesof Pub Year: 2018 activities are found more in the field of sport. To import the activities to the players or sport persons it requires energy swiftness ability and situations. In the field of sport knowledge of kinesiology is use to Book Size: 7”×10” make them skills of techniques more dynamic. In the industries employees and labours are required to Hardback undergo a vigourous work. The present book entitled Kinesiology and Physical Education discusses all the aspects of kinesiology in the field of sports. Hopefully the present book will be of immensely useful for the students and teachers of physical education and sports. Physical Education

Maddox Howe Management of Sports and Physical Education ISBN Sport management is the field of business dealing with sports and recreation. Some examples of sport 978-1-78882-370-8 managers include the front office system in professional sports, college sports managers, recreational £ 120.00 sport managers, sports marketing, event management, facility management, sports economics, sport finance, and sports information. Today the facilities for sports and fitness programs resemble less and Pub Year: 2018 less the old gymnasiums and stadiums of the past. As competition increases among fitness centres and athletics and recreation programs, the quality of facilities must improve. Multiuse facilities, designed to Book Size: 7”×10” accommodate a variety and non-profit organizations. The present book entitled Management of Sports and Physical Education is a marvellous effort by the author in the field of physical education and sports Hardback science, administration and management; it is especially intended for the students of various physical educational programs. Hopefully, the book will be useful for the students and teachers of physical education and sports, administrators, etc. Physical Education www.edtechpress.co.uk 69 Physical Education & Sports

Physical Education and Sports Training Glenn Macias ISBN Physical education can be considered as a profession a discipline or a program of activity however 978-1-78882-381-4 regardless of the viewpoints its central theme is human movement involving motor skills such as sports games gymnastics dance exercise and fitness activities. When human movement is combined £ 120.00 with the universal drive of play the combination turns into one of the most powerful education media. This book concentrates on an understanding of the effects of physical education and sport training. It Pub Year: 2018 delineates those aspects of physical education which concentrate upon these factors, delineating physical education programs in a more in-depth manner. The book also included the critical approach to the Book Size: 7”×10” issues, comprehending the various nuances which are central to a positive and healthy physiological and Hardback psychological growth through physical education.

Physical Education

Bev Lott Physiology of Sports and Exercise Blair Fraser Physiology is the identification of physiological mechanisms underlying physical activity the comprehensive ISBN delivery of treatment services concerned with the analysis improvement and maintenance of health and 978-1-78882-382-1 fitness rehabilitation of heart disease and other chronic diseases and/or disabilities and the professional £ 120.00 guidance and counsel of athletes and other interested in athletics sports training and human adaptability to acute and chronic exercise. The book for undergraduate exercise physiology courses, Physiology of Pub Year: 2018 Sport and Exercise, has been fully updated in both content and design. New research on effects of physical activity on health, including the addition of international data on the incidence of cardiovascular Book Size: 7”×10” disease and obesity. Physiology of Sport and Exercise stands alone as the best, most comprehensive resource framing the latest research findings in a reader-friendly format. Hardback

Sports

Prevention and Treatment of Sports Injuries Darius Cobb ISBN Sports injuries are injuries that occur to athletes in major sporting events. In many cases, these types 978-1-78882-385-2 of injuries are due to overuse of a part of the body when participating in a certain activity. For example, runner’s knee is a painful condition generally associated with running. Other types of injuries can be £ 120.00 caused by a hard contact with something. This can often cause a broken bone or torn ligament or tendon. Injuries are a common occurrence in professional sports and most teams have a staff of athletic trainers Pub Year: 2018 and close connections to the medical community. The present book entitled Prevention and Treatment of Sports Injuries focuses on all aspects of sports injuries. The text are arranged in a lucid form and written Book Size: 7”×10” in simple colloquial English language. The book covers all those areas which go to make the foundations Hardback of sports injuries as a process, profession and academic discipline. Hopefully the present book will be useful for the students and teachers of physical education and sports and sports persons.

Sports

Rontay Pierre Psychology in Physical Education and Sport ISBN The material in this book entitled Psychology in Physical Education and Sport is critically intended for 978-1-78882-392-0 those indulged in the field of sport and physical education, specially coaches, athletes, teachers and £ 120.00 students of physical education etc. The present book is particularly well-suited as a text for classes in sport psychology and psychology of coaching. The book will be a valuable reference for practicing coaches Pub Year: 2018 and sport psychologists who did not have the opportunity for such training in their own formal education. The whole book is arranged into nine comprehensive chapters providing relevant information of sport Book Size: 7”×10” psychology. Hopefully, the present study will prove very useful for the physical educators, prospective coaches, students and teachers of physical education, sportsperson, as well as for the general readers. Hardback

Physical Education

70 www.edtechpress.co.uk Physical Education & Sports

Research Methods and Statistics in Physical Education Armel Dawson ISBN One of the most essential problems that is frequently overlooked is that of planning the daily program 978-1-78882-396-8 for each class. This should be done carefully. It is only the novice who needs to write out in detail the various aspects of the lesson to be taught, although capable, experienced teachers can usually profit by £ 120.00 jotting down a few brief notes or key words as they think through the coming lesson Research is a careful, systematic and objective investigation conducted to obtain valid facts, draw conclusions and establish Pub Year: 2018 principles regarding an identifiable problem in some field of knowledge. The present book discusses all the aspects of methodology of research in the field of physical education and sports sciences. Hopefully, Book Size: 7”×10” the present book will be useful for the students, teachers of physical education and sports, layperson, Hardback researchers, prospective coaches etc., in many ways.

Physical Education

Kiran Black Sports and Physical Education ISBN Sport is assumed by many to promote those character traits generally deemed desirable, such as fair 978-1-78882-405-7 play, sportsmanship, obedience to authority, hard work and a commitment to excellence. As sport is £ 120.00 a microcosm of society, the same types of deviant behaviour found in the larger social system can be expected to be found in sport. Society values winners and justifies the win at all costs mentality. Pub Year: 2018 Industrialization and capitalism have long legitimized this reality. Whether or not an athlete violates norms of acceptable behaviour will be determined by his or her own self-evaluation of ethic and morals. Book Size: 7”×10” Written specifically for students of both Sports Science and Physical Education, “Sport and Physical Education: The Key Concepts” is a reference guide to the disciplines, themes, topics and concerns current Hardback in contemporary sport. Entries on such diverse subjects as professionalism, history, exercise physiology and education offer an up-to-date perspective on the changing face of sport science. It is hoped that the present book will be of immensely useful for the students of physical education and sports sciences and Physical Education other related courses.

Sports Fitness and Training Armel Dawson ISBN Sports fitness training is all about developing physical conditions to improve sports performance and skills. 978-1-78882-406-4 Sports training programs can help to improve strength flexibility and stamina to improve performance in specific sports. Options include increasing arm strength for tennis playing or improve strength and core £ 120.00 stability providing better balance playing golf. Today’s athletes are breaking records that many thought were untouchable–in large part due to the major advances in sports training. There are several universally Pub Year: 2018 accepted scientific training principles that must be followed in order to improve sports conditioning and performance. Because every athlete is different, each person’s response to exercise will vary. This book Book Size: 7”×10” provides the very best information and insights on sports fitness training. It combines explanations of Hardback modern methods with sample training programs, workouts and drills for successful application. The state-of-the art training prescriptions presented in this book will lead to the way to the future of athletic strength and conditioning. It will be very helpful to anyone looking to do any kind of training for sports or even for general conditioning. This is a complete training book which is the equivalent of a personal Sports coach, trainer, and sports medicine doctor in one volume with Illustrations.

Steff Murphy Sports Injuries and Rehabilitation ISBN Every physical activity gives us something to learn, increases our fitness components makes one confident 978-1-78882-407-1 and refresher or recharges us to lead life happy. On other side participation in games and sports may lead £ 120.00 to injury. The injury can be the minor one, serious, career ending or even some times life threatening. An athlete can face injuries at any time i.e. during main competition, in regular practice reasons or Pub Year: 2018 in off-season training also. Sports injuries continue to increase in organized or varsity athletics and in the general population because of the increased interest in fitness and sports. In the present study, all Book Size: 7”×10” major sports, injuries including foot and ankle, knee, hip flexors, hip joints, shoulders, head, forearm muscles, wrist joints, arm muscles, elbow joints, pelvic, calf, etc., are described in detail in simple Hardback English language so that to reach its readers. The present book entitled Sports Injuries and Rehabilitation highlights all the aspects of sports injuries. The book is arranged in a lucid form and written in simple spoken English language. Hopefully, the present book will prove useful for clinicians, physiotherapists, Sports sportsmen and sportswomen, students, teachers and for the general readers too. www.edtechpress.co.uk 71 Physical Education & Sports

Sports Medicine : Fitness, Training and Injuries Ramon Hines ISBN The phrase Sports Medicine is not specific to one career/profession. It instead, encompasses a group of 978-1-78882-408-8 professionals from various disciplines whose focus is the heath of an athlete. Athletes can be all ages and play on all different levels. A person interested in becoming an orthopedic sports medicine specialist £ 120.00 must complete four years of medical school. After their undergraduate schooling is completed, training continues with a five-year residency in orthopedics. In order to sub-specialize, which is the case with an Pub Year: 2018 orthopedic sports medicine, another two to four years of training is required. This book is a practical guide to the field of sports science and the treatment of sports injuries. Written for students in sports science and Book Size: 7”×10” medicine, trainees and specialists in sports medicine and related disciplines. The book presents the clinical Hardback management of both acute and chronic sports injuries and medical problems alongside the background and basic science of sports medicine. Hopefully the present book will be useful for the students of physical education and sports sciences and other related courses. Sports Medicin

Harden Hodge Yoga Therapy ISBN Yoga is a group of physical, mental, and spiritual practices or disciplines which originated in ancient India. 978-1-78882-425-5 Yoga gurus from India later introduced yoga to the west, following the success of Swami Vivekananda £ 120.00 in the late 19th and early 20th century. In the 1980s, yoga became popular as a system of physical exercise across the Western world. Yoga in Indian traditions, however, is more than physical exercise; it Pub Year: 2018 has a meditative and spiritual core. ‘Yoga Therapy’ is wonderful book, indispensable for those who wish to know about ‘Yoga Therapy’ to help the humanity and to get dynamic health for one-self. Yoga helps to Book Size: 7”×10” purify and control one’s mind and body. Through Yoga Therapy, one can achieve good health, happiness and peace of mind without any side effects. Hardback

Physical Education

72 www.edtechpress.co.uk Physics

Electromotive Forces Aiden Hopkins ISBN The word “force” in this case is not used to mean mechanical force, measured in newtons, but a potential, 978-1-78882-039-4 or energy per unit of charge, measured in volts. In electromagnetic induction, Electro-Motive force (emf) can be defined around a closed loop as the electromagnetic work that would be done on a charge, if it £ 130.00 travels once around that loop. For a time-varying magnetic flux linking a loop, the electric potential scalar field is not defined due to circulating electric vector field, but nevertheless an emf does work, that can Pub Year: 2018 be measured as a virtual electric potential around that loop. The electromotive force EMF of a source of electric potential energy is defined as the amount of electric energy per Coulomb of positive charge as Book Size: 7”×10” the charge passes through the source from low potential to high potential. This work has been selected Hardback by scholars as being culturally important, and is part of the knowledge base of civilization as we know it. Author believes that this book is important enough to be preserved, reproduced, and made generally available to the public. We appreciate your support of the preservation process, and thank you for being an important part of keeping this knowledge alive and relevant. Physics

Vennie Edwards Electron Theory ISBN Electrical phenomena have been studied since antiquity, though progress in theoretical understanding 978-1-78882-040-0 remained slow until the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. Even then, practical applications for £ 130.00 electricity were few, and it would not be until the late nineteenth century that electrical engineers were able to put it to industrial and residential use. The rapid expansion in electrical technology at this Pub Year: 2018 time transformed industry and society, becoming a driving force for the Second Industrial Revolution. Electricity’s extraordinary versatility means it can be put to an almost limitless set of applications which Book Size: 7”×10” include transport, heating, lighting, communications, and computation. Electrical power is now the backbone of modern industrial society. When you have completed this book, you should be able to Hardback describe the principles of electron flow, static electricity, conductors, and insulators and discuss basic electrical concepts and principles of magnetism.

Physics

Electronic Devices and Circuits Rowan Cabrera ISBN Understanding basic operational and applications of electronic devices is fundamental in understanding 978-1-78882-041-7 the functional and design aspects of electronics techniques, sub system or system irrespective of whether it is analog or digital. The study of electronics devices and circuits is essential since majority of electronics £ 130.00 systems have both analog and digital content. The book Basic Electronic Devices and Circuits is primarily for diploma, Degree and other Engineering examinations. It will also meet the needs of those readers who Pub Year: 2018 wish to gain sound knowledge of electronics. The purpose of this book is to provide a comprehensive and up-to-date study. The book uses a plain, lucid and everyday language to explain the subject matter. The Book Size: 7”×10” entire content in the book is provided in a logical, orderly and a self-understandable manner. The book Hardback prepares very carefully a background of each topic with essential illustration and diagrams.

Physics

Brice Scott Elements of Quantum Optics ISBN The book gives a broad coverage of the basic elements necessary to understand and carry out research 978-1-78882-042-4 in quantum optics. It presents a variety of theoretical tools and important results for two-level and £ 130.00 semiconductor media, many of which could only be found in the original literature of in specialized monographs up to now. The text reveals the close connection between many seemingly unrelated topics. Pub Year: 2018 The book “Quantum Optics” has been written to meet the requirement of the degree and post graduate students. The subject matter has been discussed in such a simple way that the students will find no Book Size: 7”×10” difficult to understand it. Most of the examples given in the book have been selected fromvarious university examination papers and the book cover the syllabus of almost all the universities. Hardback

Physics www.edtechpress.co.uk 73 Physics

Lasers and Their Applications Phoenix Walsh ISBN A laser is a device that emits light through a process of optical amplification based on the stimulated 978-1-78882-058-5 emission of electromagnetic radiation. The term “laser” originated as an acronym for “light amplification by stimulated emission of radiation”. Laser Applications provides a firm grounding in the fundamental £ 130.00 concepts over governing the field on Optics. This reference book is useful for the students ofB.E., B.Tech. and M.Tech., courses. The present book is an attempt to treat the subject of Laser as an Pub Year: 2018 introductory course. With recent major breakthroughs in ultrafast laser technology and femtosecond nonlinear spectroscopic techniques, Femtosecond Laser Spectroscopy is currently a burgeoning field in Book Size: 7”×10” many branches of science, including physics, chemistry, biology, and materials science. Attempts have Hardback also been made to cover the frontline areas in the subject. The development of Laser and its various applications in Communications, Radiation, medicine, Holography etc., has been given due importance.

Physics

Darterrius Sims Mathematical Method in Physics ISBN Mathematical Physics is a significant discipline, concerned with the interface of mathematics and 978-1-78882-063-9 physics. There are several distinct branches of Mathematical Physics and these roughly corresponded to £ 130.00 particular historical periods. Mathematics and physics have interacted fruitfully for centuries. Physics has been a constant source of interesting mathematical problems, and these problems have often required Pub Year: 2018 new mathematics for their solution. Conversely, advances in mathematics have found surprising and impressive applications in physics. Mathematics may be considered as a logical relationship language Book Size: 7”×10” developed upon the concept / definition of one. From this one, we can logically define two, three, etc. which we call numbers. Hence a number is some relationship to one. Once we have whole numbers then Hardback we can define add, subtract, multiply and divide. Fractions, squares, cubes, etc, all became possible, as more and more complexly defined relationships between numbers evolved. Ordinary differential equations are equations to be solved in which the unknown element is a function, rather than a number, Physics and in which the known information relates that function to its derivatives. Few such equations admit an explicit answer, but there is a wealth of qualitative information describing the solutions and their dependence on the defining equation. There are many important classes of differential equations for which detailed information is available. Fourier series are used extensively in engineering, especially for processing images and other signals. Finding the coefficients of a Fourier series is the same as doing a spectral analysis of a function. The Fourier series is a mathematical tool used for analyzing an arbitrary periodic function by decomposing it into a weighted sum of much simpler sinusoidal component functions sometimes referred to as normal Fourier modes, or simply modes for short. This book is intended partly to serve as a textbook cum reference for the course Engineering Physics taught at the undergraduate level in engineering colleges all over the country. The other purpose of the book is to serve as a reference book for research workers in theoretical physics and signal processing.

74 www.edtechpress.co.uk Political Science

Ethics for Governance Kai Cabrera ISBN This book gives a far reaching review of India’s open administrations and bureaucratic frameworks, and 978-1-78882-330-2 investigates why across the board defilement and wasteful conveyance have hindered improvement. It: examines the hidden purposes behind the predominant wastefulness in broad daylight administrations; £ 120.00 • looks at the perplexing linkages between morals based open administration, India’s social and profound Pub Year: 2018 legacy, and its current monetary advancement show; and • plots approaches to make a morals code and a situation that is helpful for better organization and great Book Size: 7”×10” administration. Clear, available, and fastidiously looked into, this will demonstrate basic to researchers and understudies Hardback of open organization, administration thinks about and political science, especially administrators, arrangement producers and common administration wannabes. This book arranges morals in administration in India in the national edge and fuses the setting of globalization, taking into consideration the expanding significance of non-state worldwide on-screen characters in national basic leadership. Political Science A hypothetical way to deal with the issues of morals in administration and defilement, this book is important to scholastics in the fields of Asian Politics, specifically Indian legislative issues, and political theory.

Brynn Vaughan Global Governance Legitimacy and Legitimations ISBN The realm of global governance continually grows more diverse in form, substance and influence, making 978-1-78882-334-0 questions about its legitimacy and legitimation increasingly intriguing. Debates on standards for assessing £ 120.00 the legitimacy of global governance organizations and rules have proliferated in contemporary academic study and political practice. Scholarly study of governance beyond the nation state is filled with theoretical Pub Year: 2018 contention, usually along the lines of the competing perspectives employed in the field of international relations. Debates on how and why legitimacy beyond the state matters, and on the standards against Book Size: 7”×10” which to assess such legitimacy, have proliferated with regard to the global governance realm. If legitimacy is understood as a property attributed to an organization, policy or actor, legitimation refers to the activity Hardback of either seeking or granting legitimacy. The analysis of legitimation brings strategic attempts to justify or challenge existing power and authority relations to the fore, in our case particularly those embodied in global governance organizations. Emphasis is put on multi-level governance, underlining the relevance Political Science of regional governance as a link between the local and global. A central argument in the volume is that the legitimacy of global governance is weak, while the way to make it more legitimate is to enhance the participation of state and non-state agents, give a strong role to statehood and democratic politics, and place priority on the public interest over private/corporate interests.

Handbook of Political Leadership Billie Bender ISBN Leadership is an increasingly relevant area of research, especially for social scientists. Leadership in rural 978-1-78882-337-1 areas of developing societies has acquired more importance in the era of globalization. Political leadership is a concept central to understanding political processes and outcomes, yet its definition is elusive. Many £ 120.00 disciplines have contributed to the study of leadership, including political theory, history, psychology and management studies. Political leadership has made a comeback. It was studied intensively not Pub Year: 2018 only by political scientists but also by political sociologists and psychologists, Sovietologists, political anthropologists, and by scholars in comparative and development studies from the 1940s to the 1970s. Book Size: 7”×10” Thereafter, the field lost its way with the rise of structuralism, neo-institutionalism, and rational choice Hardback approaches to the study of politics, government, and governance. Understanding and measuring political leadership is a complex business. Though we all have ideals of what makes a ‘good’ leader, they are often complex, contradictory, and more than a little partisan. The world is full of aspiring political leaders but sadly, very few live up to the leadership ideals. In fact, many political leaders seem to severely lack some Political Science of the most important leadership qualities, such as integrity and accountability. It is no coincidence that for many people, the word “politician” has such negative connotations! However, history – and present day – shows us that there are still a few who come close to the leadership ideals and who are good examples of an effective political leader. In this book quality of leadership which played a dynamic role in the political, has been analysed.

Kahlil Newton International Relations and World Politics ISBN The world in which we are living in is passing through a great period of transition. The human history is 978-1-78882-352-4 undergoing new experiences and experiments. It is also to be noted in the study of international relations £ 120.00 and world politics. While one must duly recognise the uniqueness of certain events and developments, we are more concerned with the processes and patterns of behaviour found in the world politics. The Pub Year: 2018 importance of the study of international relations is more significant and urgent because the world is getting increasingly interdependent. Relations among states have an ever widening and deepening impact Book Size: 7”×10” on the economic, intellectual and social conditions of our existence. The study of international relations as an academic discipline would solve all over internal and international problems. You can analyse and Hardback explain contemporary international phenomena, including identifying and assessing the positions and interests of key international subjects.

Political Science www.edtechpress.co.uk 75 Political Science

International Security Studies Neari Rivers ISBN This acclaimed curricular book provides a comprehensive review in the field of peace, justice, and security 978-1-78882-353-1 studies. This book is a small step in developing a better understanding of these issues. The chapters collected here represent many of the facets of this argument presented by key scholars collectively in £ 120.00 this field. We believe that this book based research chapters will be helpful to the both decision-makers and the general public. In this nuclear age, this book will make a new contribution to promoting peace, Pub Year: 2018 progress and security. Now nuclear weapons threaten to destroy not only everything that our civilization has created over the age but life on earth as well, reason must triumph while there is still time. In Book Size: 7”×10” keeping with the multifaceted nature of the subject, multiple perspectives, among them political science, Hardback philosophy, religious studies, sociology, and anthropology, are fully represented in this indispensable resource.

Political Science

Ry’mone Griffin Internet Governance ISBN This book has shown that Internet governance is already taking place in a variety of localized international 978-1-78882-354-8 regimes, each driven by a distinct politics. While any sweeping global governance regime for the Internet £ 120.00 simultaneously raises dangers of intrusive over centralization and irrelevance, we think that the problems, loopholes, and unsavory politics associated with certain aspects of the existing evolution of governance Pub Year: 2018 makes it worthwhile to take a more comprehensive look at the system as a whole. The book also created a framework for the identification of public policy issues associated with Internet governance, and looked Book Size: 7”×10” in greater detail at four specific areas of policy. Hardback

Political Science

Introduction to Political Theory Devoreaux Ford ISBN Political Theory at Stanford approaches the study of justice, legitimacy, and power by conjoining 978-1-78882-359-3 normative theory, positive theory and the intellectual history of political thought. Among the topics with which our faculty and students are concerned are democracy, equality, global justice, international £ 120.00 relations, realism and idealism, education, deliberation, institutional innovation, and the organization of knowledge. This book on Political Theory examines a fairly wide range of issues on political theory Pub Year: 2018 and explores the major issues of it by presenting the perspectives of major theorists. This gracefully structured, intellectually rigorous book gives students necessary historical background while examining Book Size: 7”×10” basic themes and assessing the validity of basic arguments. It elaborates the nature and significance of Hardback political theory, presented in a clear and direct style, which can be easily understood by the students with little previous exposure to political science. Rather than simply presenting an abstract of the major issues of political theory, it examines leading arguments with all the major concepts. It is particularly designed to cater to the need of the students and teachers of several universities, colleges, and for the students Political Science preparing for various competitive examinations.

Kris Chapman Political Science : Theory and Perspectives ISBN Every age and every unilization confronts with different set of problems. Political science is the science 978-1-78882-383-8 and art of governance. Aim of this new venture on political science is to provide to our readers interesting, £ 120.00 innovative and up to date material written by the national and international authorities on the subject, through the ages. As the title of the book suggests, this book is devised to reinterpret political science, its Pub Year: 2018 main elements, theories, practices, main fields and subfields, philosophy etc. exhaustively. The book is of utmost importance to students, teachers, scholars and general readers. Selection has been made with Book Size: 7”×10” a view to providing wholistic picture on the various aspects of the subject and its developments up to the present times. Attempt is to provide to the students, teachers, and even the general reader the basics as Hardback well as the modern complenties of the developing national and international dimensions on the subject both in theory in practice.

Political Science

76 www.edtechpress.co.uk Political Science

Political Science and International Relations Drew Paul ISBN Many important questions in the study of international relations are connected with the theory and 978-1-78882-384-5 practice of sovereign statehood which, as indicated, is the central historical institution of world politics. But there are other important issues as well. That has led to ongoing debates about the proper scope of £ 120.00 international relations. At one extreme the scholarly focus is exclusively on states and interstate relations; but at other extreme international relations almost everything that has to do with human relations across Pub Year: 2018 the world. It is important to study these different perspectives if we hope to have balanced and rounded knowledge of International relations. This book has been designed to unravel the complexities of political Book Size: 7”×10” science and international relations in a way that allows student a clear idea of, how the theories work Hardback and myths that are associated with them.

Political Science

Leigh Weber Western Political Thought ISBN Political philosophy is the study of the fundamental questions about the state, government, politics, 978-1-78882-415-6 property, law and the enforcement of a legal code by authority: what they are, why they are needed, what £ 120.00 makes a government legitimate, what rights and freedoms it should protect and why, what form it should take and why, what the law is, and what duties citizens owe to a legitimate government, if any, and when Pub Year: 2018 it may be legitimately overthrown. Western political thought has been dominated, since the beginning, with an interest in the procedures by which political power is applied. Western political thought is Book Size: 7”×10” an extremely important subject of study both for university as well as for competitive examinations. It is equally important for all those interested in politics. Aim of this book is to provide to our readers Hardback innovative and important aspects of this essential subject at different levels. In selection of the material care has been exercised to confirm to the course contents. Efforts have been made to include readers friendly essays. The present book provides general history necessary for the comprehension of political Political Science philosophers relating their works and contributions to the western political thought. The book traverses political thought down from antiquity, the middle ages through the renaissance to the modern period in a lucid manner. The book is useful for students, teachers, researchers, historians’ politicians and general readers.

Women and Politics Kai Padilla ISBN Discrimination on gender basis is a world-wide phenomenon. Women were/are treated as weaker sex 978-1-78882-416-3 in all societies. Despite their exemplary performance in the domain of politics women were treated subservient to men. This book Women and Politics, explores women’s struggles for political power which £ 120.00 is one of the most important gestures through which women could achieve their rightful place in society. The concern emanates from theoretical understanding of cross-national empirical evidence and gender Pub Year: 2018 questions in general as these questions encompass women from all over the world and are also culture specific as the social milieu intervenes and create particular in the struggle. The chapters in this book Book Size: 7”×10” reflect women’s struggles, hardships, grief and sorrow, their achievements and disappointments as also Hardback and their successes and failures in this battle. This book considers the roles women have played and continue to play, in world politics. The text is not a feminist manifesto, but is rather a manual on politics which takes a stance, endorsing the need for women to gain powerful position as members of political parties and contribute significantly and visibly to the changing needs and duties of politics. The book also Political Science incorporates variables critical perspectives, fostering a greater understanding of the subject.

Ramello Thornton World Trade Organizations ISBN The World Trade Organization (WTO) is an intergovernmental Organization that regulates international 978-1-78882-424-8 trade. The WTO officially commenced on 1 January 1995 under the Marrakesh Agreement, signed by £ 120.00 123 nations on 15 April 1994, replacing the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade (GATT), which commenced in 1948. It is the largest international economic Organization in the world. The WTO deals Pub Year: 2018 with regulation of trade in goods, services and intellectual property between participating countries by providing a framework for negotiating trade agreements and a dispute resolution process aimed at Book Size: 7”×10” enforcing participants’ adherence to WTO agreements, which are signed by representatives of member governments and ratified by their parliaments. Most of the issues that the WTO focuses on derive from Hardback previous trade negotiations, especially from the Uruguay Round (1986-1994). The present book is a result of deep research conducted on the topic of World Trade Organization. It is in continuation to the earlier works by the author on the contemporary trends of WTO with special emphasis laid on the politics Political Science of regional trading blocs in this book. The ever expanding consensus on the co-existence of politics and economics is evident from the treatment of the topic on WTO. The book thus unfolds the deficiencies and imbalances witnessed under the WTO system, and points to the critical choices to be made by the member nations of WTO in future negotiations. www.edtechpress.co.uk 77 Psychology

Child Development Daevion McClain ISBN The study of child development is of immense importance to those dealing with children, either as 978-1-78882-292-3 parents or teachers. Starting from the prenatal embryonic stage, the book traces the development of a child not only in physical field but in intellectual (cognitive), emotional (co-native), social and moral £ 120.00 fields too, as they all make the important aspects of a child’s personality. Besides, the role of nature and nurture has been highlighted since the prenatal stage to that of adolescence. Child development refers Pub Year: 2018 to the sequence of physical, language, thought and emotional changes that occur in a child from birth to the beginning of adulthood. During this process a child progresses from dependency on their parents/ Book Size: 7”×10” guardians to increasing independence. Child development is strongly influenced by genetic factors (genes Hardback passed on from their parents) and events during prenatal life. It is also influenced by environmental facts and the child’s learning capacity. Child development can be actively enhanced through targeted therapeutic intervention and the ‘just right’ home based practice, recommended by Occupational Therapists and Speech Therapists. Child development refers to the biological and psychological changes Psychology that occur in human beings between birth and the end of adolescence, as the individual progresses from dependency to increasing autonomy. Because these developmental changes may be strongly influenced by genetic factors and events during prenatal He, genetics and prenatal development are usually included as part of. The study of child development. This book is intended to ease the task faced by researchers, instructors, and students who are confronted by the vast amount of research and theoretical discussion in child development and behaviour.

Varrien Holmes Child Growth and Educational Psychology ISBN Child growth entails the biological, psychological and emotional changes that occur in human beings 978-1-78882-293-0 between birth and the end of adolescence, as the individual progresses from dependency to increasing £ 120.00 autonomy. It is a continuous process with a predictable sequence, yet having a unique course for every child. Educational psychology is a distinct scientific discipline within psychology that includes both Pub Year: 2018 methods of study and a resulting knowledge base. This book authoritatively describes all important aspects of child growth and educational psychology. Students, scholars and academics in the field of Book Size: 7”×10” education and psychology besides educational planners, psychologists, psychiatrists etc., will find this book highly valuable. Hardback

Psychology

Child Psychology Jaquann Lynch ISBN Child psychology is one of the many branches of psychology and one of the most frequently studied 978-1-78882-294-7 specialty areas. This particular branch focuses on the mind and behavior of children from prenatal development through adolescence. Child psychology deals not only with how children grow physically, £ 120.00 but with their mental, emotional and social development as well. How are children’s lives changing and what role do child psychologists have in supporting children? Child psychology is a broad area, Pub Year: 2018 covering how people change as they grow up from birth through to adolescence and trying to explain how these important changes occur - are 3-year-olds, 7-year-olds and teenagers different just because Book Size: 7”×10” of their experiences of the world, or because of biological changes within the individual? Because child Hardback psychology is so vast and tries to answer so many questions, researchers and practitioners often separate development into specific areas. Broadly, these tend to map onto children’s physical, cognitive and social/ emotional development. Child psychologists attempt to make sense of every aspect of child development, including how children learn, think, interact and respond emotionally to those around them, make friends, Psychology understand emotions and their own developing personalities, temperaments and skills. Children typically reach developmental milestones. These milestones reflect abilities, such as walking and talking, that are achieved by most children at similar ages. Among other things, we are interested in trying to explain how children reach these milestones and how individual, social and cultural factors may influence how we develop. Child psychology is one of the many branches of psychology and one of the most frequently studied specialty areas. This studied specialty areas. This particular branch focuses on the mind and behavior of children from prenatal development through adolescence. Child psychology will undoubtedly prove useful to the students as well as teachers of the subject.

Chris Kelly Clinical Psychology Carmen Hahn All behaviours are acquired by us by learning it from our environment. Hence, they can be changed ISBN or modified by modifying the learning environment through various psychological and educational 978-1-78882-129-2 techniques. The topic of this book is a View to Clinical Psychology. As the name suggests the book deals £ 120.00 with an important aspect of psychology and clinical psychology, that is, mental retardation and behavior problems. The book entitled Clinical Psychology is an original research work carried out by the author, Pub Year: 2018 a pioneer work in providing treatment to individuals suffering from various psychological disorders. This well researched work will be of great value to researchers, practitioners and students of psychology, Book Size: 7”×10” psychiatry, and other behavioural sciences. Hardback

Psychology

78 www.edtechpress.co.uk Psychology

Cognitive Psychology Sabian Fleming ISBN Cognitive psychology is a form of discipline within psychology that touches all parts of the perceptual, 978-1-78882-296-1 memory an thinking processes. Cognitive psychology is the scientific study of the thinking mind involving the total range of psychological processes. Cognitive psychology is the scientific study of the mind as an £ 120.00 information processor. Cognitive psychologists try to build up cognitive models of the information processing that goes on inside people’s minds, including perception, attention, language, memory, thinking and Pub Year: 2018 consciousness. Cognitive psychologists examine internal mental processes such as memory, perception, learning and language, and they are concerned with how people understand, diagnose, and solve problems Book Size: 7”×10” and make decisions. Cognitive psychology generally favors the gathering of empirical data from scientific Hardback research methods instead of through clinically based observation (such as in the field of psychoanalysis) to reach conclusions and state a case. However, because cognitive psychology is a vast and diverse field, clinical observation can be useful in generating hypotheses for further research. The behaviorists approach only studies external observable (stimulus and response) behavior which can be objectively measured. They Psychology believe that internal behavior cannot be studied because we cannot see what happens in a person’s mind (and therefore cannot objectively measure it). In comparison, the cognitive approach believes that internal mental behavior can be scientifically studied using experiments. Cognitive psychology assumes thata mediational process occurs between stimulus/input and response/output. This book is written for all those students who are associated with psychology. It is hoped that the contents of this book will explain different aspects of cognition and prepare you to comprehend future developments. Johntey Anthony Education Psychology : New Dimensions ISBN Educational psychology is turn informs a wide range of specialties within educational studies, including 978-1-78882-319-7 instructional design, educational technology, curriculum development, organisational learning, special £ 120.00 education and classroom management. Educational psychology is the branch of psychology concerned with the scientific study of human learning. The study of learning processes, from both cognitive and Pub Year: 2018 behavioral perspectives, allows researchers to understand individual differences in intelligence, cognitive development, affect, motivation, self-regulation, and self-concept, as well as their role in learning. The field Book Size: 7”×10” of educational psychology relies heavily on quantitative methods, including testing and measurement, to enhance educational activities related to instructional design, classroom management, and assessment, Hardback which serve to facilitate learning processes in various educational settings across the lifespan. The field of educational psychology involves the study of memory, conceptual processes, and individual differences in conceptualizing new strategies for learning processes in humans. Educational psychology has been Psychology built upon theories of operant conditioning, functionalism, structuralism, constructivism, humanistic psychology, Gestalt psychology, and information processing. One of the most popular areas of psychology is educational psychology. Educational psychology could be defined in a lot of different ways, but the basic idea is that it’s a field that studies and applies theories and concepts from all of psychology in educational settings. The book of Educational Psychology fills the gap for there is paucity of books on educational psychology. Environmental Psychology : Principles and Practices Bankston Cotton ISBN Environmental psychology maintained its dual orientation to research and application and proceeded 978-1-78882-329-6 further toward integrating them. Researchers conducted hypothesis-testing studies in controlled setting and practitioners applied research findings in facility programming, design and post occupancy £ 120.00 evaluation. The clearest integration appeared in environmental design research, natural setting to improve environmental design and to test scientific hypotheses. Environmental psychology is an interdisciplinary Pub Year: 2018 field that focuses on the interplay between individuals and their surroundings. The field defines the term environment broadly, encompassing natural environments, social settings, built environments, learning Book Size: 7”×10” environments, and informational environments. Environmental psychology is a direct study of the Hardback relationship between an environment and how that environment affects its inhabitants. Specific aspects of this field work by identifying a problem and through the identification of said problem, discovering a solution. The solutions can aid in making society function better as a whole and create a wealth of knowledge about the inner workings of societies. This book will prove informative and useful to Psychology academics as well as laymen. This book deals with all the major aspects of environmental psychology. It traces historical perspective and scope of environmental psychology and provides the reader with the methodological and theoretical perspective of the field. Glen Leach Forensic Psychology ISBN Forensic Psychology is the application of the science and profession of psychology to questions 978-1-78882-332-6 and issues relating to law and the legal system. Today forensic refers to the application of scientific £ 120.00 principles and practices to the adversary process where especially knowledgeable scientists play a role. Forensic psychology is the intersection between psychology and the criminal justice system. It involves Pub Year: 2018 understanding criminal law in the relevant jurisdictions in order to be able to interact appropriately with judges, attorneys and other legal professionals. The growth of forensic psychology is not without Book Size: 7”×10” controversy. Some accuse forensic psychologists of being hired guns who can be paid to parrot a certain opinion. Recent court decisions are causing increasing scientific scrutiny of psychological evidence. Hardback This in turn is leading to the development of increasingly rigorous training programs, instruments, and procedures that will allow us to withstand such adversarial scrutiny. Further, in order to be a credible witness, the forensic psychologist must understand the philosophy, rules and standards of the judicial Psychology system. Primary is an understanding of the adversarial system. There are also rules about hearsay evidence and most importantly, the exclusionary rule. This book provides deep insight into various dimensions of issues relating to the subject. www.edtechpress.co.uk 79 Psychology

Health Psychology Mel Reed Bev Lloyd Health psychology is the study of psychological and behavioral processes in health, illness, and healthcare. It is concerned with understanding how psychological, behavioral, and cultural factors contribute ISBN to physical health and illness. Psychological factors can affect health directly. Health Psychology is 978-1-78882-338-8 concerned with understanding how biology, behavior, and social context influence health and illness. £ 120.00 Health psychologists work alongside other medical professionals in clinical settings, work on behaviour change in public health promotion, teach at universities, and conduct research. For example, chronically Pub Year: 2018 occurring environmental stressors affecting the hypothalamic–pituitary–adrenal axis, cumulatively, can harm health. Health psychology also concerns itself with bettering the lives of individuals with terminal Book Size: 7”×10” illness. When there is little hope of recovery, health psychologist therapists can improve the quality of life of the patient by helping the patient recover at least some of his or her psychological well-being. Health Hardback psychologists are also concerned with providing therapeutic services for the bereaved. The theoretical and conceptual input of the book in the health areas will prove quite beneficial for students and researchers Psychology whereas the ideas and research questions raised in the book will surely provoke the scientists for fulfilling heuristic function.

Carmen Hahn Organizational Psychology Chris Kelly The specialty of industrial-organizational psychology (also called I/O psychology) is characterized by the ISBN scientific study of human behavior in organizations and the work place. The specialty focuses on deriving 978-1-78882-378-4 principles of individual, group and organizational behavior and applying this knowledge to the solution £ 120.00 of problems at work. This book presents theoretical background, comprehensive literature review and lot of application exercises on all major topics of Industrial/Organizational Psychology. The main objective Pub Year: 2018 of the book is to help students to acquire knowledge and skills, which they would apply in organizations during their professional careers. The book is up-to-date in terms of cited references and list of suggested Book Size: 7”×10” readings and captures all recent researches in this area. This book is targeted at the undergraduate and postgraduate students of Psychology and Management. It will be also useful to researchers, practitioners Hardback and academics in I/O Psychology.

Psychology

Principles of Psychology Ladarrell Stokes ISBN Psychological knowledge is often applied to the assessment and treatment of mental health problems, 978-1-78882-388-3 it is also directed towards understanding and solving problems in several spheres of human activity. By many accounts psychology ultimately aims to benefit society. The majority of psychologists are involved £ 120.00 in some kind of therapeutic role, practicing in clinical, counseling, or school settings. Many do scientific research on a wide range of topics related to mental processes and behavior, and typically work in Pub Year: 2018 university psychology departments or teach in other academic settings. Some are employed in industrial and organizational settings, or in other areas such as human development and aging, sports, health, Book Size: 7”×10” and the media, as well as in forensic investigation and other aspects of law. The book “Principles of Hardback Psychology” has been especially written according to the requirements of the syllabus. The text of this book has been written uniquely and comprehensively that has been discussed in such a simple way that the students will find no difficulty to understand and learnt about it. The author shall be thankful to the readers who point out errors and omissions which inspire of all care might have been there. Psychology

Quillin Woods Psychological Development : Ethical Issues ISBN Psychological Development is the scientific study of how and why human beings change over the 978-1-78882-390-6 course of their life. Originally concerned with infants and children, the field has expanded to include £ 120.00 adolescence, adult development, aging, and the entire lifespan. This field examines change across three major dimensions: physical development, cognitive development, and socioemotional development. Pub Year: 2018 Within these three dimensions are a broad range of topics including motor skills, executive functions, moral understanding, language acquisition, social change, personality, emotional development, self- Book Size: 7”×10” concept and identity formation. In this book the area of discussion and analysis has been delimited to physiological and psychological areas so as to give a deeper treatment to the subject. It is hoped that Hardback the book will find a wider acceptance among teachers and researchers. The book is of interest to the researchers and students of psychology, sociology, child development, family studies and professionals interested in related fields. Psychology

80 www.edtechpress.co.uk Psychology

Psychological Testing Bev Lloyd Mel Reed Psychological testing developed during the post world war II period. With students in mind, Kline has created features that ease them into more difficult ideas, always stressing the practical use of theoretical ISBN concepts. A clear introduction to the basics of psychological testing and their application in everyday 978-1-78882-391-3 educational, clinical and organizational settings. Written in response to a growing need for a reference £ 120.00 book on psychological testing conducive to student learning, Psychological Testing provides readers with a clear and accessible introduction to the field. This book gives students an understanding of the basic Pub Year: 2018 concepts, issues, and tools used in psychological testing, and also illustrates how these are relevant in day-to-day educational, organizational and clinical environments. This book highlights all these aspects Book Size: 7”×10” in great detail. Hardback

Psychology

www.edtechpress.co.uk 81 Research Science

Advertising and Media Research Justice Hamilton ISBN Advertising research is a systematic process of marketing research conducted to improve the efficiency 978-1-78882-279-4 of advertising. Advertising and media research explains the complexities of planning in a fast-moving non-complex style. As we enter the new century of transformed advertising techniques and marketing £ 120.00 challenges. Research is to find out something new, and advertising research is to find out how advertising works effectively and guide in making effective advertising decisions. There are various kinds of advertising Pub Year: 2018 research, and these include pre-testing, post-testing, campaign research, and measuring advertising effectiveness. Advertising follows logically after listening to consumer requirements, introducing Book Size: 7”×10” productive conditions, distributing the goods. However, the actual sequence - and emphasis deriving from Hardback the diverse sub-cultures - can be quite differentiated. The effects of the different mass media on social, psychological and physical aspects. Research survey that segments the people based on what television programs they watch, radio they listen and magazines they read. Media research makes use of scientific methods of research. It aims at providing an objective, unbiased evaluation of data. First the research Research Science problem is identified, and then a prescribed set of procedures of research is followed to investigate the problem. Only thereafter comes report of the findings. This book is more catered to readers who have no background on the media. It is more informational than instructional. It’s great if you are looking into learning about how the media works per se but not if you are concerned about effectively positioning your products in the market.

Brett Jackson Business Research Methods ISBN A total prologue to working together research, Business Research Methods is the perfect guide 978-1-78882-291-6 for understudies setting out on an exploration venture. Together with genuine understudies and £ 120.00 administrators, the writers draw without anyone else broad experience to give perusers tips for progress and give guidance to enable them to stay away from regular errors. Grown particularly in view of business Pub Year: 2018 and administration understudies, this smash hit course reading investigates the nature and reason for business examine and the issues it involves, while additionally giving understudies functional exhortation Book Size: 7”×10” on doing their exploration. Notwithstanding an expansive scope of pertinent contextual analyses, the book includes a generous exchange of morals, a section on web inquire about strategies, and a solid Hardback accentuation on viable substance, for example, arranging a venture and composing it up. With another part on the idea of business look into that clarifies why a comprehension of research techniques is so essential to the more extensive investigation of business and administration, and another section on Research Science inspecting in subjective research, Business Research Methods remains the book of decision to enable you to construct a full comprehension of the subject.

Historical Research : Theory and Methods Ryan Hester ISBN Historical method comprises the techniques and guidelines by which historians use primary sources and 978-1-78882-340-1 other evidence, including the evidence of archaeology, to research and then to write histories in the form of accounts of the past. The question of the nature, and even the possibility, of a sound historical method £ 120.00 is raised in the philosophy of history as a question of epistemology. The study of historical method and of different ways of writing history is known as historiography. This book undertakes historical research Pub Year: 2018 and provides invaluable advice and support with methodological analysis. History Research: Theory and Methods presents a clear practical guide to the study research and writing of history. Each stage of Book Size: 7”×10” historical research is covered from the selection of a topic and the organization and evaluation of source Hardback material through to the completion of a typescript. The book focuses on the study of history provides detailed guidance on research methods and includes comprehensive information on stylistic conventions for presenting historical work. Research Science

Tonell Calhoun Introduction to Social Research ISBN The present book offers basics for the social researcher and provides a sound and well-structured 978-1-78882-360-9 framework for the pursuit of serious and result-oriented research. It reiterates, in ordered and logical £ 120.00 sequence, the steps that are required to be taken by the researcher so that he successfully plans, conducts, implements and concludes a plan of action for the study he decides on. From a discussion Pub Year: 2018 of the key concepts, the book guides the reader into the intricacies of the sociological methods, and subsequently the hypothesis, the research design, and the sociological data. It explains in clear terms the Book Size: 7”×10” methods of data collection, namely, the questionnaire, the interview, the sample poll, etc. The author has not merely collected them from various sources and arranged them systematically but has also enlivened Hardback them with his interesting style of writing. The book is intended for the research scholar and academician in social sciences and will prove to be of great assistance in the methodology of research.

Research Science

82 www.edtechpress.co.uk Social Science

Archaeology Dane Castaneda ISBN Archaeology is the scientific study of past cultures through analysis of physical remains. Essentially, 978-1-78882-283-1 physical remains are bones of early people as well as their manufactured tools, goods (artifacts), and the foundations of settlements. Archaeologists search for and analyze these remains in order to £ 120.00 understand something about the culture of the people that left them. Archaeologists often work closely with historians and anthropologists. Antiquarianism is the earliest stage of archaeology. Named for the Pub Year: 2018 process of collecting and displaying historical treasures, antiquarianism was generally the domain of wealthy individuals who had the resources to spend time searching for, acquiring, and displaying artifacts. Book Size: 7”×10” These individuals were motivated by a variety of reasons from nationalism (for instance, the history of the Hardback land of their birth) to religious reasons (the examination of Biblical manuscripts). Note that the beginnings of antiquarianism are ancient and may go back to (or further than) the Greek historian, Herodotus, in the fifth century BCE. Today archaeology is a precise science. Archaeologists’ tools include radioactive carbon dating and geophysical prospecting. The discipline is strongly influenced and even driven by humanities Social Science like history and art history. However, it is, at heart, intensely methodical and technical. But archaeology hasn’t always been precise. In fact, it hasn’t always been a science. Archaeology originated in 15th and 16th century Europe with the popularity of collecting and Humanism, a type of rational philosophy that held art in high esteem. The inquisitive elite of the Renaissance collected antiquities from ancient Greece and Rome, considering them pieces of art more than historical artifacts. The book focuses on the present state of our understanding of archaeology of the early historic period. It explores archaeological methods — aims, objectives and practices. It addresses key issues that are traditionally associated with early historic archaeology.

Jackie Bennett Public Administration ISBN Public administration is the function, rather an institutionalized function to give practical shape to the 978-1-78882-393-7 provisions of the constitution. The government has many wings, the legislature, the executive and the £ 120.00 judiciary. It is the executive, which is closely linked to public administration and mainly it is called by the name of bureaucracy. In this book; learn how to influence the operations of public agencies-helping Pub Year: 2018 them learn to affect positive changes, regardless of whether they are working outside the agency as citizens or within the agency as managers. With a strong emphasis on ethics, public administration Book Size: 7”×10” increase your chances of being effective by developing such personal and interpersonal skills as personal management, communication, delegation, motivation, and decision making. Important topics such as Hardback nonprofit management, the global dimensions of public administrations as well as organizational theory are covered. The book will be highly useful to students, teachers, scholars, administrators and general readers. Social Science

www.edtechpress.co.uk 83 Sociology

Gender Development and Globalization Terryl Blackwell ISBN Gender Development and Globalization is the leading primer on global feminist economics and 978-1-78882-333-3 development. Gender is a development issue because social considerations are not easily incorporated into institutions such as policies, regulations, markets and organizations. This process is often referred £ 120.00 to as the mainstreaming of gender in development institutions. Women are often in a disadvantaged position in terms of access to assets, services, information and formal decision-making status. Gender Pub Year: 2018 equality is considered a critical element in achieving Decent Work for All Women and Men, in order to effect social and institutional change that leads to sustainable development with equity and growth. Book Size: 7”×10” Gender equality refers to equal rights, responsibilities and opportunities that all persons should enjoy, Hardback regardless of whether one is born male or female. Gender developmental scientists are concerned with age-related changes in gender typing, and more broadly, with many issues about the emergence and patterning of gendered behaviors and thinking. Description of these changes is vitally important as it informs theoretical approaches to gender development. Using a broad lens on age-related changes Sociology provides important information describing how development occurs, but shorter time frames are also useful for identifying processes that may underlie developmental patterns. Gender has been increasingly acknowledged as a critical variable in analysis and development planning. Gender is an expression of power in social relationship between men and women. The book will be very useful to academicians, researchers, planners, students, NGOs, civil societies and all those who are interested in women studies in general and gender issues in contexts in particular.

Orien Freeman Invitation to Sociology: A Humanistic Perspective ISBN Sociology is the study of human social relationships and institutions. Unifying the study of these diverse 978-1-78882-364-7 subjects of study is sociology’s purpose of understanding how human action and consciousness both are £ 120.00 shaped by surrounding cultural and social structures. A social system basically consists of two or more individuals interacting directly or indirectly in a bounded situation. There may be physical or territorial Pub Year: 2018 boundaries, but the fundamental sociological point of reference is that the individuals are oriented, in a whole sense, to a common focus or inter-related foci. This book has been written as a result Book Size: 7”×10” of dissatisfaction with the attitude prevailing among sociologists that the scientific method will make sociology the fittest instrument for planning and controlling social relationships. Designed to meet the Hardback needs of all those related to the subject, this book will be invaluable to students as well as professionals.

Sociology

Origins of Sociological Theory Arris Dorsey Readale Collier The field of sociology itself–and sociological theory by extension–is relatively new. Both date back to the 18th and 19th centuries. The drastic social changes of that period, such as industrialization, urbanization, ISBN and the rise of democratic states caused particularly Western thinkers to become aware of society. 978-1-78882-379-1 The oldest sociological theories deal with broad historical processes relating to these changes. Since £ 120.00 then, sociological theories have come to encompass most aspects of society, including communities, organizations and relationships. The basic insight of sociology is that human behaviour is largely Pub Year: 2018 shaped by the groups to which people belong and by the social interaction that takes place within those groups. The main focus of sociology is the group, not the individual. This compendium offers selections Book Size: 7”×10” that present special propositions, specific concepts, or examples of substantive theorizing rather than discussions of integrated systems. The present attempt is made to describe the different aspects of Hardback sociological theory generally being explained by the social scientists and it is hoped that it will be of great use for all those concerned with sociology. Sociology

Dubois Norman Principles and Practices of Social Work ISBN Social work is a service comprising a composite of knowledge and skills, which attempts to help the 978-1-78882-387-6 individual to satisfy his needs in the social milieu and remove, as far as possible, the impediments that £ 120.00 obstruct people from achieving the best by making good use of their abilities and capacities. From the work of charity, almsgiving and acts of benevolence, it has grown into a definite domain of knowledge Pub Year: 2018 making it a professional service. The profession of social work is based on definite set of knowledge, skills, techniques and attitude that must be inculcated in would be social worker. In order to be successful Book Size: 7”×10” in the social work, the worker must become well-versed with all these aspects, needs of people and practical experience in different social settings. He has to deal with needs and problems of people Hardback whether the work may be a social work, case work, group work or community work. The book endeavours to present all requirements of students, teachers, social workers, social work institutions to enable them to achieve success in social work and related activities. Sociology

84 www.edtechpress.co.uk Sociology

Research Methods for Social Work Anjawon Ruffin ISBN Research methods for social work have undergone several changes in the recent past, particularly in 978-1-78882-397-5 the areas of research designs, techniques of data collection, analysis of data and computer application in social work research. This volume cover four broad areas of research. This accessible book is based £ 120.00 on the author extensive practical experience of carrying out and teaching research in the social work field. Social work research is shown to be both a distinctive academic enterprise and a task that can Pub Year: 2018 be accomplished effectively in line with the values and ethical principles that lie at the disciplines core. One of the most significant features of this book is the infusion of content on evidence-based practice in Book Size: 7”×10” various chapters. This book is a valuable resource for social work students and practitioners carrying out Hardback research projects as well as practicing researchers and research educators in the discipline.

Sociology

Lynn Shields Social Change and the Global Environment Leslie Armstrong Over the last two decades radical transformations have been taking place in the social and ISBN economic systems. Through the process of globalization increased opportunities exist for some but 978-1-78882-398-2 disenfranchisement and social dislocations for the great majority are also increasing. Globalization has £ 135.00 produced tension between traditional bases of livelihood and emerging export-oriented commercial production of non-traditional items. And finally, globalization has contributed a great deal in deepening Pub Year: 2018 the distinction between ‘work’ and ‘leisure’, and defining the contours of leisure’s activities. Providing a number of empirical and historical studies of leisure from different cultures, this will be of immense book Book Size: 7”×10” to the students of social sciences and humanities. It is useful for all those students, social scientists and policy-makers who are interested in analyzing social change in the light of this unstoppable process of Hardback globalization.

Sociology

Social Control and Social Change Liddell Henry ISBN Socialization is predominately an unconscious process by which a new born child learns the values, beliefs, 978-1-78882-399-9 rules and regulations of society or internalizes the culture in which it born. Social control is described in detail at the end of the book. It is intended as a book for undergraduate and postgraduate students £ 120.00 of sociology and a reference tool to the researchers and academic professionals this comprehensive and well-structured book presents in a systematic way the Social Control and Social Change. The book is Pub Year: 2018 undoubtedly a valuable asset for the students, researchers as well as teachers of sociology. In addition, general readers concerned with social aspects and social progress will find it extremely informative. Book Size: 7”×10” Hardback

Sociology

Ka’ron Benson Social Exclusion and Social Inclusion ISBN In the last couple of years there has been a spurt of growing interest in and awareness about questions 978-1-78882-400-2 of social exclusion and inclusion. While the nature of exclusion in India has centered around the caste £ 120.00 system, other disadvantaged groups such as tribal, women and poor have also suffered from similar disabilities. Their politics of exclusion and inclusion, censure and celebration show that they wish to be Pub Year: 2018 a part of the so-called mainstream academic discourse yet cannot be. The objective of this book is to discuss about social exclusion arising out of institutions of caste and gender and the inclusive policies Book Size: 7”×10” designed for them. This book makes a comprehensive analysis on the thematic issues identified for this seminar within the frame work of human rights education. The recommendations made through this Hardback book are expected to influence the policy of inclusive growth within the broad frame work of human rights education. This book is expected to fulfill the teaching research and extension needs of academics, research scholars, students, pursuing subject like sociology, anthropology, social work, history, economics, Sociology political science, rural development, women studies, futurology, public administration, etc. www.edtechpress.co.uk 85 Sociology

Social Structure and Social Interaction Readale Collier ISBN The question needs to ponder over as we have entered in the new millennium. On what way we are 978-1-78882-401-9 going? What is the nature of social transformation? What socio-economic forces and value systems are emerging in the country? Keeping in view the expected consequences of socio-economic development as £ 120.00 an instrument of change in the structure and culture, the present book mainly deals with Social Structure and Social Interaction. This book provides valuable insights into social structure and change in a complex Pub Year: 2018 society. Well researched and lucidly written, this volume will be widely welcomed by all those involved in the study of sociology, social anthropology and social change. This book is of great help and utility to all Book Size: 7”×10” those who are interested in knowing the changing social structure. Hardback

Sociology

Dejerius Burgess Sociological Theory- Classical Statements ISBN The basic insight of sociology is that human behaviour is largely shaped by the groups to which people 978-1-78882-403-3 belong and by the social interaction that takes place within those groups. The main focus of sociology £ 120.00 is the group, not the individual. Sociologist is mainly interested in the interaction between people-the ways in which people act towards, respond to, and influence one another. Sociology, does not, however, Pub Year: 2018 study everything that happens in society or under social conditions. Classical Sociological Theory continues to include two historical chapters covering the early history of the field as well as its most Book Size: 7”×10” recent developments. These chapters give students an overview that allows them to put the work of each theorist in its historical, social, and political context. This book offers students a handy overview of most Hardback of what they need to know about classical sociological theory.

Sociology

Women in Changing Society Rhyland Jones ISBN Since the 1960s and 1970s century, the women’s movements and women’s studies have been beginning 978-1-78882-418-7 to rise throughout the world. In the past several decades, the status of women has been greatly improved. All the writings contain valuable insights highlighting the idea of feminism and trace the different forms £ 120.00 it has taken in the countries under consideration. The book, specially has the concerns on: various aspects of feminism and queries of paradigm shift in women studies. The comprehensive coverage of the Pub Year: 2018 activities of women in numerous sectors and also hints at feminization of labour as well as household activities, conflict zones and environment in our society. A book to further reading in the light of the Book Size: 7”×10” documents consulted and used in the chapters which may be a foundation for any serious researcher on Hardback women in the development process.

Sociology

Leslie Armstrong Women’s Rights and Social Change ISBN Women’s rights are the rights and entitlements claimed for women and girls worldwide, and formed the 978-1-78882-419-4 basis for the women’s rights movement in the nineteenth century and feminist movement during the £ 120.00 20th century. In some countries, these rights are institutionalized or supported by law, local custom, and behavior, whereas in others they are ignored and suppressed. They differ from broader notions of human Pub Year: 2018 rights through claims of an inherent historical and traditional bias against the exercise of rights by women and girls, in favor of men and boys. Women’s Rights and Social Change focuses attention on the way Book Size: 7”×10” in which women from a number of traditions have been able to bring about change and the manner in which rights have either facilitated or inhibited women’s participation in the process of change. In the Hardback face of injustice, people band together to work for change, and through their influence, what was once unthinkable becomes common. This book traces the history of the women’s rights movement, including the key players, watershed moments, and legislative battles that have driven social change. This book Sociology should be of interest to all those interested in gender development and women empowerment and researches and students.

86 www.edtechpress.co.uk Travel & Tourism Management

Cultural and Heritage Tourism Acqwon Fuller ISBN Today, tourism has become one of the largest and fastest growing industries accounting for nearly 700 978-1-78882-303-6 million people travelling all over the world and spending more than 7.4 trillion US dollars. Besides promoting people-to-people contacts, ethnic and cultural understanding, mutual appreciation and £ 120.00 co-operation and thereby promoting peace, tourism provides unlimited opportunities for employment generation, social and economic upliftment of the people and contributing to the economies of the Pub Year: 2018 nations. Cultural heritage tourism has a number of objectives that must be met within the context of sustainable development such as; the conservation of cultural resources, accurate interpretation of Book Size: 7”×10” resources, authentic visitors experience, and the stimulation of the earned revenues of cultural resources. Hardback Tourism is an important issue at world heritage sites. Most managers at natural sites regard it as a key issue. Important features of world heritage tourism are local protection, conservation and restoration. Such a tourism also requires special training management skills. Different visitor management strategies, interpretation and site promotional activities have to be organised. Culture and heritage have also Hospitality Management become major forces in economic and urban revitalisation. As cultural tourism becomes an increasingly important factor for tourist destinations involved in developing their cultural capital in order to attract more international visitors, there is value in assessing how cultural and heritage tourists can be better understood and serviced through marketing, planning and programming with local and regional communities. This book also provides readers with global charters developed for promoting cultural tourism and for preserving heritage sites. Focus lies on ICOSM and WHC. World Heritage Sites, identified and conserved around the world, have been listed and the initiatives to preserve cultural sites and conserve heritage sites.

Robin Watts Development of Tourism and Travel Industry Zishan Parks Nowadays senior government officials visit other countries to promote tourism in their country. Because ISBN of the fact that the western capitalist world has huge amounts of capital at their disposal, they are able to 978-1-78882-308-1 invest more money in the tourism industry for tourism development and as such they get huge dividends £ 135.00 from tourism. This work is an attempt in the collection of firsthand information from various areas of tourism industry, draw from wide range of sources. A travel agency is a private retailer or public service Pub Year: 2018 that provides travel and tourism related services to the public on behalf of suppliers such as activities, airlines, car rentals, cruise lines, hotels, railways, travel insurance, and package tours. In addition to Book Size: 7”×10” dealing with ordinary tourists most travel agencies have a separate department devoted to making travel arrangements for business travelers and some travel agencies specialize in commercial and business Hardback travel only. There are also travel agencies that serve as general sales agents for foreign travel companies, allowing them to have offices in countries other than where their headquarters are located. Travel and Hospitality Management tourism industry has now become the largest civilian industry in the world, according to statistics one out of every ten person worldwide is part of the Travel and tourism industry. Travel and tourism is one of the largest and fastest growing global service industries. The travel and tourism industry, along with the related sectors contributing to it, is expected to grow in leaps and bounds in the coming years. The book is a unique research account on tourism strategies and marketing. It is an excellent asset for the students, scholars and expert of tourism marketing.

Quality and Consumer Satisfaction in Tourism Uterius Bailey ISBN Quality & Consumer Satisfaction in Tourism are increasingly interested in the economic impacts of 978-1-78882-394-4 tourism at national, state, and local levels. The present book incorporates the rudiments of tourism management for the students. It takes a global look at what tourism is all about, with adequate examples £ 120.00 wherever necessary, and every effort is made to make the text interesting for the readers. The book is comprehensive in the sense that it treats the different facets of tourism industry. The book will provide an Pub Year: 2018 essential reading for anyone interested in tourism, whether a student, a teacher, a professional, or even a common man. It is written in simple and lucid manner so as to be understood without hiccups. This book Book Size: 7”×10” provides a clear and frank assessment that is easy to follow and above all it generates a clear idea on the Hardback Quality & Consumer Satisfaction in Tourism. Reading this book will definitely be enjoyable for one and all.

Hospitality Management

Zeeshan Norris Tourism Concepts and Principles ISBN Tourism as a global industry is essentially a post Second-World War phenomenon. Though a number of 978-1-78882-412-5 research papers and articles have been written on different aspects of tourism, there has been a need for £ 120.00 an authentic, comprehensive reference book on tourism. Tourism is an ever-expanding service oriented industry with high growth potential for national as well as for international community. Today, tourism has Pub Year: 2018 become a global as well as national level exhibition and description of places, prosperity, higher standards of living and the fast-growing concept of paid holidays. The process of tourism incorporates man, space Book Size: 7”×10” and time as its principal components. As such, it has far reaching significance and implications of a socio-economic nature alongside the environment ones. The tourism has emerged as a most instrumental Hardback phenomenon in the economic and social development of any society. The main objective of the present book of Tourism is to organize and put together the different aspects of this complex matrix of the multiple interrelated dimensions of the tourism. Hospitality Management www.edtechpress.co.uk 87 Travel & Tourism Management

Tourism Management: Problems and Prospects Avery Hampton ISBN Tourism industry has grown exponentially in the past few decades and this will lead to the increase in 978-1-78882-413-2 demand for the professionals in the field, making the course of tourism extremely popular among the students globally. Tourism Management is one of the important papers and the present book is being £ 120.00 prepared by keeping in view the syllabi of several universities and colleges. The present book incorporates the rudiments of tourism management for the students. It takes a global look at what tourism is all about, Pub Year: 2018 with adequate examples wherever necessary, and every effort is made to make the text interesting for the readers. The book is comprehensive in the sense that it treats the different facets of tourism industry. The Book Size: 7”×10” book will provide an essential reading for anyone interested in tourism, whether a student, a teacher, a Hardback professional, or even a common man. It is written in simple and lucid manner so as to be understood.

Hospitality Management

Zishan Parks World Tourism in the New Millennium ISBN Since the beginning of time humans have traveled. Food, water, safety or acquisitions of resources (trade) 978-1-78882-423-1 were the early travel motivations. But the idea of travel for pleasure or exploration soon emerged. Travel has £ 120.00 always depended upon technology to provide the means or mode of travel. The earliest travelers walked or rode domesticated animals. Tourism is a collection of activities, services and industries that delivers a Pub Year: 2018 travel experience, including transportation, accommodations, eating and drinking establishments, retail shops, entertainment businesses, activity facilities and other hospitality services provided for individuals Book Size: 7”×10” or groups traveling away from home. The World Tourism Organization (WTO) claims that tourism is currently the world’s largest industry with annual revenues of over $3 trillion dollars. Tourism provides Hardback over six million jobs in the United States, making it the country’s largest employer. Presenting models and techniques for tourism forecasting at the outset, the book “World Tourism in the New Millennium” makes elaborate discussion on current and future scenario of tourism in North America, South America, Hospitality Management Asia, Africa, and Europe. This unique presentation on current and future tourism scenario is a must for students, teachers, tour consultants, tour guides, tourists and general public.

88 www.edtechpress.co.uk List of Titles

Agrucultural Sciences

Sl.No. Titles Author ISBN Price Year 1. Animal Transgenesis and Cloning Keywon Frazier 978-1-78882-131-5 £ 135.00 2018 2. Biological Control of Insects Pests Bret White 978-1-78882-145-2 £ 135.00 2018 3. Biotechnology and Insect Pest Management Daxton Ware 978-1-78882-150-6 £ 135.00 2018 4. Biotechnology for Fruit Crop Improvement Emerson Benjamin 978-1-78882-152-0 £ 135.00 2018 5. Biotechnology of Horticultural Crops Donovan Stevens Daxton Ware 978-1-78882-153-7 £ 135.00 2018 6. Crop Diseases and Their Control Pablo Steele Marley Gibbs 978-1-78882-159-9 £ 135.00 2018 7. Experiments in Soil Biology and Biochemistry Fran Russell Danni Gilmore 978-1-78882-171-1 £ 135.00 2018 8. Fruit Production and Processing Technology Gabe Carr 978-1-78882-187-2 £ 135.00 2018 9. Genetically Modified Crops in Agriculture Danny Watson 978-1-78882-197-1 £ 135.00 2018 10. Genetics and Plant Breeding Roderick Wiley Aiden Deleon 978-1-78882-202-2 £ 135.00 2018 11. Genetics of Plant Diseases Jess Bush Kiran Bradley 978-1-78882-204-6 £ 135.00 2018 12. Medicinal Plant Biotechnology Reagan Knox 978-1-78882-218-3 £ 135.00 2018 13. Plant Cytogenetics, Breeding and Evolution Bentlee Salinas 978-1-78882-241-1 £ 135.00 2018 14. Post Harvest Technology of Horticultural Crops Marley Gibbs Pablo Steele 978-1-78882-249-7 £ 135.00 2018 15. Principles of Animal Nutrition Robin Moore 978-1-78882-160-5 £ 135.00 2018 16. Technology of Cereals, Pulses and Oilseeds Skylar Barr Mason Sutton 978-1-78882-263-3 £ 135.00 2018 17. Technology of Fruits and Vegetable Processing Kai Peters Caleb Ramirez 978-1-78882-264-0 £ 135.00 2018

Chemistry

Sl.No. Titles Author ISBN Price Year 18. Engineering Chemistry Nicky Rutledge 978-1-78882-043-1 £ 130.00 2018 19. Green Chemistry Noel Harris 978-1-78882-051-6 £ 130.00 2018 20. Heterocyclic Chemistry Alvin Pugh 978-1-78882-053-0 £ 130.00 2018 21. Industrial Chemistry Dexter Harvey Nicky Rutledge 978-1-78882-055-4 £ 130.00 2018 22. Inorganic Chemistry Rory Reid 978-1-78882-056-1 £ 130.00 2018 23. Medicinal Chemistry Erin Johnson 978-1-78882-069-1 £ 130.00 2018 24. Organic Chemistry Luke Bell Ash Copeland 978-1-78882-086-8 £ 130.00 2018 25. Organic Reaction Mechanism Ash Copeland Luke Bell 978-1-78882-087-5 £ 130.00 2018 26. Organometallic Chemistry Shay Beck 978-1-78882-088-2 £ 130.00 2018 27. Physical Chemistry Brook Hartman 978-1-78882-090-5 £ 130.00 2018

Communication Studies

Sl.No. Titles Author ISBN Price Year 28. Business Communication : Skills and Techniques Liam Perry Tyler Miller 978-1-78882-289-3 £ 120.00 2018 29. Mass Communication and Journalism Gail Robinson 978-1-78882-371-5 £ 120.00 2018 30. Mass Communication: Research and Analysis Tyler Miller 978-1-78882-372-2 £ 120.00 2018

Computer & Information Technology

Sl.No. Titles Author ISBN Price Year 31. Cyber Crime Nash Haynes 978-1-78882-306-7 £ 120.00 2018 32. Cyber Security Markus Mack 978-1-78882-307-4 £ 120.00 2018 33. Digital Library and Information Developments Ray Booth 978-1-78882-310-4 £ 120.00 2018

www.edtechpress.co.uk 89 34. E-Commerce and Mobile Commerce Technologies Alvin Pugh 978-1-78882-053-0 £ 120.00 2018 35. Introduction to Logic Jess Drake 978-1-78882-358-6 £ 120.00 2018 36. Logic Design Jaden McLean Carmen Hurley 978-1-78882-061-5 £ 130.00 2018 37. Operations Research: An Introduction Reed Porter 978-1-78882-081-3 £ 140.00 2018 38. Principles of Mobile Computing Harper Duncan 978-1-78882-093-6 £ 140.00 2018 39. R For Programmers Karter Tate Morgan Holland 978-1-78882-099-8 £ 140.00 2018 40. Using R & R Studio for Data Management, Statistical Ronin Myers 978-1-78882-121-6 £ 100.00 2018 Analysis and Graphics

Economics

Sl.No. Titles Author ISBN Price Year 41. Advanced Economic Theory Tanner Wilkerson 978-1-78882-278-7 £ 120.00 2018 42. Banking Performance & Socio Economic Development Sean Gallagher 978-1-78882-285-5 £ 120.00 2018 43. Economic Development and Planning Spencer Rogers Sammy Gentry 978-1-78882-314-2 £ 120.00 2018 44. Economic Development in Rural Sector Jody Gordon 978-1-78882-315-9 £ 120.00 2018 45. Macroeconomics Sammy Gentry Tanner Wilkerson 978-1-78882-369-2 £ 120.00 2018 46. Micro Economics Ashton Blanchard 978-1-78882-376-0 £ 120.00 2018

Education

Sl.No. Titles Author ISBN Price Year 47. Adult and Social Education Theo Fletcher Joshua Campbell 978-1-78882-276-3 £ 120.00 2018 48. An Invitation to Qualitative Fieldwork: A Multil. Approach Ewan Sharp 978-1-78882-363-0 £ 120.00 2018 49. Applied Qualitative Research Design Gene Williams 978-1-78882-282-4 £ 120.00 2018 50. Audio Visual Aids in Education Skye Anderson 978-1-78882-284-8 £ 120.00 2018 51. Curriculum Development in Elementary Education Archie Moss 978-1-78882-305-0 £ 120.00 2018 52. Education and Women Empowerment Ace Buck Riley Witt 978-1-78882-316-6 £ 120.00 2018 53. Education for Rural Development Elliot Compton 978-1-78882-317-3 £ 120.00 2018 54. Education in Emerging Global Society Justus Macias 978-1-78882-318-0 £ 120.00 2018 55. Education - An Introduction Sam Morris 978-1-78882-320-3 £ 120.00 2018 56. Educational Development and Technology Billy Armstrong 978-1-78882-321-0 £ 120.00 2018 57. Educational Techniques and Methodology Sage McKinney 978-1-78882-323-4 £ 120.00 2018 58. Educational Technology and Curriculum Sebastian Kennedy 978-1-78882-324-1 £ 120.00 2018 59. Literacy and Education Ryker Kirk 978-1-78882-368-5 £ 120.00 2018 60. Measurement & Evaluation in Psychology & Education Dandre Prince 978-1-78882-373-9 £ 120.00 2018 61. Modern Educational Technology Jesse Bailey Sam Morris 978-1-78882-377-7 £ 120.00 2018 62. Principles and Practices of Education Anders Pruitt 978-1-78882-386-9 £ 120.00 2018 63. Sociology and Education Joshua Campbell 978-1-78882-404-0 £ 120.00 2018 64. Vocational Education Skylar Bray 978-1-78882-414-9 £ 120.00 2018 65. Women Education in 21st Century Riley Witt Ace Buck 978-1-78882-417-0 £ 120.00 2018

Electronics

Sl.No. Titles Author ISBN Price Year 66. Handbook of Terahertz Technology Neil Sellers 978-1-78882-052-3 £ 140.00 2018 67. Microelectronics: An Integrated Approach Mason Snider 978-1-78882-070-7 £ 140.00 2018 68. Mobile IP : Design Principles and Practice Skyler Lewis Brett Anderson 978-1-78882-071-4 £ 140.00 2018 69. Nanoelectronics : An Integrated Approach Ray Robinson Mason Snider 978-1-78882-074-5 £ 140.00 2018

90 www.edtechpress.co.uk 70. Optical Fiber Communications Principles and Practice Edwin Conway 978-1-78882-082-0 £ 140.00 2018 71. Optical Fibers Telecommunications Gary Osborne 978-1-78882-083-7 £ 140.00 2018 72. Pattern Recognition-An introduction Brett Anderson 978-1-78882-089-9 £ 140.00 2018

Engineering & Technology

Sl.No. Titles Author ISBN Price Year 73. Biochemical Engineering Management Callum Simpson 978-1-78882-138-4 £ 135.00 2018 74. Introduction to Information Technology Chris Koch 978-1-78882-057-8 £ 140.00 2018 75. Linear Integrated Circuits Robin Shannon 978-1-78882-060-8 £ 140.00 2018 76. Manufacturing Engineering and Technology Will Craig Ashley Leonard 978-1-78882-062-2 £ 140.00 2018 77. Mechanical Engineering : An Integrated Approach Ashley Leonard Will Craig 978-1-78882-067-7 £ 140.00 2018 78. Mechanics and Waves Remington Pitts 978-1-78882-068-4 £ 130.00 2018

Environmental Science

Sl.No. Titles Author ISBN Price Year 79. Air Pollution Riley Mitchell Felix Sweeney 978-1-78882-127-8 £ 135.00 2018 80. Aquatic Environment and Toxicology Corey Burns 978-1-78882-135-3 £ 135.00 2018 81. Biodiversity and Environmental Conservation Justice Ross Roberto Adkins 978-1-78882-143-8 £ 135.00 2018 82. Biofuels : Towards a Greener and Secure Energy Future Daniel Black 978-1-78882-144-5 £ 135.00 2018 83. Climate Change and Biodiversity Chris Turner 978-1-78882-156-8 £ 135.00 2018 84. Ecology, Environment and Pollution Felix Sweeney Riley Mitchell 978-1-78882-164-3 £ 135.00 2018 85. Environmental Microbiology Glen Bates 978-1-78882-166-7 £ 135.00 2018 86. Geographic Information Systems and Remote Sensing Jude Burris 978-1-78882-205-3 £ 135.00 2018 87. Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Phoenix Chamber 978-1-78882-259-6 £ 135.00 2018 Wastewate

Fisheries

Sl.No. Titles Author ISBN Price Year 88. Fish Biology and Fisheries Jaden Howard 978-1-78882-176-6 £ 135.00 2018 89. Freshwater Fish Ecology Kordell Payne 978-1-78882-185-8 £ 135.00 2018 90. Genetics and Fish Breeding Kolton Harrell 978-1-78882-199-5 £ 135.00 2018 91. Biotechnology & Genetics in Fisheries & Aquaculture Boston Pickett 978-1-78882-149-0 £ 135.00 2018 92. Genetics Embryology and Fishes Rowan Phelps 978-1-78882-203-9 £ 135.00 2018

Food Science, Health & Nutrition

Sl.No. Titles Author ISBN Price Year 93. Bioprocesses in Food Industry Ray Underwood 978-1-78882-146-9 £ 135.00 2018 94. Biotechnology and Food Production Westin Carrillo 978-1-78882-147-6 £ 135.00 2018 95. Dairy Microbiology Derek Bullock 978-1-78882-162-9 £ 135.00 2018 96. Extraction Techniques for Food Processing Caleb Ramirez Kai Peters 978-1-78882-173-5 £ 135.00 2018 97. Food and Dairy Microbiology Gabby Mathews 978-1-78882-177-3 £ 135.00 2018 98. Food Biotechnology Mason Sutton Skylar Barr 978-1-78882-178-0 £ 135.00 2018 99. Food Hygiene and Toxicology Jaden Richardson 978-1-78882-179-7 £ 135.00 2018 100. Food Micro Biology and Food Processing Alfonso Manning 978-1-78882-180-3 £ 135.00 2018

www.edtechpress.co.uk 91 101. Food Microbiology Addison Solis 978-1-78882-181-0 £ 135.00 2018 102. Food Science and Biotechnology Hayden Wells 978-1-78882-182-7 £ 135.00 2018 103. Food Science and Nutrition Leigh Fisher 978-1-78882-183-4 £ 135.00 2018 104. Food Science and Quality Control Walter Lara 978-1-78882-184-1 £ 135.00 2018 105. Genetically Engineered Foods Armando Mills 978-1-78882-196-4 £ 135.00 2018 106. Microbiologically Safe Foods Elijah Stein 978-1-78882-225-1 £ 135.00 2018

Histoty

Sl.No. Titles Author ISBN Price Year 107. Ancient Civilizations of the World Denny Rose Rowan Allen 978-1-78882-281-7 £ 120.00 2018 108. History and Historiography Glen Cunningham 978-1-78882-341-8 £ 120.00 2018 109. History of Civilizations Mayson Kirby 978-1-78882-342-5 £ 120.00 2018 110. History of Europe Rowan Allen Denny Rose 978-1-78882-343-2 £ 120.00 2018 111. World Heritage Sites Haiden Farrell 978-1-78882-420-0 £ 120.00 2018 112. World History Robin Wagner Rowan Allen 978-1-78882-421-7 £ 120.00 2018

Hotel Management

Sl.No. Titles Author ISBN Price Year 113. Hospitality Management: An Introduction Eli Sampson 978-1-78882-345-6 £ 120.00 2018

Journalism

Sl.No. Titles Author ISBN Price Year 114. Basic Concept of Journalism Branden Salas 978-1-78882-286-2 £ 120.00 2018 115. Broadcasting Journalism Jacoby Barrera 978-1-78882-287-9 £ 120.00 2018 116. Introduction to Journalism and Mass Communication Finlay Webb 978-1-78882-357-9 £ 120.00 2018 117. Journalism, Reporting, Writing and Editing Rowan Kidd 978-1-78882-365-4 £ 120.00 2018 118. Media and Gender Equality Mark Bonner 978-1-78882-374-6 £ 120.00 2018 119. Print Media and Broadcast Journalism Cameron Keith 978-1-78882-389-0 £ 120.00 2018

Language & Literature

Sl.No. Titles Author ISBN Price Year 120. English Literature : Eighteenth Century and the Collin Booker 978-1-78882-325-8 £ 120.00 2018 Romantic Age 121. English Literature : From Renaissance to Seventeenth Hayden Spencer 978-1-78882-326-5 £ 120.00 2018 Century 122. English Literature : Nineteenth Century Ryan West Beau Patterson 978-1-78882-327-2 £ 120.00 2018 123. English Literature : The Twentieth and the Twenty-first Ezekiel Leon 978-1-78882-328-9 £ 120.00 2018 centuries 124. History of the English Language Carson Stewart Julian Russo 978-1-78882-344-9 £ 120.00 2018 125. Introducing Global Englishes Nico Hess 978-1-78882-355-5 £ 120.00 2018 126. Introducing Translational Studies George Pierce 978-1-78882-356-2 £ 120.00 2018 127. Introductory English Language Julian Russo Carson Stewart 978-1-78882-362-3 £ 120.00 2018 128. Socio Linguistics Beau Patterson Ryan West 978-1-78882-402-6 £ 120.00 2018

92 www.edtechpress.co.uk Library Science

Sl.No. Titles Author ISBN Price Year 129. Computer Applications to Library Kole Lambert 978-1-78882-297-8 £ 120.00 2018 130. Digital Library Preservation Strategies Nicholas Lawson 978-1-78882-311-1 £ 120.00 2018 131. Research in Library and Information Science Gale Fox 978-1-78882-395-1 £ 120.00 2018

Life Sciences

Sl.No. Titles Author ISBN Price Year 132. Advanced Chordate Zoology Aubrey Salazar 978-1-78882-126-1 £ 135.00 2018 133. Anatomy and Physiology Blair Fraser Bev Lott 978-1-78882-280-0 £ 120.00 2018 134. Animal Behaviour Jordan Hunt 978-1-78882-128-5 £ 135.00 2018 135. Animal Cell Culture Mell Carter Jordan Hunt 978-1-78882-129-2 £ 135.00 2018 136. Animal Physiology and Biochemistry Alexis Bradley 978-1-78882-130-8 £ 135.00 2018 137. Applications of Recombinant DNA Technology Vance Hunter Franky Strickland 978-1-78882-132-2 £ 135.00 2018 138. Applied Biotechnology and Plant Genetics Aiden Deleon Roderick Wiley 978-1-78882-133-9 £ 135.00 2018 139. Applied Immunology and Biochemistry Taylor Barker 978-1-78882-134-6 £ 135.00 2018 140. Aquatic Invertebrate Cell Culture Wakee McKenzie Blair Parker 978-1-78882-136-0 £ 135.00 2018 141. Bacteriology Logan Hurst 978-1-78882-137-7 £ 135.00 2018 142. Biochemical Engineering Management Callum Simpson 978-1-78882-138-4 £ 135.00 2018 143. Biochemistry and Forestry Management Caden Jacobs Fran Russell 978-1-78882-140-7 £ 135.00 2018 144. Biochemistry and Molecular Biology of Plants Danni Gilmore 978-1-78882-141-4 £ 135.00 2018 145. Biodegradation and Bioremediation Blaise Lindsey 978-1-78882-142-1 £ 135.00 2018 146. Biotechnology and Genetic Engineering Willy Gibson Clem Koch 978-1-78882-148-3 £ 135.00 2018 147. Biotechnology and Plant Biology H. MacDonald Donovan Stevens 978-1-78882-151-3 £ 135.00 2018 148. Cell and Molecular Biology Bailey Mitchell 978-1-78882-154-4 £ 135.00 2018 149. Cellular and Molecular Immunology Reece Davis 978-1-78882-155-1 £ 135.00 2018 150. Clinical Biochemistry and Pathology Rene Church 978-1-78882-157-5 £ 135.00 2018 151. Clinical Immunology Andrew Elliott Lucca Crosby 978-1-78882-158-2 £ 35.00 2018 152. Cytology, Genetics and Molecular Biology Lynn Scott Glen Pierce 978-1-78882-161-2 £ 135.00 2018 153. Developmental Genetics Billie Wilson 978-1-78882-163-6 £ 135.00 2018 154. Environmental Biotechnology Roberto Adkins Justice Ross 978-1-78882-165-0 £ 135.00 2018 155. Enzyme Immobilization Rowan Austin 978-1-78882-167-4 £ 135.00 2018 156. Enzyme Kinetics and Regulation Aaren Bennett 978-1-78882-168-1 £ 135.00 2018 157. Essentials of Biochemistry Alex McDonald Charlie Bowman 978-1-78882-268-8 £ 135.00 2018 158. Essentials of Microbiology Raphael Turner 978-1-78882-169-8 £ 135.00 2018 159. Exploring Bioinformatics Lee Mercado 978-1-78882-172-8 £ 135.00 2018 160. Fermentation Processes Brycen Soto 978-1-78882-174-2 £ 135.00 2018 161. Fermentation Technology Ray Medina 978-1-78882-175-9 £ 135.00 2018 162. Freshwater Microbiology Sincere Humphrey 978-1-78882-186-5 £ 135.00 2018 163. Fundamentals of Enzymology Jo Phillips 978-1-78882-188-9 £ 135.00 2018 164. Fundamentals of Genetics Leslie Vega Bret White 978-1-78882-189-6 £ 135.00 2018 165. Fungal Ecology, Diversity and Metabolites Zaid Hays Danny Watson 978-1-78882-190-2 £ 135.00 2018 166. Fungi, Bacteria and Viruses Christopher Powell 978-1-78882-192-6 £ 135.00 2018 167. Gene Cloning Lesley Tillman 978-1-78882-193-3 £ 135.00 2018 168. Gene Control Joseph Wright 978-1-78882-194-0 £ 135.00 2018 169. Genes, Genomes, Genetics and Chromosomes Logan Aguilar 978-1-78882-195-7 £ 135.00 2018 170. Genetics and Biotechnology Lynn Cook 978-1-78882-198-8 £ 135.00 2018

www.edtechpress.co.uk 93 171. Genetics and Genetic Engineering Tomas Cannon 978-1-78882-200-8 £ 135.00 2018 172 Genetics and Physiology of Microbes Kobe Donaldson 978-1-78882-201-5 £ 135.00 2018 173. Human Molecular Genetics Jamie Benton Lesley Tillman 978-1-78882-206-0 £ 135.00 2018 174. Immunology : Essential and Fundamental Cayson McCarty 978-1-78882-207-7 £ 135.00 2018 175. Immunology and Animal Biotechnology Marqués Starks 978-1-78882-208-4 £ 135.00 2018 176. Immunology and Medical Zoology Lucca Crosby Andrew Elliott 978-1-78882-209-1 £ 135.00 2018 177. Immunology and Microbiology Leigh Barnes 978-1-78882-210-7 £ 135.00 2018 178. Immunology of Animal Reproduction Blake Wilson 978-1-78882-211-4 £ 135.00 2018 179. Medical Parasitology Angel Sherman 978-1-78882-217-6 £ 135.00 2018 180. Marine Biology: An Ecological Approach Ryan Thomas 978-1-78882-215-2 £ 135.00 2018 181. Invertebrate Reproduction and Development Wyees Singleton 978-1-78882-214-5 £ 135.00 2018 182. Microbial Physiology Genetics and Ecology Glen Pierce Lynn Scott 978-1-78882-224-4 £ 135.00 2018 183. Molecular Biology : Gene to Proteins Sidney Navarro 978-1-78882-230-5 £ 135.00 2018 184. Molecular Biology and Biotechnology Raylee Albert Sidney Navarro 978-1-78882-229-9 £ 135.00 2018 185. Origin and Evolution of Vertebrates Blair Parker Wakee McKenzie 978-1-78882-235-0 £ 135.00 2018 186. Parasitic Microbiology DeShea Battle 978-1-78882-238-1 £ 135.00 2018 187. Plant Biotechnology : Experiments and Techniques Jaime Hill 978-1-78882-170-4 £ 135.00 2018 188. Plant Virology Charlie Bowman 978-1-78882-247-3 £ 135.00 2018 189. Principles of Systematic Zoology Rudy Willis 978-1-78882-253-4 £ 135.00 2018 190. Recombinant DNA and Biotechnology Clem Koch Harley MacDonald 978-1-78882-254-1 £ 135.00 2018 191. Reproduction in Bacteria Kiran Bradley Jess Bush 978-1-78882-256-5 £ 135.00 2018

Management

Sl.No. Titles Author ISBN Price Year 192. Business Policy and Strategic Management Elisha Stephens Brice Martin 978-1-78882-290-9 £ 120.00 2018 193. Consumer Behaviour and Advertising Management Conner Acevedo 978-1-78882-300-5 £ 120.00 2018 194. Global Human Resource Management Carol Nixon 978-1-78882-335-7 £ 120.00 2018 195. Global Marketing Management Gustavo Morales 978-1-78882-336-4 £ 120.00 2018 196. Leadership and Change Management Javon Morin 978-1-78882-367-8 £ 120.00 2018 197. Personality and Communication Development Angel Harrison 978-1-78882-380-7 £ 120.00 2018 198. Strategic Brand Management Brice Martin Elisha Stephens 978-1-78882-409-5 £ 120.00 2018 199. Strategic Marketing Management Dane Butler 978-1-78882-410-1 £ 120.00 2018 200. Supply Chain Management Arlo Stark 978-1-78882-411-8 £ 120.00 2018

Mathematics

Sl.No. Titles Author ISBN Price Year 201. Advanced Differential Equations Ali Mason 978-1-78882-299-2 £ 130.00 2018 202. Linear Algebra and Analytic Geometry Bennie Marsh Frankie Murray 978-1-78882-059-2 £ 130.00 2018 203. Mathematics and Statistics Kerry Mullen 978-1-78882-064-6 £ 130.00 2018 204. Matlab : An Introduction Will Chavez 978-1-78882-065-3 £ 130.00 2018 205. Matrices and Trigonometry Isiah McNeil 978-1-78882-066-0 £ 130.00 2018 206. Multivariate Analysis Jude May 978-1-78882-072-1 £ 130.00 2018 207. Non-Linear Differential Equations Frankie Murray Bennie Marsh 978-1-78882-078-3 £ 130.00 2018 208. Nonparametric Statistical Methods using R Graysen Cline 978-1-78882-079-0 £ 130.00 2018 209. Number Theory Tristin Cleveland 978-1-78882-080-6 £ 130.00 2018 210. Optimization Theory Kyrie Mueller 978-1-78882-084-4 £ 130.00 2018 211. Ordinary Differential Equations with Applications Ali Mason 978-1-78882-085-1 £ 130.00 2018

94 www.edtechpress.co.uk 212. Predictions in Time Series using Regression Models Cory Terrell 978-1-78882-091-2 £ 130.00 2018 213. Probability and Statistics Cain Mckay 978-1-78882-094-3 £ 130.00 2018 214. Research Methodology and Statistical Methods Morgan Shields 978-1-78882-100-1 £ 130.00 2018 215. Statics and Analytical Geometry Bennie Matthews 978-1-78882-107-0 £ 130.00 2018 216. Statistics: An Introduction using R Ashley Wells 978-1-78882-110-0 £ 130.00 2018 217. Theory of Complex Variable Quinn Houghton 978-1-78882-116-2 £ 130.00 2018 218. Topology Will Chambers 978-1-78882-118-6 £ 130.00 2018 219. Understanding & Applying Basic Statistical Methods using R Morgan Holland Karter Tate 978-1-78882-119-3 £ 130.00 2018 220. Using IBM® SPSS® Statistics for ResearchMethods & Drew Palmer 978-1-78882-120-9 £ 130.00 2018 Social Science Statistics 221. Wavelet : Analysis and Methods Carmen Hurley Jaden McLean 978-1-78882-122-3 £ 130.00 2018

Nanotechnology

Sl.No. Titles Author ISBN Price Year 222. Environmental Nanotechnology Hazell Marshall 978-1-78882-046-2 £ 140.00 2018 223. Nanocomputing Dane Lee 978-1-78882-073-8 £ 140.00 2018 224. Nanorobotics Vic Lynn Kit Cooley 978-1-78882-075-2 £ 140.00 2018 225. Nanoscience and Nanotechnology Glenn Clayton 978-1-78882-076-9 £ 140.00 2018 226. Nanotechnology: Principles and Practices Kit Cooley Vic Lynn 978-1-78882-077-6 £ 140.00 2018

Philosophy

Sl.No. Titles Author ISBN Price Year 227. Buddhist World Glen Valentine 978-1-78882-288-6 £ 120.00 2018 228. Introduction to the Study of Religion Leroyce Miles 978-1-78882-361-6 £ 120.00 2018 229. Introduction to Metaphysics Gabby McCarthy 978-1-78882-375-3 £ 120.00 2018 230. World Religions Casey Howard 978-1-78882-422-4 £ 120.00 2018

Physical Education & Sports

Sl.No. Titles Author ISBN Price Year 231. Concepts and Issues in Sports Nutrition Drew Cole 978-1-78882-298-5 £ 120.00 2018 232. Health, Physical Education and Sports Denton Patton 78-1-78882-339-5 £ 120.00 2018 233. Kinesiology in Physical Education Jaden Bird 978-1-78882-366-1 £ 120.00 2018 234. Management of Sports and Physical Education Maddox Howe 978-1-78882-370-8 £ 120.00 2018 235. Physical Education and Sports Training Glenn Macias 978-1-78882-381-4 £ 120.00 2018 236. Physiology of Sports and Exercise Bev Lott Blair Fraser 978-1-78882-382-1 £ 120.00 2018 237. Prevention and Treatment of Sports Injuries Darius Cobb 978-1-78882-385-2 £ 120.00 2018 238. Psychology in Physical Education and Sport Rontay Pierre 978-1-78882-392-0 £ 120.00 2018 239. Research Methods and Statistics in Physical Education Armel Dawson 978-1-78882-396-8 £ 120.00 2018 240. Sports and Physical Education Kiran Black 978-1-78882-405-7 £ 120.00 2018 241. Sports Fitness and Training Armel Dawson 978-1-78882-406-4 £ 120.00 2018 242. Sports Injuries and Rehabilitation Steff Murphy 978-1-78882-407-1 £ 120.00 2018 243. Sports Medicine : Fitness, Training and Injuries Ramon Hines 978-1-78882-408-8 £ 120.00 2018 244. Yoga Therapy Harden Hodge 978-1-78882-425-5 £ 120.00 2018

www.edtechpress.co.uk 95 Physics

Sl.No. Titles Author ISBN Price Year 245. Electromotive Forces Aiden Hopkins 978-1-78882-039-4 £ 130.00 2018 246. Electron Theory Vennie Edwards 978-1-78882-040-0 £ 130.00 2018 247. Electronic Devices and Circuits Rowan Cabrera 978-1-78882-041-7 £ 130.00 2018 248. Elements of Quantum Optics Brice Scott 978-1-78882-042-4 £ 130.00 2018 249. Lasers and Their Applications Phoenix Walsh 978-1-78882-058-5 £ 130.00 2018 250. Mathematical Method in Physics Darterrius Sims 978-1-78882-063-9 £ 130.00 2018

Political Science

Sl.No. Titles Author ISBN Price Year 251. Ethics for Governance Kai Cabrera 978-1-78882-330-2 £ 120.00 2018 252. Global Governance Legitimacy and Legimations Brynn Vaughan 978-1-78882-334-0 £ 120.00 2018 253. Handbook of Political Leadership Billie Bender 978-1-78882-337-1 £ 120.00 2018 254. International Relations and World Politics Kahlil Newton 978-1-78882-352-4 £ 120.00 2018 255. International Security Studies Neari Rivers 978-1-78882-353-1 £ 120.00 2018 256. Internet Governance Ry’mone Griffin 978-1-78882-354-8 £ 120.00 2018 257. Introduction to Political Theory Devoreaux Ford 978-1-78882-359-3 £ 120.00 2018 258. Political Science : Theory and Perspectives Kris Chapman 978-1-78882-383-8 £ 120.00 2018 259. Political Science and International Relations Drew Paul 978-1-78882-384-5 £ 120.00 2018 260. Western Political Thought Leigh Weber 978-1-78882-415-6 £ 120.00 2018 261. Women and Politics Kai Padilla 978-1-78882-416-3 £ 120.00 2018 262. World Trade Organizations Ramello Thornton 978-1-78882-424-8 £ 120.00 2018

Psychology

Sl.No. Titles Author ISBN Price Year 263. Child Development Daevion McClain 978-1-78882-292-3 £ 120.00 2018 264. Child Growth and Educational Psychology Varrien Holmes 978-1-78882-293-0 £ 120.00 2018 265. Child Psychology Jaquann Lynch 978-1-78882-294-7 £ 120.00 2018 266. Clinical Psychology Chris Kelly Carmen Hahn 978-1-78882-129-2 £ 120.00 2018 267. Cognitive Psychology Sabian Fleming 978-1-78882-296-1 £ 120.00 2018 268. Education Psychology : New Dimensions Johntey Anthony 978-1-78882-319-7 £ 120.00 2018 269. Environmental Psychology : Principles and Practices Bankston Cotton 978-1-78882-329-6 £ 120.00 2018 270. Forensic Psychology Glen Leach 978-1-78882-332-6 £ 120.00 2018 271. Health Psychology Mel Reed Bev Lloyd 978-1-78882-338-8 £ 120.00 2018 272. Organizational Psychology Carmen Hahn Chris Kelly 978-1-78882-378-4 £ 120.00 2018 273. Principles of Psychology Ladarrell Stokes 978-1-78882-388-3 £ 120.00 2018 274. Psychological Development : Ethical Issues Quillin Woods 978-1-78882-390-6 £ 120.00 2018 275. Psychological Testing Bev Lloyd Mel Reed 978-1-78882-391-3 £ 120.00 2018

Research Science

Sl.No. Titles Author ISBN Price Year 276. Advertising and Media Research Justice Hamilton 978-1-78882-279-4 £ 120.00 2018 277. Business Research Methods Brett Jackson 978-1-78882-291-6 £ 120.00 2018

96 www.edtechpress.co.uk 278. Historical Research : Theory and Methods Ryan Hester 978-1-78882-340-1 £ 120.00 2018 279. Introduction to Social Research Tonell Calhoun 978-1-78882-360-9 £ 120.00 2018

Social Science

Sl.No. Titles Author ISBN Price Year 280. Archaeology Dane Castaneda 978-1-78882-283-1 £ 120.00 2018 281. Public Administration Jackie Bennett 978-1-78882-393-7 £ 120.00 2018

Sociology

Sl.No. Titles Author ISBN Price Year 282. Gender Development and Globalization Terryl Blackwell 978-1-78882-333-3 £ 120.00 2018 283. Invitation to Sociology: A Humanistic Perspective Orien Freeman 978-1-78882-364-7 £ 120.00 2018 284. Origins of Sociological Theory Arris Dorsey Readale Collier 978-1-78882-379-1 £ 120.00 2018 285. Principles and Practices of Social Work Dubois Norman 978-1-78882-387-6 £ 120.00 2018 286. Research Methods for Social Work Anjawon Ruffin 978-1-78882-397-5 £ 120.00 2018 287. Social Change and the Global Environment Lynn Shields Leslie Armstrong 978-1-78882-398-2 £ 135.00 2018 288. Social Control and Social Change Liddell Henry 978-1-78882-399-9 £ 120.00 2018 289. Social Exclusion and Social Inclusion Ka’ron Benson 978-1-78882-400-2 £ 120.00 2018 290. Social Structure and Social Interaction Readale Collier 978-1-78882-401-9 £ 120.00 2018 291. Sociological Theory- Classical Statements Dejerius Burgess 978-1-78882-403-3 £ 120.00 2018 292. Women in Changing Society Rhyland Jones 978-1-78882-418-7 £ 120.00 2018 293. Women’s Rights and Social Change Leslie Armstrong 978-1-78882-419-4 £ 120.00 2018

Travel & Tourism Management

Sl.No. Titles Author ISBN Price Year 294. Cultural and Heritage Tourism Acqwon Fuller 978-1-78882-303-6 £ 120.00 2018 295. Development of Tourism and Travel Industry Robin Watts Zishan Parks 978-1-78882-308-1 £ 135.00 2018 296. Quality and Consumer Satisfaction in Tourism Uterius Bailey 978-1-78882-394-4 £ 120.00 2018 297. Tourism Concepts and Principles Zeeshan Norris 978-1-78882-412-5 £ 120.00 2018 298. Tourism Management: Problems and Prospects Avery Hampton 978-1-78882-413-2 £ 120.00 2018 299. World Tourism in the New Millennium Zishan Parks 978-1-78882-423-1 £ 120.00 2018

www.edtechpress.co.uk 97